HOTS Questions for Class 10 Science

HOTS Questions for Class 10 Science: Higher-order Thinking Skills (HOTS) Questions are very important to practice during your final exam preparation. By practicing HOTS Questions for class 10 science, you can think creatively, and innovatively while answering the board exam papers. To assist students to familiarize with important topic and questions to be prepared for the upcoming board exam, we listed here a set of extra short & long questions with solutions for CBSE Class 10 Science Exam.

Class 10 Science NCERT HOTS Questions with Answers Free PDF

These important HOTS Questions are arranged in a systematic manner by referring to CBSE Class 10 Science previous year question paper, sample papers, etc. So, access the below links and download CBSE HOTS Questions & Answers in PDF format.

  1. Hots Questions on Chemical Reactions and Equations
  2. Hots Questions on Acids, Bases and Salts
  3. Hots Questions on Metals and Non-metals
  4. Hots Questions on Carbon and Its Compounds
  5. Hots Questions on Periodic Classification of Elements
  6. Hots Questions on Life Processes
  7. Hots Questions on Control and Coordination
  8. Hots Questions on How do Organisms Reproduce?
  9. Hots Questions on Heredity and Evolution
  10. Hots Questions on Light Reflection and Refraction
  11. Hots Questions on Human Eye and Colourful World
  12. Hots Questions on Electricity
  13. Hots Questions on Magnetic Effects of Electric Current
  14. Hots Questions on Sources of Energy
  15. Hots Questions on Our Environment
  16. Hots Questions on Management of Natural Resources

More Resources

If you have any doubts or questions regarding HOTS Questions for Class 10 Science, you can reach out to us in the comment section below and we will get back to you as soon as possible.

Chemical Reactions and Equations Class 10 Important Questions Science Chapter 1

Chapter 1 Chemical Reactions and Equations Class 10 Science Important Questions and Answers PDF will help you in scoring more marks. This consists of 1 mark Questions, 3 Mark Numericals Questions, 5 Marks Numerical Questions and previous year questions from Chemical Reactions and Equations Chapter.

Chemical Reactions and Equations Class 10 Important Questions and Answers Science Chapter 1

Very Short Answer Questions

Question 1.
Why does not a wall immediately acquire a white colour when a coating of slaked lime is applied on it ?
Answer:
Slaked lime as such is not very white. When applied on the wall, CO2 gas present in air reacts with calcium hydroxide to form calcium carbonate. It is quite white and therefore, imparts white look to the wall.
Ca(OH)2 + CO2(g) ———> CaCO3(s) + H2O(l).

More Resources

Question 2.
What is rust ?
Answer:
It is a brown mass known as hydrated ferric oxide. Its formula is Fe2O3.xH2O.

Question 3.
Identify the most reactive and least reactive metal : Al, K, Ca, Au.
Answer:
Most reactive metal : K (potassium) ; Least reactive metal : Au (gold).

Question 4.
Which of the following is a combination reaction and which is a displacement reaction ?
(a) Cl2 + 2KI ——–> 2KCl + I2
(b) 2K + Cl2 ——–> 2KCl.
Answer:
(a) It is a displacement reaction,
(b) It is a combination reaction.

Question 5.
What is the difference between the following two reactions ?
(a) Mg + 2HCl ——–> MgCl2 + H2
(b) NaOH + HCl ——–> NaCl + H2O.
Answer:
(a) It is a single displacement reaction,
(b) It is a double displacement reaction also called neutralisation reaction.

Question 6.
Identify the compound which is oxidised in the following reaction
H2S + Br2 ———–> 2HBr + S.
Answer:
H2S is oxidised to S because H2S has lost hydrogen.

Question 7.
Suggest two ways to check the rancidity of food articles.
Answer:
(a) Keep the articles in airtight containers,
(b) Keep the articles in refrigerator.

Question 8.
Name two metals which donot get corroded.
Answer:
Gold (Au) and platinum (Pt) do not get corroded.

Question 9.
Identify the substance oxidised and reduced in the reaction :
CuO(s) + Zn(s) ———-> ZnO(s) + Cu(s).
Answer:
Zinc is oxidised to zinc oxide and copper oxide is reduced to copper.

Question 10.
How will you know whether a sample of cheese has become rancid or not ?
Answer:
If the cheese starts giving foul smell, it means that it has become rancid.

Question 11.
Why are eatables preferably packed in aluminium foils ?
Answer:
Aluminium foils donot corrode in atmosphere even if kept for a long time. Actually, a protective coating of aluminium oxide (Al2O3) is formed on the surface of the metal. It stops any further reaction of the metal with air (oxygen) and water. The eatables do not get spoiled.

Question 12.
What happens chemically when quick lime is added to water ?
Answer:
Calcium hydroxide (or slaked lime) is formed accompanied by a hissing sound. So much heat is evolved during the reaction that the reaction mixture starts boiling. The chemical equation for the reaction is :
Chemical Reactions and Equations Class 10 Important Questions Science Chapter 1 image - 1

Question 13.
Give an example of exothermic reaction.
Answer:
CH4(g) + 2CO2(g) ———-> CO2(g) + 2H2O(g) + heat, (evolved)

Question 14.
Give an example of endothermic reaction.
Answer:
N2(g) + O2(g) ———> 2NO(g) – heat, (absorbed).

Question 15.
Name the gas that can be used for the storage of fresh sample of chips for a long time.
Answer:
The gas is nitrogen (N2). It checks rancidity of food articles.

Question 16.
Name the type of reaction
N2(g) + 3H2(g) ———-> 2NH3(g)
Answer:
It is an example of combination reaction.

Question 17.
Give an example of a double displacement reaction (only reaction with complete balanced equation).
Answer:
HCl(aq) + NaOH(g) ——–> NaCl(aq) + H2O(l)

Question 18.
Why are decomposition reactions called the opposite of combination reactions ? Write equations for these reactions.
Answer:
A decomposition reaction may be defined as the reaction in which a single substance decomposes or splits into two or more substances under suitable conditions.
For example,
Chemical Reactions and Equations Class 10 Important Questions Science Chapter 1 image - 2
It may be concluded that a certain substance is formed or synthesised in combination reaction and it breaks or splits in decomposition reaction. Therefore, the two reactions oppose each other.

Question 19.
In the reaction MnO2 + 4HCl —————> MnCl2 + 2H2O + Cl2; identify which one is reduced and which one is oxidized ?
Answer:
In this reaction HCl is oxidised to Cl2 and MnO2 is reduced to MnCl2.

Question 20.
Take a small amount of calcium oxide or quick lime in a beaker and slowly add water to this. Is there any change in temperature ?
Answer:
Yes, the temperature increases since the process of dissolution of calcium oxide (CaO) in water is highly exothermic in nature.

Question 21.
Name two salts that are used in black and white photography.
Answer:
Both silver chloride and silver bromide are used in black and white photography.

Question 22.
State the chemical change that takes place when lime stone is heated
Answer:
Calcium carbonate decomposes on heating to give calcium oxide and carbon dioxide.
CaCO3(s) heat , CaO(s) + CO2(g)

Short Answer Questions

Question 23.
Identify the substance oxidised and substance reduced in the following reactions
(i) ZnO(s) + C(s) ———> Zn(s) + CO(g)
(ii) 2Na(s) + O2(g) ———> 2Na2O(s)
(iii) CuO(s) + H 2(g) ———> Cu(s) + H2O(l).
Answer:
(i) C is oxidised to CO and ZnO is reduced to Zn.
(ii) Na is oxidised to Na2O and O2 is reduced.
(iii) H2 is oxidised to H2O and CuO is reduced to Cu.

Question 24.
Which types of reactions are represented by the following equations ?
(a) CaO + CO2 ——-> CaCO3
(b) Mg + CuSO4 ——–> MgSO4 + Cu
(c) CH4 + 2O2 ———–> CO2 + 2H2O
(d) NH4NO2 ———-> N2 + 2H2O.
Answer:
(a) Combination reaction
(b) Displacement reaction
(c) Combustion reaction
(d) Decomposition reaction

Question 25.
What happens when :
CO2(g) is bubbled through lime water (i) in small amount (ii) in excess
Answer:
(i) Solution becomes milky due to the formation of calcium carbonate
Chemical Reactions and Equations Class 10 Important Questions Science Chapter 1 image - 3
(ii) Milkiness disappears because calcium carbonate changes to calcium hydrogen carbonate which is colourless in nature.
Chemical Reactions and Equations Class 10 Important Questions Science Chapter 1 image - 4

Question 26.
Aluminium is a reactive metal but is still used for packing food articles. Why ?
Answer:
From the position of the aluminium (Al) metal in the activity series, it seems to be quite reactive. However, it is not so reactive. Actually, when the metal is kept in air or oxygen for sometime, it is converted into its oxide called aluminum oxide (Al2O3). This gets deposited as the surface of the metal as a thin coating. It is rather passive which means that it is not reactive. Therefore, the metal is used for packing food articles which do not get spoiled under the foil.

Question 27.
Give one example each of :
(i) Thermal decomposition reaction
(ii) Electrolytic decomposition reaction
(iii) Photo decomposition reaction. (CBSE 2014)
Answer:
Chemical Reactions and Equations Class 10 Important Questions Science Chapter 1 image - 5

Question 28.
What are neutralisation reactions ? Why are they so named ? Give one example.
Answer:
A neutralisation reaction is a chemical reaction between an acid and base dissolved in water. For example,
KOH(aq) + HNO3(aq) ———-> KNO3(aq) + H2O (aq)
It is called neutralisation as both KN03 (salt) and H20 that are formed as the products, are of neutral nature.

Question 29.
(a) Why is combustion reaction an oxidation reaction ?
(b) How will you test whether the gas evolved in a reaction is hydrogen ?
(c) Why does not silver evolve hydrogen on reacting with dillute sulphuric acid ?
Answer:
(a) Combustion reaction is an oxidation reaction because it is always carried in the presence of air or oxygen. For example,
CH4(s) + 2O2(g) ——–> CO2(g) + 2H2O (l)
(b) Bring a burning match stick close to the mouth of the tube from which hydrogen gas escapes. The gas will immediately catch fire and this will be accompanied by pop sound.
(c) Silver is a less reactive metal in the sense that it occupies a place below hydrogen in the reactivity series. Therefore it does not evolve hydrogen gas on reacting with either dilute sulphuric acid or dilute hydrochloric acid.

Question 30.
What is an oxidation reaction ? Identify in the following reactions :
(i) the substance oxidised
(ii) the substance reduced.
Answer:
ZnO + C ———> Zn + CO
Oxidation involves the addition of oxygen or the removal of hydrogen in a chemical reaction. In the given reaction, carbon is oxidised to carbon monoxide while zinc oxide is reduced to zinc.

Question 31.
Identify the type of reaction in the following examples :
(i) Na2SO4(aq) + BaCl2(aq) ———-> BaSO4(s) + 2NaCl(aq)
(ii) Fe(s) + CuSO4(aq) ———-> FeSO4(aq) + Cu(s)
(iii) 2H2(g) + O2(g) ———> 2H2O(l)
Chemical Reactions and Equations Class 10 Important Questions Science Chapter 1 image - 6
Answer:
(i) It is an example of double displacement reaction.
(ii) It is an example of displacement reaction.
(iii) It is an example of combination reaction.

Question 32.
Solid calcium oxide was taken in a container and water was added slowly to
(i) State two observations made in the experiment.
(ii) Write the name of the chemical formula of the product.
Answer:
(i) Water will start boiling and hissing noise will be produced.
(ii) Calcium hydroxide (slaked lime) will be formed.
Chemical Reactions and Equations Class 10 Important Questions Science Chapter 1 image - 7

Question 33.
A house wife wanted her house to be white washed. She bought 10 kg of quick lime from the market and dissolved in 30 litres of water.
Chemical Reactions and Equations Class 10 Important Questions Science Chapter 1 image - 8
Answer:
She noticed that water started boiling even when it was not being heated. Give reason for her observation. Write the corresponding equation and name the product formed.
A suspension of slaked lime also called calcium hydroxide is formed when water is added to quick lime.
Chemical Reactions and Equations Class 10 Important Questions Science Chapter 1 image - 9
Since the reaction is highly exothermic, the solution started boiling although it was not being heated. The suspension of slaked lime is allowed to cool for sometime, preferably overnight. It is then decanted and the liquid obtained is used for white washing.

Question 34.
(i) What is observed when a solution of potassium iodide is added to a solution of lead nitrate taken in a test tube ?
(ii) What type of reaction is this ?
(iii)Write a balanced equation to represent the above reaction.
Answer:
(i) A yellow precipitate of lead iodide appears at the bottom of the test tube.
(ii) It is an example of double displacement reaction.
(iii) The balanced equation for the reaction is :
Chemical Reactions and Equations Class 10 Important Questions Science Chapter 1 image - 10

Question 35.
What change in colour is observed when white silver chloride is left exposed to sun light ? State the type of chemical reaction in this change.
Answer:
White colour of silver chloride changes to grey due to formation of metallic silver. The reaction is known as photochemical reaction. It is also a decomposition reaction.
Chemical Reactions and Equations Class 10 Important Questions Science Chapter 1 image - 11

Question 36.
What happens when an aqueous solution of sodium sulphate reacts with an aqueous solution of barium chloride ? State the physical conditions of reactants in which the reaction between them will not take place. Write the balanced chemical equation for the reaction and name the type of reaction. (CBSE 2016)
Answer:
A white precipitate of barium sulphate is immediately formed when the two aqueous solutions are mixed in a test tube. No reaction will be possible if the two reactants are in the solid state. The balanced chemical equation for the double displacement reaction is :
Chemical Reactions and Equations Class 10 Important Questions Science Chapter 1 image - 12

Question 37.
What is a redox reaction ? When a magnesium ribon burns in air with a dazzling flame and forms a white ash; is magnesium oxidised or reduced ? Why ?
Answer:
A redox reaction is a chemical reaction in which one of the reactants gets oxidised while the other is reduced simultaneously. In the reaction under study, magnesium is oxidised to magnesium oxide since the metal has gained oxygen.

Question 38.
(a) What happens chemically when quick lime is added to water ? (CBSE 2012)
(b) Write the chemical equation in balanced form.
MnO2 + HCl ———-> MnCl2 + Cl2 + H2O
(c) What is decomposition reaction ? Explain it with suitable example.
Answer:
(a) When quick lime (CaO) is added to water, slaked lime Ca(OH)2 is formed. The reaction is highly exothermic in nature.
(b) The balanced chemical equation is :
MnO2 + 4HCl ———-> MnCl2 + 2H2O + 2Cl2.
(c) Decomposition reaction is a chemical reaction in which a single substance splits or breaks into two or more substances under suitable conditions. For example,
Chemical Reactions and Equations Class 10 Important Questions Science Chapter 1 image - 13

Long Answer Questions

Question 39.
(a) Why cannot a chemical change be normally reversed ?
(b) Why is it always essential to balance a chemical equation ?
(c) Why do diamond and graphite, the two allotropie forms of carbon evolve different amounts of heats on combustion ?
(d) Can rusting of iron take place in distilled water ?
Answer:
(a) In a chemical change, the products are quite different from the reactants. Therefore, it cannot be normally reversed.
(b) A chemical equation has to be balanced to meet the requirement of the law of conservation of mass. According to the law, the total mass of the reacting species taking part in the reaction is the same as that of the products formed. Since there is a direct relationship between the mass of the different species and their number, it is always essential to balance a chemical equation.
(c) Because they differ in the arrangement of carbon atoms present and have different shapes. The attractive forces among the atoms in the two cases are not same. That is why they evolve different amount of heat.
C(diamond) + O2(g) ———–> CO2(g) + 393.5 kj
C(graphite) + O2(g) ———–> CO2(g) + 395.4 kj
Please note that diamond and graphite are the two allotropie forms of carbon.
(d) No, rusting of iron cannot take place in distilled water because it neither contains dissolved oxygen nor carbon dioxide. Both are essential for the rusting of iron.

Question 40.
You are given the following materials :
(i) Iron nails
(ii) Copper sulphate solution
(iii) Barium chloride solution
(iv) Copper powder
(v) Ferrous sulphate crystals
(vi) Quick lime.
Identify the type of chemical reaction taking place when :
(a) Barium chloride solution is mixed with copper sulphate solution and a white precipitate is observed.
(b) On heating, copper powder in air in a china dish, the surface of copper powder becomes black.
(c) On heating green ferrous sulphate crystals, reddish brown solid is left and a gas having smell of burning sulphur is noticed.
(d) Iron nails when left dipped in blue copper sulphate solution become brownish in colour and blue colour of copper sulphate solution fades away.
(e) Quick lime reacts vigorously with water releasing a large amount of heat.
Answer:
(a) The reaction is double displacement in nature. ‘
Chemical Reactions and Equations Class 10 Important Questions Science Chapter 1 image - 14
(b) It is an example of combination reaction.
Chemical Reactions and Equations Class 10 Important Questions Science Chapter 1 image - 15
(c) The green crystals of ferrous sulphate have the chemical formula FeS04.7H20. Upon heating, they lose molecules of water of crystallisation.
Chemical Reactions and Equations Class 10 Important Questions Science Chapter 1 image - 16
Upon further heating, ferrous sulphate undergoes decomposition reaction as follows :
Chemical Reactions and Equations Class 10 Important Questions Science Chapter 1 image - 17
Both the gases evolved have the smell of burning sulphur.
(d) This happens because of displacement reaction. Iron displaces copper form copper sulphate solution. Brownish coating of copper gets deposited on the iron nails. As the concentration of copper sulphate in the solution decreases, the blue colour of the solution slowly fades.
Chemical Reactions and Equations Class 10 Important Questions Science Chapter 1 image - 18
(e) Calcium hydroxide is formed as a result of combination reaction. It is highly exothermic. A large amount of heat is evolved accompanied by hissing sound.
Chemical Reactions and Equations Class 10 Important Questions Science Chapter 1 image - 19

Question 41.
A silvery white metal X is in the form of ribbons. Upon ignition, it burns with a dazzling white flame to form white powder Y. When water is added to the powder Y, it partially dissolves to form a substance Z which is used as an antacid.
(a) What is metal X ?
(b) Name the white powder Y.
(c) What is the substance Z ?
(d) Write the chemical reactions that are taking place.
Answer:
(a) The metal is X is Mg.
(b) The white powder Y is MgO.
(c) White powder Y dissolves partially in water to form substance Z. It is Mg(OH), and is used as an antacid.
(d) The chemical reactions that are taking place are :
Chemical Reactions and Equations Class 10 Important Questions Science Chapter 1 image - 20

Question 42.
(i) Account for the following :
(a) White silver chloride turns grey in sunlight.
(b) Brown coloured copper powder on heating in air turns into black coloured substance.
(ii) What do you mean by
(a) Displacement reaction
(b) Reduction reaction
(c) Combination reaction ? Write balanced chemical equation.
Answer:
(i) (a) White coloured silver chloride undergoes decomposition in the presence of sunlight and forms silver (grey in colour) and chlorine.
Chemical Reactions and Equations Class 10 Important Questions Science Chapter 1 image - 21
(b) Brown coloured copper powder on heating in air gets oxidised to copper oxide which is black in colour.
Chemical Reactions and Equations Class 10 Important Questions Science Chapter 1 image - 22
(ii) For the different types of reactions,
(a) In a displacement reaction, one element takes the place of another in a compound dissolved in a solution. For example,
Fe(s) + CuSO4 (aq) ———> FeSO4 (aq) + Cu(s)
(b) Combination reaction may be defined as the reaction in which two or more substances combine under suitable conditions to form a new substance. For example,
Chemical Reactions and Equations Class 10 Important Questions Science Chapter 1 image - 23
(c) A decomposition reaction may be defined as the reaction in which a single substance decomposes or splits into two or more substances under suitable conditions.
For example,
Chemical Reactions and Equations Class 10 Important Questions Science Chapter 1 image - 24
It may be concluded that a certain substance is formed or synthesised in combination reaction and it breaks or splits in decomposition reaction. Therefore, the two reactions oppose each other.

Question 43.
(a) Write the chemical equation in the balanced form.
Fe(s) + H2O(g) ———–> Fe3O4(s) + H2(g)
(b) Identify the type of reaction from the equation given below :
Na2SO4 (aq) + BaCl2 (aq) ———–> BaSO4(s) + NaCl(aq)
(c) You could have noted that when copper powder is heated in a china dish, the surface of copper powder gets coated with black coloured substance.
(i) Why is this black coloured substance formed ?
(ii) What is this black substance ?
(iii) Write the chemical equation of the reaction taking place.
Answer:
(a) 3Fe(s) + 4H2O(g) ————> Fe3O4(s) + 4H2(g)
(b) It is a double displacement reaction also called precipitation reaction. A white precipitate of BaSO4 is formed in the reaction.
(c)
(i) The black substance is formed due to the oxidation of copper.
(ii) The black substance is cupric oxide or copper (II) oxide with formula CuO.
Chemical Reactions and Equations Class 10 Important Questions Science Chapter 1 image - 25

Question 44.
Observe the given figure and answer the following questions.
Chemical Reactions and Equations Class 10 Important Questions Science Chapter 1 image - 26
(a) Write the complete balanced reaction for the reaction that takes place.
(b) Type of reaction involved.
(c) Is there any precipitate formed.
(d) If any precipitate formed, write the colour of the precipitate.
Answer:
Chemical Reactions and Equations Class 10 Important Questions Science Chapter 1 image - 27
(b) It is a double displacement reaction
(c) Yes, a precipitate of barium sulphate is formed.
(d) The precipitate is white in colour.

Question 45.
Select (i) combination reactions (ii) decomposition reactions and displacement reactions from the following
Chemical Reactions and Equations Class 10 Important Questions Science Chapter 1 image - 28
Answer:
(i) Decomposition reaction
(ii) Displacement reaction
(iii) Combination reaction
(iv) Displacement reaction
(v) Combination reaction
(vi) Decomposition reaction.

Hope given Previous Year Question Papers for CBSE Class 10 Science Chapter 1 Chemical Reactions and Equations are helpful to complete your science homework.

If you have any doubts, please comment below. Learn Insta try to provide online science tutoring for you.

How do Organisms Reproduce Class 10 Important Questions Science Chapter 8

Chapter 8 How do Organisms Reproduce Class 10 Science Important Questions with Answers PDF will help you in scoring more marks. This consists of 1 mark Questions, 3 Mark Numericals Questions, 5 Marks Numerical Questions and previous year questions from Chemical Reactions and Equations Chapter.

How do Organisms Reproduce Class 10 Important Questions and Answers Science Chapter 8

Very Short Answer Questions

Question 1.
Write the full expansion of HIV.
Answer:
Human immuno-deficiency virus.

More Resources

Question 2.
Write the full form of IUCD.
Answer:
Intra-uterine contraceptive device.

Question 3.
Name the type of fission carried out by Amoeba.
Answer:
Binary fission.

Question 4.
What is vegetative propagation ? (CBSE Delhi 2006 C)
Answer:
It is the formation of new plants from vegetative parts (e.g., stem, leaf, root, bud) of a parent plant.

Question 5.
List two functions performed by ovaries in a human female. (CBSE A.I. 2006 C)
Answer:

  1. Formation of ova
  2. Secretion of hormones, estrogen and progesterone.

Question 6.
What is the effect of DNA copying which is not perfectly accurate in the reproductive process ?.
(CBSE A.I. 2008)
Answer:
It produces mutations which give rise to useful, harmful and neutral variations in the progeny.

Question 7.
Name the hormone, secretion of which is, responsible for dramatic changes in appearance in girls when they approach 10-12 years of age.
Answer:
Estrogen (= oestrogen) produced by growing follicles inside the ovary.

Question 8.
Why is DNA copying an essential part of the process of reproduction ?
Answer:
Cell multiplication is essential for reproduction either as a means of multiplication in unicellular organisms or as a means of development of multicellular body from a single celled zygote. Cell multiplication cannot occur without DNA replication or DNA copying because each new cell must carry the full DNA complement.

Question 9.
Mention the common mode of reproduction found in

  1. Amoeba
  2. Planaria.

Amoeba Binary fission in any plane.

Answer:
Planaria: Transverse binary fission.

Question 10.
Name any two types of asexual reproduction.
Answer:
Fission, Spore formation.

Question 11.
State the method used for growing rose plants.
Answer:
Artificial method of vegetative propagation by stem cuttings and bud grafting.

Question 12.
State what type of method is used for growing jasmine plant.
Answer:
Layering, a type of artificial method of vegetative propagation.

Question 13.
No two individuals are absolutely alike in a population. Why ?
Answer:
Due to presence of variations.

Question 14.
“Cell division is a type of reproduction in unicellular organisms”. Justify. (CCE 2013)
Answer:
In unicellular organisms cell division is a mode of reproduction as it produces two individuals or daughters by division of the parent cell.

Question 15.
Name the type of reproduction which
(a) involves gametes
(b) Does not involve gametes. (CCE 2013)
Answer:
(a) Sexual reproduction
(b) Asexual reproduction.

Question 16.
Define puberty. (CCE 2014)
Answer:
It is the beginning of development for sexual maturity which occurs at the age of 10-14 years in girls and 13—15 years in boys. Fully formed primary sex organs start secreting hormones for slow development of secondary sex organs and secondary sex characters.

Question 17.
Name the life process of an organism that helps in the growth of its population. (CCE 2015)
Answer:
Reproduction.

Question 18.
Name two simple organisms having the ability of regeneration. (CCE 2015)
Answer:
Hydra, Planaria.

Question 19.
Where is DNA found in the cell ? (CCE 2015)
Answer:
Nucleus, plastids and mitochondria.

Question 20.
Name the type of reproduction mostly seen in unicellular organisms. (CCE 2015)
Answer:
Asexual reproduction through cell division as binary fission, multiple fission, sporulation, budding.

Question 21.
Define sexual reproduction. (CCE 2015)
Answer:
It is a mode of reproduction in which offspring are formed by the process of formation and fusion of gametes.

Question 22.
In human female reproductive system where does fertilization occur ?
Answer:
In fallopian tube at ampulla—isthmus junction.

Question 23.
Name the parts where germ cells of a flower are located.
Answer:
Male — in anther of stamen.
Female — in ovule of carpel.

Question 24.
Name the part of Bryophyllum where buds are produced for propagation.
Answer:
Leaf notches.

Question 25.
What is DNA ?
Answer:
DNA or deoxyribonucleic acid is a self replicating biochemical that is carrier of genetic information for expression of hereditary traits and transfer to the next generation.

Question 26.
What happens when a planaria gets cut into two pieces ?
Answer:
Each piece grows (regenerates the missing parts) to form a complete animal.

Question 27.
Name the method by which Hydra reproduces commonly. Is this method sexual or asexual ?
(CBSE Foreign 2016)
Answer:
Hydra reproduces commonly by budding (also regeneration). It is a method of asexual reproduction.

Question 28.
List two unisexual flowers. (CBSE Foreign 2016)
Answer:
Water Melon, Papaya.

Question 29.
Why is fertilization not possible without pollinatign ? (CBSE Foreign 2016)
Answer:
Fertilization requires bringing of male gametes to the female gamete which is possible only when pollen grain is brought from the anther to the stigma in the process of pollination.

Question 30.
What happens when a mature Spirogyra filament attains considerable length ? (CBSE A.I. 2016)
Answer:
The elongated mature filament of Spirogyra breaks to form smaller pieces or fragments. The fragments grow to form mature filaments. .

Question 31.
What are those organisms called which bear both the sex organs in the same individual ? Give one example of such organism. (CBSE A.I. 2016)
Answer:
Bisexual or hermaphrodite, eg., Mustard, Hydra.

Question 32.
List two functions of ovary of human female reproductive system. (CBSE A. I. 2016)
Answer:

  1. Formation of ova
  2. Secretion of hormones estrogen and progesterone.

Question 33.
Name the method by which Spirogyra reproduces under favourable conditions. Is this method sexual or asexual ?
(CBSE Delhi 2017)
Answer:

  1. Fragmentation
  2. Asexual method.

Question 34.
Flow does Planaria reproduce ? Is this method sexual or asexual ? (CBSE Delhi 2017)
Answer:

  1. Transverse binary fission and regeneration
  2. Asexual method.

Question 35.
How does Plasmodium reproduce ? Is this method sexual or asexual ? (CBSE A.I. 2017)
Answer:

  1. Multiple fission,
  2. Asexual method.

Question 36.
When a cell reproduces, what happens to its DNA ? (CBSE A.I. 2017)
Answer:
DNA replicates and forms its copy at the time of cell reproduction.

Question 37.
Newly formed DNA copies may not be identical at times. Give one reason. (CBSE A.I. 2017)
Answer:
Error in DNA copying due to incorporation of wrong nucleotide.

Question 38.
Why is variation important for a species ? (CBSE A.I. 2017)
Answer:
Variation provides adaptability to changing environment and increased fitness in the struggle for existence.

Question 39.
Name the organs producing
(i) male germ cells / sperms and
(ii) female germ cells / ova respectively in humans. (CBSE Foreign 2017)
Answer:
(i) Testis
(ii) Ovary.

Question 40.
What is fertilisation ? Where does it occur in a human female ? (CBSE Foreign 2017)
Answer:
Fertilisation is the fusion of male and female gametes to form diploid zygote. In human female, it occurs in ampulla part of fallopian tube.

Short Answer Questions (2 Marks Each)

Question 1.
List any two differences between pollination and fertilization. (CBSE Delhi 2008, 2009, 2010)
Answer:

Pollination Fertilization
1.    Definition. It is transfer of pollen grains from anther to the stigma of a flower.

2.    Step. Pollination precedes fertilization.

3.    Purpose. It carries the male gamete producing pollen grains to the female sex organ.

4.  Process. Pollination is a physical process.

5. Occurrence. It occurs only in seed plants.

It is the fusion of male and female gametes.

Fertilization occurs only after pollination when the pollen grain has germinated and male gametes are carried into ovule.

It actually brings about fusion of gametes.

Fertilization is a physico-chemical (biological) process.

It occurs in both plants and animals of various types.

Question 2.
What is reproduction ? Mention the importance of DNA copying in reproduction. (CBSE Delhi 2008)
Answer:
Definition: Reproduction is the process of producing new young individuals of similar type by the mature individuals.
Importance of DNA Copying.
DNA carries hereditary information not only for controlling cellular functions but also all the structural and functional traits of organism. It is because of the latter that single celled zygote is able to form the whole multicellular organism. During reproduction there is formation of new cells which must carry the same amount and type of hereditary information as present in the parent cell. This is accomplished by DNA copying, which occurs prior to each cell division. DNA copying is not error proof. Errors give rise to variations.

Question 3.
Define variations in relation to a species. Why is variation beneficial to the species ? (CBSE Delhi 2008, CCE 2013)
Answer:
Definition: Variation is differences in structure, physiology and other characters found in the individuals of the same organism.
Benefits of variations to species.
Many of the variations are pre-adaptations which have no immediate benefit to the individuals. However, they remain in the population. Whenever, environment undergoes a drastic change, the pre-adaptations present in some members of the population allow the latter to survive, grow and regain its former size. Therefore, it is not necessary that variations are beneficial to individuals developing them but can prove useful to the species.

Question 4.
Mention the information source of making proteins in the cell. What is the basic event in reproduction ?
(CBSE Delhi 2008, 2009 C)
Answer:
Information Source: The information source of making proteins in a cell is its DNA.
Basic Event in Reproduction: The basic event in reproduction is replication of DNA, growth of cellular machinery and cell division.

Question 5.
Name one sexually transmitted disease each caused by a bacterial infection and viral infection. How can they be prevented ? (CBSE A.I. 2008, CCE 2012)
Answer:
Bacterial STD. Gonorrhoea caused by Neisseria gonorrhoeae. Viral STD. Genital warts caused by Human Papilloma virus.
Prevention. Avoiding multipartner sex, use of condoms and clean toilet habits.

Question 6.
(a) In human body what is the role of

  1. seminal vesicles and
  2. prostate gland.

(b) List two functions performed by testes in human beings. (CBSE A.I. 2008, 2009, CCE 2013)
Answer:
(a)

  1. Seminal Vesicles: They secrete 60-70% of semen plasma that is alkaline and viscous having fructose (for nourishing the sperms), fibrinogen, proteins and prostaglandins. Prostaglandins cause movements in the genital tract of the female. Sperms are also activated by secretion of seminal vesicles.
  2. Prostate Gland: It produces 20-30% of semen plasma. The secretion is alkaline and viscous. It has clotting enzyme and chemical essential for sperm activity.

(b) Function of Testes,

  1. Formation of sperms from germinal cells of seminiferous tubules.
  2. Secretion of testosterone by Leydig cells present in the connective tissue in between the seminiferous tubules.

Question 7.
Name the male and female gametes in animals. What is fertilization and where does it take place in human females ? (CBSE Delhi 2009)
Answer:
Male Gamete: Sperm (= spermatozoan)
Female Gamete: Ovum.
Fertilization: It is the fusion of two compatible gametes (e.g., sperm and ovum) to form diploid zygote during sexual reproduction.
In human females fertilization occurs in fallopian tube.

Question 8.
What is reproduction ? What are the two types ? Which one of the two confers new characteristics on the offspring and how ? (CBSE A.I. 2009 C, 2017)
Answer:
Reproduction: Reproduction is the process of producing new young individuals of similar type by the mature individuals.
Importance of DNA Copying.
Types. Asexual reproduction and sexual reproduction.
New Characteristics: New characteristics appear only in sexual reproduction due to

  1. Chance separation of chromosomes during meiosis required for gamete formation,
  2. Crossing over during meiosis.
  3. Chance coming together of chromosomes during fertilization,
  4. Mutations or mistakes during DNA replication.

Question 9.
What is binary fission ? Draw a diagram to show binary fission in Amoeba. (CBSE A.I. 2009 C)
Answer:
Binary Fission. It is a mode of asexual reproduction in a mature individual which splits up or divides to form two individuals.
How do Organisms Reproduce Class 10 Important Questions Science Chapter 8 image - 1

Question 10.
What is regeneration ? State a reason why a more complex organism cannot give rise to new individuals through this method. (CBSE A.I. 2009 C)
Answer:
Regeneration. It is ability of an individual to form lost or broken parts, sometimes the entire individual I from a piece of the parent body. The ability to form the whole individual from a piece of parent body is
found only in simple animals like Hydra and Planaria. It does not occur in complex organisms like humans, birds, lizards etc. Here regeneration is limited to repair or regeneration of minor parts. It is because the tissues and organs are highly differentiated in complex animals.

Question 11.
With the help of diagram, show the different stages of binary fission in Amoeba. (CBSE Delhi 2010)
Answer:
How do Organisms Reproduce Class 10 Important Questions Science Chapter 8 image - 2

  1. Pseudopodia shorten,
  2. Nucleus elongates and divides into two.
  3. The perent cleaves in between the two daughter nuclei to form two daughter individuals.

Question 12.
State in brief two junctions ofcopper-T used by some women. (CCE 2011)
Answer:

  1. Destruction of sperms
  2. Prevention of implantation.

Question 13.
(a) Give reason : Regeneration is not the same as reproduction.
(b) State the mode of asexual reproduction in Plasmodium. (CCE 2011)
Answer:
(a) Regeneration is not the same as reproduction as no propagule is formed and no organism will depend on being cut to be able to reproduce.
(b) Multiple fission.

Question 14.
How does Rhizopus multiply by spores. Explain in brief. Sketch neat labelled diagram of this method.
(CCE 2011)
Answer:
Spores of Rhizopus are nearly always present in the air. They settle down on moist organic matter like bread, germinate and form mycelia. A mycelium bears a number of black aerial blobs or sporangia wherein spores are | formed. The wall of sporangium breaks and the released spores are picked up by air for dispersal. Draw
How do Organisms Reproduce Class 10 Important Questions Science Chapter 8 image - 3

Question 15.
(i) List two reproductive parts of a flower.
(ii) How is a unisexual flower different from a bisexual flower ? State in brief. (CCE 2011)
Answer:
(i) Male — Stamen.
Female — Carpel/Pistil
(ii) A unisexual flower possesses one types of reproductive organs, either stamens (staminate or male flower) or pistils (pistillate or female flower) while a bisexual flower has both the types of reproductive organs.

Question 16.
In what respect is the human male gamete different from the female gamate ? What is the importance of this difference ? (CCE 2011, 2014)
Answer:
Male gamete or sperm is smaller, dart-like motile gamete with scanty amount of food reserve. Female gamete or ovum is larger, rounded, non-motile gamete with a good amount of reserve food. The difference helps the ovum to get loaded with cytoplasmic contents and allow the sperm to swim freely upto the ovum.

Question 17.
What will happen when (a) A mature Spirogyra filament attains considerable length
(b) Planaria gets cut into two pieces ? (CCE 2011)
Answer:
(a) Spirogyra genrally undergoes fragmentation with each fragment or smaller piece growing to form long ‘ filament.
(b) Each piece of Planaria regenerates or grows the missing parts to form the complete animal.

Question 18.
What are sexually transmitted diseases ? Name an STD which damages the immune system of human body.
(CCE 2011)
Answer:
Sexually transmitted diseases (STDs) or venereal diseases (VDs) are infectious diseases that are transmitted by
sexual contact between a healthy person and an infected person. STD that damages the immune system is HIV-AIDS.

Question 19.
(a) Surgical methods can be used to create a block in the reproductive system for contraceptive purposes. Name such parts where blocks are created in

  1. Males
  2. Females.

(b) State any two reasons for using contraceptive devices. (CCE 2011)
Answer:
(a)

  1. Vasa deferentia
  2. Fallopian tubes.

(b) Contraceptive devices are used to prevent pregnancy for

  1. Limiting size of family by spacing birth of children
  2. Avoiding unwanted pregnancy.

Question 20.
What is vegetative propagation ? Write two of its advantages. (CCE 2011, 2012, 2013, 2014)
Answer:
Vegetative propagation is the formation of new plants by using vegetative parts of a parent plant as propagules e.g., stem (Sugarcane, Bougainvillea, Potato), root (Sweet Potato, Dahlia), leaf (Bryophyllum), bud (Agave).
Advantages:

  1. It is the only known method of multiplication of seedless plants like Banana and Sugarcane.
  2. It is a quicker method as vegetatively reproduced plants bear flowers and fruits earlier than plants raised through seeds.
  3. All the individual plants are clones of one another and their parent so that the crop is genetically uniform.
  4. Good quality of a variety can be maintained indefinitely.

Question 21.
Name the type of asexual reproduction in
(a) Planaria
(b) Rhizopus
(c) Spirogyra
(d) Hydra. (CCE 2011)
Answer:
(a) Planaria —regeneration,
(b) Rhizopus — spore formation
(c) Spirogyra — fragmentation
(d) Hydra — budding.

Question 22.
Differentiate between
(a) Asexual reproduction and sexual reproduction
(b) Self pollination and cross pollination.
(CCE 2011, 2012)
Answer:
(a) Asexual reproduction is monoparental, with no gametes, no meiosis and very little variations. Sexual reproduction is generally biparental involving fusion of gametes, meiosis and lot of variations.
(b) Self pollination is transfer of pollen grains from the anther to the stigma of the same flower (e.g., Commeliria, Wheat) while cross pollination is transfer of pollen grains from the anther of one flower to the stigma of another flower of the same species (e.g., Salvia).

Question 23.
State two points of importance of DNA copying in reproduction. (CCE 2011, 2012)
Answer:

  1. Copying of DNA during reproduction provides the same and full complement of DNA to each and every cell which is important because DNA controls not only cellular functions but also structural and functional traits of the individual.
  2. Copying of DNA is not one hundred percent fool proof. Some variations develop due to small errors in copying.

Question 24.
How does the process of budding differ from the process of spore formation ? (CCE 2011)
Answer:

Budding Spore Formation
1.      Number: One or a few buds develop over the body of an individual.

2.      Dispersal: It is limited.

3.      New Individual: The bud directly grows into a new individual. Ex. Hydra.

A very large number of spores develop from an individual.

Spores are dispersed far and wide.

A spore germinates and then forms a new individual. Ex. Rhizopus.

Question 25.
(a) Out of the following plants, which two plants reproduce by vegetative propagation : Jasmine, Wheat, Mustard, Banana ?
(b) List any one advantage of practising this kind of propagation. (CCE 2011)
Answer:
(a) Jasmine (layering), Banana (cutting of rhizome).
(b) Advantages:

  1. It is the only known method of multiplication of seedless plants like Banana and Sugarcane.
  2. It is a quicker method as vegetatively reproduced plants bear flowers and fruits earlier than plants raised through seeds.
  3. All the individual plants are clones of one another and their parent so that the crop is genetically uniform.
  4. Good quality of a variety can be maintained indefinitely.

Question 26.
Illustrate the process of regeneration in Planaria with help of a suitable diagram. (CCE 2011)
Answer:
On being cut or broken into two or more pieces, each piece grows to form the complete animal of Planaria. It is done with the help of

  1. dedifferentiation of differentiated cells and
  2. reserve cells which proliferate, reach the exposed parts and differentiate to form the missing regions.
    How do Organisms Reproduce Class 10 Important Questions Science Chapter 8 image - 4

Question 27.
Leaves of Bryophyllum fallen on the ground produce new plants. Why ? (CCE 2011)
Answer:
Leaves of Bryophyllum bear adventitious buds in thè marginal notches. As the leaves fall down on the ground and come in contact with soil, the buds sprout and form new plants.

Question 28.
State the significance of human testes being located in the scrotum. (CCE 2011, 2012)
Answer:

  1. Scrotum not only protects the testes but also acts as a thermoregulator by changing position of the testes.
  2. It keeps the temperature of testes 1 -3° C below that of the body. A lower temperature is essential for development of sperms.

Question 29.
(a) What will happen to ovary and ovule after fertilization in angiospermic plants ?
(b) Name two animals that reproduce asexually.
(c) What are the male and female gonads in human beings known as ? (CCE 2011)
Answer:
(a) Ovary — fruit.
Ovule — seed.
(b) Hydra, Sponges
(c) Male Gonads —Testes.
Female Gonads-Ovaries.

Question 30.
Protozoans reproduce by binary fission as well as multiple fission. In your opinion which process is better and why ? (CCE 2011)
Answer:
Multiple fission is better as

  1. it often occurs inside perennating cysts
  2. it produces many daughters.

Question 31.
In Tobacco plant, the male gametes have 24 chromosomes. State the number of chromosomes in

  1. Egg nucleus
  2. Zygote
  3. Endosperm
  4. Leaf cell. (CCE 2011)

Answer:

  1. 24
  2. 48
  3. 72
  4. 48.

Question 32.
The organisms formed by asexual reproduction are considered as clones Why ? State the advantage of sexual reproduction over asexual reproduction. (CCE 2011)
Answer:
Organisms formed through asexual reproduction are considered clones as they are genetically similar to one another as well as their parent.
Sexual reproduction is advantageous over asexual reproduction as it produces a lot of variations due to reshuffling of chromosomes and crossing over. This provides better adaptability, more vigour and vitality to the offspring.

Question 33.
(a) What is the site of implantation and development of young one in human female ?
(b) Mention two advantages of using mechanical barriers during sexual act. (CCE 2011)
Answer:
(a) Uterus,
(b)

  1. Non-transmission of STDs
  2. Prevention of pregnancy.

Question 34.
(a) Leaves of Bryophyllum fallen on ground produce new plants whereas the leaves of Jasmine do not. Why ?
(b) Write two points of differences between asexual and sexual reproduction. (CCE 2011, 2012)
Answer:
(a) Leaves of Bryophyllum possess adventitious buds in their marginal notches. The buds sprout to produce plantlets when leaves fall on soil. Leaves of Jasmine cannot undertake asexual reproduction as they do not develop adventitious buds.
(b)

Asexual Reproduction Sexual Reproduction
1. Parents: It is monoparental. It is generally biparental
2. Meiosis: Meiosis does not occur during asexual reproduction. There are no gametes and no fertilization. Meiosis occurs: Gametes are formed and fertilization occurs in sexual reproduction.
Ex: Binary fission in Amoeba, Budding in Yeast Ex: Offspring in Wheat, Human.

Question 35.
(a) Name the parts of the flower which ripens to form fruit and seed
How do Organisms Reproduce Class 10 Important Questions Science Chapter 8 image - 5
(b) In the diagram, label A and B.
(CCE 2011)
Answer:
(a) Fruit — Ovary.
Seed — Ovule.
(b) A — plumule.
B — radicle.

Question 36.
With the help of a diagram only show regeneration in Planaria. Regeneration is not possible in all types of animals. Why ? (CCE 2011)
Answer:
How do Organisms Reproduce Class 10 Important Questions Science Chapter 8 image - 6

  1. Regeneration is possible in only simple animals having reserve or stem cells.
  2. In complex higher animals regeneration is controlled by nervous and hormonal systems which become impaired at the site of injury.

Question 37.
How does the process of seed germination take place in plants ? Describe in brief. (CCE 2011)
Answer:
Seed germination occurs when a seed is placed in moist soil in such a way that it is also able to absorb oxygen from air. The seed absorbs moisture through its micropyle. The embryo becomes active. The seed coat softens. Seed interior swells causing breaking of seed coat. The radicle grows, passes out of the seed and enters the soil as root. The plumule, with or without cotyledons, comes out of soil and gives rise to shoot. The seedling becomes nutritionally independent.

Question 38.
Name the sex hormones secreted by male and female sex organs in human beings. State one function of each.
(CCE 2011)
Answer:
Male — Testosterone — Sperm formation and male characteristics.
Female —

  1. Estrogen — Release of ovum, maintenance of female characteristics,
  2. Progestérones— development of uterine lining.

Question 39.
(a) How is the process of pollination different from fertilization ?
(b) State the mode of reproduction in Earthworm, Frog, Rhizopus and Plasmodium (CCE 2011)
Answer:
(a)

Pollination

Fertilization

1.    Definition. It is transfer of pollen grains from anther to the stigma of a flower.

2.    Step. Pollination precedes fertilization.

3.    Purpose. It carries the male gamete producing pollen grains to the female sex organ.

4.  Process. Pollination is a physical process.

5. Occurrence. It occurs only in seed plants.

It is the fusion of male and female gametes.

Fertilization occurs only after pollination when the pollen grain has germinated and male gametes are carried into ovule.

It actually brings about fusion of gametes.

Fertilization is a physico-chemical (biological) process.

It occurs in both plants and animals of various types.

(b) Earthworm—sexual, also asexual.
Frog — sexual.
Rhizopus —spore formation, also sexual.
Plasmodium — multiple fission, also sexual.

Question 40.
Prenatal sex determination has been prohibited by law. State two reasons. (CCE 2011)
Answer:

  1. The test has been banned since due to desire of male child, there has been large scale female foeticide.
  2. This has resulted in declining female-male sex ratio.

Question 41.
What is placenta ? State its two roles during pregnancy. (CCE 2011)
Answer:
Placenta is a spongy vascular structure formed by the joint activity of maternal and foetal tissues in the wall of uterus that connects foetus with uterus.
Roles:

  1. Providing nutrition to the foetus.
  2. Taking away wastes of the foetus.

Question 42.
Compare the vegetative propagation of Bryophyllum and Money plant. (CCE 2011)
Answer:
In Bryophyllum, vegetative propagation occurs through the agency of leaves that fall on moist soil. In Money Plant, vegetative propagation occurs with the help of stem cuttings bearing at least one leaf and its axillary bud. A single leaf of Bryophyllum can produce several plants. A leafy stem cutting of Money Plant forms only a single plant.

Question 43.
(a) Where are the male germ cell and female gamete produced in a flower ?
(b) State the significance of variation in reproduction.
(c) Mention the principle of regeneration. (CCE 2011)
Answer:
(a) Male Germ Cell (Male Gamete). Formed inside the pollen tube or pollen grain from generative cell.
Female Gamete (Oosphere). Inside embryo sac part of ovule.
(b) Significance of Variation in Reproduction

  1. It provides individuality to each living organism,
  2. It helps individuals in the struggle for existence,
  3. Variation is a source of preadaptation.

(c) Principle of Regeneration: It is the ability of an individual to form lost or broken part, sometimes the entire individual from a piece of the parent body through dedifferentiation of mature cells and activity of reserve cells. The ability to form a new individual from a part of the body is well developed in simple animals like Hydra and Planaria. It is restricted to the formation of only broken parts in complex organisms.

Question 44.
(a) Name two bacterial STD infections.
(b) How do oral pills prevent pregnancy ? (CCE 2011)
Answer:
(a)

  1. Gonorrhoea caused by bacterium Neisseria gonorrhoeae
  2. Syphilis caused by bacterium Treponema pallidum.

(b) Oral pills contain progestin (= progesterone) alone or in combination with estrogen. They prevent pregnancy by inhibition of ovulation, making uterine wall unsuitable for implantation alongwith unsuitable changes in cervical mucus and activity of fallopian tubes.

Question 45.
Explain how ovary functions both as reproductive organ as well as endocrine gland. (CCE 2011)
Answer:
Reproductive Organ. Ovary produces ova, one every lunar month for possible fertilization and formation of foetus.
Endocrine Gland. Maturing ova or follicles present in ovary secrete oestrogen (= estrogen) while empty follicle develops into corpus luteum that secretes progesterone.

Question 46.
What is the information source in the cell nucleus for making proteins. State the basic events in reproduction.
(CCE 2011)
Answer:

  1. Information Source. DNA
  2. Basic Events in Reproduction. DNA replication, growth of cellular machinery and cell division.

Question 47.
(a) Why are budding, fragmentation and regeneration considered as asexual type of reproduction ?
(b) Which among the following reproduces by spore formation : Bryophyllum, Rhizopus, Hydra ?
(CCE 2011)
Answer:
(a) Asexual Reproduction: Budding, fragmentation and regeneration are all considered to be modes of asexual reproduction as they involve formation of new individuals from single parents without fertilization or fusion of gametes.
(b) Rhizopus.

Question 48.
Draw labelled diagram of
(a) Spore formation in Rhizopus
(b) Regeneration in Planaria. (CCE 2012)
Answer:
(a)
How do Organisms Reproduce Class 10 Important Questions Science Chapter 8 image - 7
(b)
How do Organisms Reproduce Class 10 Important Questions Science Chapter 8 image - 8

Question 49.
“Multicellular organisms cannot divide cell by cell”. List two reasons to justify this statement. (CCE 2012)
Answer:

  1. In multicellular organisms, cell by cell division is a method of growth and not a method of multiplication as in unicellular organisms.
  2. Multicellular organisms have developed complex and specialised reproductive structures which are not possible in single celled organisms.

Question 50.
(a) Name the process by which pollen grains are transferred from anther to stigma. Mention any one external agent which performs this process in some flowers. .
(b) Differentiate between its two types. Give one example of each. (CCE 2012)
Answer:
(a)

  1. Pollination
  2. Air/Insects.

(b) Two types, self pollination and cross pollination. Self pollination is transfer of pollen grains from the anther to the stigma of the same flower (e.g., Commeliria, Wheat) while cross pollination is transfer of pollen grains from the anther of one flower to the stigma of another flower of the same species (e.g., Salvia).

Question 51.
(a) Name the organ which helps in providing nutrition to embryo. Where is it located ?
(b) What causes the delivery of child from mother’s uterus ? (CCE 2012)
Answer:
(a) Placenta is the organ which provides nourishment to the embryo. It is formed jointly by embryo and uterus. Placenta is located in the uterus of the mother.
(b) Foetal ejection reflex is produced in response to signals from fully formed foetus and its supporting placenta.

Question 52.
List the modes of pollination and define each of them. (CCE 2012)
Answer:
Pollination is of two types, self pollination and cross pollination.
Self Pollination. It is the transfer of pollen grains from the anther to the stigma of the same flower, e.g., Commelina, Wheat.
Cross Pollination. It is the transfer of pollen grains from the anther to the stigma of another flower of the same species, e.g., Salvia.

Question 53.
(a) Differentiate between unisexual and bisexual flowers.
(b) Which of the following plants produce unisexual flowers : Watermelon, Hibiscus, Mustard, Papaya ?
(CCE 2012)
Answer:
(a) Unisexual flowers are those flowers which possess only one type of reproductive organs, either stamens or carpels. Bisexual flowers are those flowers which have both the types of reproductive organs, i.e., stamens and carpels.
(b) Watermelon, Papaya.

Question 54.
(a) List two events during binary fission in Amoeba.
(b) In which two of the following organisms, regeneration takes place : Lion, Planaria, Hydra, Lotus. (CCE 2012)
Answer:
(a)

  1. Elongation of nucleus followed by division into two.
  2. Cleavage of cytoplasm in between the two daughter nuclei to form two daughter cells.

(b) Regeneration. Planaria, Hydra.

Question 55.
(a) Which organ is responsible for implantation of zygote ?
(b) State the function of fallopian tubes. (CCE 2012)
Answer:
(a) Zygote (in the form of blastocyst) gets implanted in uterus with the help of villi.
(b)

  1. Fallopian Tubes,
  2. Conduct ovum from ovary to uterus,
  3. Fertilization occurs inside fallopian tube.

Question 56.
(a) Name the structure in human male reproductive system that delivers the sperms from the testes to the urethra.
(b) Name the structure in human female reproductive system which delivers the egg from the ovary to the uterus.
Answer:
(a) Vas deferens
(b) Fallopian tube.

Question 57.
(a) Write the advantage of sexual reproduction over asexual reproduction.
(b) Name the male and female parts of a flower. (CCE 2012)
Answer:
(a) Advantage of Sexual Reproduction. Sexual reproduction introduces variations and maintains the vigour and vitality of the individuals.
(b) Male—Stamens.
Female—Carpels.

Question 58.
(a) Differentiate between reproduction and regeneration.
(b) Name any two organisms which grow by regeneration. (CCE 2012)
Answer:
(a) Reproduction is the formation of new individuals by the grown up organisms with the help of propagules or germ cells. Regeneration is growth of injured parts of the individuals for repair and replacement of lost parts.
(b) Planaria and Hydra can grow by regeneration.

Question 59.
What is pollination ? How does it take place ? (CCE 2012)
Answer:
Pollination is the transfer of pollen grains from an anther to a stigma. Pollination between anther to the stigma of the same flower is called self pollination. It occurs through contact between the two.
Pollination between anther of one flower and stigma of another flower is cross pollination. It requires an external agency which may be abiotic (wind, water) or biotic (insects, birds, bats, worms, etc.).

Question 60.
How is the process of binary fission in Amoeba different from that of Leishmania ? (CCE 2012)
Answer:
In Amoeba, binary fission can occur in any plane. In Leishmania the plane of division is vertical.

Question 61.
Which parts/organs of the human reproductive system perform the following functions
(a) Site of fertilisation
(b) Production of ovum. (CCE 2012)
Answer:
(a) Site of Fertilisation. Ampulla-isthmus junction of fallopian tube.
(b) Production of Ovum. Ovary.

Question 62.
Which parts/organs of human reproductive system perform the following functions :
(a) Site of implantation of zygote
(b) Entry of sperms in female reproductive system. (CCE 2012)
Answer:
(a) Implantation. Uterus,
(b) Entry of Sperms. Vagina.

Question 63.
Give any two differences between radicle and plumule. (CCE 2012)
Answer:

  1. Radicle is the future root while plumule is the future shoot.
  2. Radicle does not bear leaf primordia that are present over the plumule.

Question 64.
List the suitable difference between pollen grain and ovule. (CCE 2012)
Answer:

  1. Pollen grain is a spore while ovule is a sporangium.
  2. Pollen grain is specialised to produce two male gametes. An ovule has generally a single female gamete.

Question 65.
“The chromosome number of sexually reproducing parents and their offspring is the same”. Justify this statement.
(CCE 2013)
Answer:
Both parents and their offspring have generally diploid chromosomes. Meiosis occurs during gamete formation so that gametes have haploid chromosomes. Fusion of gametes during sexual reproduction produces diploid zygote. The offspring develops from zygote.

Question 66.
(a) Trace the path of sperms from where they are produced in human body to the exterior.
(b) Write the functions of secretions of prostate çland and seminal vesicles in humans. (CCE 2013)
Answer:
(a)

Testis —> Epididymis —> Vas deferens —>Urinogenital duct

(b) Both the glands produce semen plasma, 60—70% by seminal vesicles and 20—30% by prostate gland. It is required for activation and transport of sperms.

Question 67.
List four methods of asexual reproduction other than fission in the living organisms. (CCE 2014)
Answer:
Budding, Fragmentation, Regeneration, Sporulation.

Question 68.
Draw labelled diagrams to illustrate budding in Hydra. (CCE 2014)
Answer:
How do Organisms Reproduce Class 10 Important Questions Science Chapter 8 image - 9

Question 69.
Students were asked to observe the permanent slides showing different stages of budding in yeast under the high power of microscope.
Answer:
(a) Which adjustment screw (coarse / fine) were you asked to move to focus the slides ?
(b) Draw three diagrams in correct sequence showidg budding in yeast.
Answer:
(a) Fine adjustment
(b)
How do Organisms Reproduce Class 10 Important Questions Science Chapter 8 image - 10

Question 70.
While observing a slide of budding in yeast, a student performs the following steps :

  1. Place the slide on the stage and fix it using the clip,
  2. Adjust the mirror and diaphragm.
  3. Focus using low power,
  4. Adjust to high power. Are the sequence steps correct ? If not correct the sequence of steps. (CCE 2015)

Answer:
Correct.

Question 71.
A student was asked to identify a difference in the nucleus of binary fission of Amoeba and budding in yeast.
What would be the possible correct difference identified by her ? (CCE 2015)
Answer:
In binary fission of Amoeba, the nucleus divides first (before the cleavage of cytoplasm). In budding of yeast, nucleus divides later after the formation of protuberance for bud.

Question 72.
Draw a well labelled diagram of budding in yeast. (CCE 2015)
Answer:
How do Organisms Reproduce Class 10 Important Questions Science Chapter 8 image - 11

Question 73.
Name the type of asexual reproduction in which two individuals are formed from a single parent and the parental identity is lost. Draw the initial and the final stages of reproduction. State the event with this reproduction starts. (CCE 2015)
Answer:
Binary fission,
How do Organisms Reproduce Class 10 Important Questions Science Chapter 8 image - 12
Binary fission starts with elongation and cleavage of nucleus.

Question 74.
A student observed the slide of binary fission of Amoeba under a microscope. What should be the observation reproted by him ? (CCE 2015)
Answer:
Study two permanent slides of Amoeba, one showing binary fission and other showing structure of the protozoan.
Nucleus is darkly stained. It appears elongated and constricted in the slide depicting binary fission. The same slide also
shows constriction of the body around the area of constricting nucleus.

Question 75.
What is meant by budding ? Explain with an example. (CCE 2015)
Answer:
Budding in Hydra. Some reserve cells present in the lower half of Hydra begin to divide due to some
internal or external stimulus. They form a cellular mound which grows into a bud. Soon the bud develops a mouth and tentacles. It makes the bud nutritionally independent. The bud constricts from base and separates as a new individual.
How do Organisms Reproduce Class 10 Important Questions Science Chapter 8 image - 13

Question 76.
What does the diagram given here correctly illustrate ? Give reason in support of your answer.
(CCE 2015)
How do Organisms Reproduce Class 10 Important Questions Science Chapter 8 image - 14
Answer:
Binary fission in Amoeba.
Reasons :

  1. Presence of elongated nucleus undergoing cleavage.
  2. Presence of pseudopodia.

Question 77.
Write two differences between binary fission and multiple fission in tabular form.
(CCE 2015)
Answer:

Binary Fission

Multiple Fission

1. Products. It gives rise to two individuals. It forms several (more than two) individuals.
2. Conditions. Binary fission occurs under favourable conditions. Multiple fission occurs both under favourable and unfavourable conditions.
3. Nucleus. Nucleus of the parent cell divides only once to form two daughters. Nucleus of the parent undergoes repeated divisions to form a number of daughter nuclei.
4. Cytoplasm. Cytoplasm undergoes cleavage after each nuclear division. Cytoplasm does not divide after every nuclear division.
5. Residue. No part of the parent body is left unused. A part of the body, covering and residual cytoplasm, is left behind.
Examples. Amoeba, Paramecium. Examples. Plasmodium, Amoeba (encysted).

Question 78.
Draw a labelled diagram to show that particular stage of binary fission in Amoeba in which its nucleus elongates and divides into two and a constriction appears in its cell membrane. (CBSE Delhi 2016)
Answer:
How do Organisms Reproduce Class 10 Important Questions Science Chapter 8 image - 15

Question 79.
In which asexual reproduction two individuals are formed from a single parent whose identity is lost ? Draw  the initial and final stages of this type of reproduction to justify your answer. Write the event with which this process starts. (CBSE Foreign 2016)
Answer:
Binary fission, e.g., Amoeba. first (initial) and third (final).
How do Organisms Reproduce Class 10 Important Questions Science Chapter 8 image - 16

Question 80.
A student is observing a permanent slide showing sequentially the different stages of asexual reproduction taking place in yeast. Name this process and draw diagrams of what he observes in a proper sequence.
(CBSE A.I. 2016)
Answer:
Budding.
How do Organisms Reproduce Class 10 Important Questions Science Chapter 8 image - 17

Short Answer Questions (3 Marks Each)

Question 1.
Define any three of the following terms used in relation to human reproduction,

  1. Fertilization (fertilisation)
  2. Implantation
  3. Placenta
  4. Gestation
  5. Parturition
  6. Ovulation.
    (CBSE Foreign 2005, CCE 2011, 2012)

Answer:

  1. Fertilization: The union of male gamete (sperm) with the female gamete (ovum) to form a diploid zygote is called fertilization.
  2. Implantation: Fixation of young embryo (blastocyst stage) in the wall of uterus is called implantation.
  3. Placenta: It is a spongy vascular structure formed by the joint activity of maternal and foetal tissues in the wall of uterus that is meant for attachment, nourishment and waste disposal for the foetus.
  4. Gestation: It is a period between conception and birth of the live young one in mammals that is passed in the body of the mother.
  5. Parturition: The act of giving birth to a baby is called parturition.
  6. Ovulation: It is liberation of ovum from the ovary which in human beings occurs on 13-14 day of menstrual cycle due to surge of LH secretion.

Question 2.
Explain the terms “fission” and “regeneration” as used in relation to reproduction. (CBSE A. I. 2005)
Answer:
Fission. It is a mode of asexual reproduction in unicellular organisms in which a parent cell divides to form two or more individuals. In binary fission, a parent cell divides into two similar daughters, e.g., Amoeba, Paramecium, Leishmania. In multiple fission the contents of a unicellular individual divide into several daughters, e.g., Plasmodium.
Regeneration. It is the ability of an individual to form lost or broken part, sometimes the entire individual from a piece of the parent body through dedifferentiation of mature cells and activity of reserve cells. The ability to form a new individual from a part of the body is well developed in simple animals like Hydra and Planaria. It is restricted to the formation of only broken parts in complex organisms.

Question 3.
What is pollination. Name its two types. How do they differ from each other ?
(CBSE Delhi 2006, 2016, CCE 2011, CBSE Foreign 2016)
Answer:
Pollination: The transfer of pollens from anther to the stigma of a flower is called pollination.
Types: There are two types of pollination— self pollination and cross pollination.
Differences:

Self Pollination

Cross Pollination

1. Flowers. It is the transfer of pollen grains from anther to stigma of same or genetically similar flower. It is the transfer of pollen grains from the anther of one ‘ flower to the stigma of another flower.
2. Pollen. Pollen grains are produced in small number. Pollen grains are produced in large number.
3. Agency. An external agency is not required. An external agency is required for carrying of pollen grains from one flower to another.
4. Variations. It does not produce variations. It brings about a lot of variations.
5. Vigour. There is a slow loss of vigour in self pollinated plants. Vigour of the plants is maintained.
Ex. Commelina, Viola, Wheat. Ex. Salvia, Bottle Brush, Bombax.

Question 4.
What is vegetative propagation ? When is it used ? Name three methods of vegetative propagation.
(CBSE A.I. 2006 C)
Answer:
Vegetative Propagation: It is the formation of new plants from vegetative parts (e.g., stem, leaf, root, bud) of a parent plant.
When Used: Vegetative propagation is carried out during favourable period for obtaining fast growth of economically and horticulturally important plants. It is the only known method of propagation in seedless species and varieties of plants, e.g., Sugarcane, Banana.
Methods:

  1. Cuttings. Generally of stems but can also be of roots and leaves,
  2. Layering
  3. Grafting.
  4. Tissue culture or micropropagation is the latest technique for rapid multiplication of plants.

Question 5.
(a) What is fertilization ? Distinguish between external fertilization and internal fertilization.
(b) What is the site of fertilization in human beings ? (CBSE Delhi 2007)
Answer:
(a) Fertilization: The union of male gamete (sperm) with the female gamete (ovum) to form a diploid zygote is called fertilization.
Differences Between External and Internal Fertilization.

External Fertilization

Internal Fertilization

1. Place. Fertilization occurs outside the body of the female. Fertilization occurs inside the body of the female.
2. Release of Gametes. Both the sexes discharge their gametes outside their body. Only the male discharges the gametes and that also in the reproductive tract of the female. The female retains its gametes.
3. Surety. It is not a sure method. It is a sure method of fertilization.
4. Embryo. Embryo develops unprotected, outside the body of the female. Embryo is generally well protected but may develop outside or inside the body of the female.
Examples. Fishes, Amphibians. Examples. Reptiles, Birds, Mammals, Insects, Spiders.

(b) Site of Fertilization. Ampulla part of fallopian tube.

Question 6.
Define the terms unisexual and bisexual giving one example of each. (CBSE Delhi 2007)
Answer:
Unisexual. It is an organism having male and female sex organs on two different types of individuals, e.g., humans, Papaya.
Bisexual. It is an organism having both male and female sex organs present in the same individual, e.g., Rose, Mustard, Earthworm.

Question 7.
Explain double fertilization in plants. (CBSE A.I. 2007)
Answer:
Definition. The phenomenon of two male gametes fusing with different cells in the same embryo sac to produce two different structures is called double fertilization.
One male gamete fuses with oosphere (egg) to form diploid zygote. It is called generative fertilization. Zygote grows to form embryo. The second male gamete fuses with diploid secondary nucleus of central cell. It produces a triploid primary endosperm cell. The fusion is called triple fusion or vegetative fertilization. It produces a nutritive tissue called endosperm.

Question 8.
Illustrate the following with the help of suitable diagrams :
(i) Binary fission in Amoeba
(ii) Leaf of Bryophyllum with Buds. (CBSE A.I. 2008 C)
Answer:
(i) Binary Fission: It means ‘splitting into two’. Binary fission occurs under favourable conditions. When the unicellular individual has become mature, it divides to form two similar individuals. The parent disappears as its body gets distributed into its daughters. For binary fission, the nucleus or nuclear matter elongates and then divides into two. It is followed by cleavage of cytoplasm in between the two daughter nuclei to form two daughter individuals. In Amoeba, binary fission can occur in any plane (Fig. 3.1).
How do Organisms Reproduce Class 10 Important Questions Science Chapter 8 image - 18
It occurs in a definite plane in unicellular organisms having more oganisation in their bodies. In Paramecium the plane of division is transverse. It is vertical in Euglena and Leishmania (the protozoan that has whip-like flagellum at one end and causes kala azar).
(ii) Leaf of Bryophyllum with Buds.
How do Organisms Reproduce Class 10 Important Questions Science Chapter 8 image - 19
Buds occur in notches of Bryoplyllum leaf. They do not sprout in the intact leaf. However, when the leaf falls down and comes in contact with the soil, the buds sprout and produce plantlets.

Question 9.
(a) Explain the terms :

  1. Implantation
  2. Placenta

(b) What is the average duration of human pregnancy ? (CBSE Delhi 2008)
Answer:
(a)

  1. Implantation: Fixation of young embryo (blastocyst stage) in the wall of uterus is called implantation.
  2. Placenta: It is a spongy vascular structure formed by the joint activity of maternal and foetal tissues in the wall of uterus that is meant for attachment, nourishment and waste disposal for the foetus.

(b) Duration of Human Pregnancy. 270 days, considered 280 days from the time of previous menstruation.

Question 10.
What are sexually transmitted diseases ? Name four such diseases. Which one of them damages the immune system of human body ? (CBSE Delhi 2009)
Answer:
Sexually Transmitted Diseases(STDs). They are diseases which are transmitted through sexual contact with infected persons.
Examples:

  1. Gonorrhoea.
  2. Syphilis
  3. Genital Warts
  4. AIDS.

Damage to Immune System: AIDS caused by HIV (human immunodeficiency virus) damages human immune system because the virus multiplies in macrophages and helper T-4 lymphocytes.

Question 11.
List any three differences between pollination and fertilization.
Answer:

Pollination Fertilization
1.    Definition: It is transfer of pollen grains from anther to the stigma of a flower.

2.    Step: Pollination precedes fertilization.

3.    Purpose: It carries the male gamete producing pollen grains to the female sex organ.

4. Process: Pollination is a physical process.

5. Occurrence: It occurs only in seed plants.

It is the fusion of male and female gametes.

Fertilization occurs only after pollination when the pollen grain has germinated and male gametes are carried into ovule.

It actually brings about fusion of gametes.

Fertilization is a physico-chemical (biological) process.

It occurs in both plants and animals of various types.

Question 12.
What is the full form of DNA ? Name the part ‘of the cell where it is located. Explain its role in the process of reproduction of the cell. (CBSE Delhi 2010)
Answer:
DNA: Deoxyribo-nucleic acid.
Location: Mostly in nucleus (small amount also in mitochondria and plastids).
Role in Cell Reproduction: DNA carries hereditary information not only for controlling cellular functions but also all the structural and functional traits of organism. It is because of the latter that single celled zygote is able to form the whole multicellular organism. During reproduction there is formation of new cells which must carry the same amount and type of hereditary information as present in the parent cell. This is accomplished by DNA copying, which occurs prior to each cell division. DNA copying is not error proof. Errors give rise to variations.

Question 13.
Explain vegetative propagation with the help of two examples. List two advantages of vegetative propagation.
(CBSE Delhi 2010)
Answer:
Vegetative propagation is the formation of new plants from vegetative propagules or parts (stem, leaf, root, bud) of a parent plant.

  1. Duranta/Bougainvillea. It is multiplied with the help of stem cuttings. 20-30 cm long stem pieces of one year old branches are placed in the moist soil in their natural position during spring or rainy season. The cuttings develop roots and shoots to form new plants.
  2. Jasmine/Grape Vine. It is multiplied by layering. One year old basal branch is defoliated in the middle, given a small cut (v-shaped, tongue-like or ring-like), pegged and covered with soil. The branch, now called layer, develops adventitious roots within 1-2 months. It is then separated as new plant.

Advantages:

  1. Seedless Plants. Vegetative propagation is the only known method of multiplication of seedless plants, g., Banana, Sugarcane, Pineapple, Jasmine, some varieties of Orange, Rose.
  2. Uniform Yield. Seeds and fruits are of uniform quality, size, taste and aroma.
  3. Genetic Uniformity. Vegetative propagation gives a genetically uniform population.
  4. Good Qualities. Good qualities of a variety can be maintained indefinitely.
  5. Survival Rate. Survival rate of the daughters is nearly 100% while in case of seed grown plants, it is 10%.
  6. Quicker Method. Vegetatively reproduced plants bear flowers and fruits earlier than the plants raised through seeds. Potato requires only three months for forming a new crop if raised from tubers. It takes 15 months if raised from seeds.                                                            ‘
  7. Introduction in New Areas. In areas where seed germination fails to form mature plants, vegetative reproduction can help in establishing the plants.

Question 14.
(a) Identify the asexual method of reproduction in each of the following organisms :

  1. Rose
  2. Yeast
  3. Planaria.

(b) What is fragmentation ? Name a multicellular organism which reproduces by this method. (CCE 2011)
Answer:
(a)

  1. Rose —stem cutting
  2. Yeast—Budding
  3. Planaria —regeneration.

(b) Fragmentation. It is the process of breaking up the body of an organism into two or more parts (called fragments), each of which grows into a new individual. Example. Spirogyra.

Question 15.
(a) How many eggs are produced every month by either of the ovaries in a human female ? Where does fertilization take place in the female reproductive system ?
(b) What happens in case of egg released by the ovary is not fertilized ? (CCE 2011)
Answer:
(a) One egg is produced every month by one of the two ovaries in a human female. Fertilization occurs inside the fallopian tube (ampulla isthmus junction).
(b) If the egg is not fertilized, it lives for one day and is then expelled. This also sets in motion the menstrual cycle. After about 12 days the corpus luteum (empty Graafian follicle) degenerates. In the absence of hormones progesterone and estrogen, the glandular part of endometrial lining is peeled off alongwith discharge of blood and mucus. The process is called menstruation. It lasts for 3-5 days.

Question 16.
In the diagram of the human male reproductive system
How do Organisms Reproduce Class 10 Important Questions Science Chapter 8 image - 20
(a) Label A and B
(b) Name the hormone produced by X. What is the role of this hormone in human male ?
(c) Mention the name of substances that are transported by tubes C and D.
(CCE 2011)
Answer:
(a) A —seminal vesicle
B — prostate gland.
(b) X— testosterone. Testosterone controls sperm formation, expression of secondary characters and functioning of accessory glands.
(c) C— sperms.
D — semen (including sperms) and urine.

Question 17.
Differentiate between
(a) Asexual and sexual reproduction
(b) Plumule and radicle
(c) Pollination and fertilization. (CCE 2011)
Answer:
(a) Asexual reproduction is monoparental, with no gametes, no meiosis and very little variations. Sexual reproduction is generally biparental involving fusion of gametes, meiosis and lot of variations.
(b) Plumule is the future shoot while radicle is the future root.
(c) Pollination is the transfer of pollen grains from anther to stigma while fertilization is the fusion of male and female gametes.

Question 18.
(a) Why is vegetative propagation practised for growing some types of plants ?
(b) Name the different parts of a flower that has germ cells.
(c) List any two agents of pollination. (CCE 2011)
Answer:
(a)

  1. Seedless plants can be propagated only vegetatively, e.g, Banana, Sugarcane,
  2. Others are propagated vegetatively to obtain flowers and fruits early.

(b) Stamen —Pollen —Male Germ Cells.
Carpel—Ovary — Ovule — Embryo sac — Female Germ Cell.
(c) Wind (anemophily), insects (entomophily).

Question 19.
(a) What is the difference between self and cross pollination ?
(b) What happens to the pollen which falls on a suitable stigma ? Explain. (CCE 2011)
Answer:
(a) Self pollination is transfer of pollen grains from the anther to the stigma of the same flower (e.g., Commeliria, Wheat) while cross pollination is transfer of pollen grains from the anther of one flower to the stigma of another flower of the same species (e.g., Salvia).
(b) After falling on a suitable stigma the pollen absorbs water and nutrients. It produces a pollen tube that grows through the style and reaches the ovary. Its tip contains a tube nucleus and two male gametes. The pollen tube enters an ovule, strikes against one synergid of the embryo sac and bursts open to release its contents. One male gamete fuses with the egg to form zygote while the other fuses with secondary nucleus to produce primary endosperm nucleus.

Question 20.
Name the parts A, B and C and state one function of each part. (CCE 2011, CBSE Delhi 2016)
How do Organisms Reproduce Class 10 Important Questions Science Chapter 8 image - 21
Answer:
A —anther — formation of pollen.
B—style—lifting stigma to receive pollen.
C—ovary—contains ovules which later develop into seeds while ovary forms the fruit.

Question 21.
State one function each of the following parts of human male reproductive system :

  1. Vas deferens
  2. Testis
  3. Prostate Gland. (CCE 2011)

Answer:

  1. Vas Deferens: Passage of sperms (hence sperm duct).
  2. Testis: Produces sperms and male sex hormone called testosterone.
  3. Prostate Gland: Forms 20-30% of semen, essential for sperm motility.

Question 22.
(a) Name an organism in which binary fission occurs in a definite orientation.
(b) Draw a neat diagram of germinating seed and label on it the following : Cotyledon, Plumule, Radicle. (CCE 2011)
Answer:
(a) LeishmanialEuglena
(b)
How do Organisms Reproduce Class 10 Important Questions Science Chapter 8 image - 22

Question 23.
(a) Name the parts 1 to 5 of human female reproductive system
How do Organisms Reproduce Class 10 Important Questions Science Chapter 8 image - 23
(b) Name the part in which fertilization takes place in the system.
(CCE 2011)
Answer:
(a) 1 — fallopian tube,
2 — ovary,
3 — Uterus,
4 — cervix,
5 — vagina.
(b) Fallopian tube.

Question 24.
(a) How do oral pills function as contraceptives ?
(b) The use of these pills may be harmful. Why ? (CCE 2011)
Answer:
(a) Oral pills prevent ovulation as they contain progesterone with or without estrogen.
(b) Use of oral pills may cause some side effects because they do change the hormonal balance of the body.

Question 25.
(a) Draw a neat diagram of female reproductive system in human beings and label on it :

  1. The part which secretes ova
  2. The part where implantation takes place.

(b) What happens if fallopian tube is blocked ? (CCE 2011)
Answer:
(a)
How do Organisms Reproduce Class 10 Important Questions Science Chapter 8 image - 24
Label

  1. Ovary (Produces ova)
  2. Uterus (implantation).

(b) Blockage of fallopian tube will prevent fertilization.

Question 26.
State in brief the function of the following organs in the human female reproductive system,
(a) Ovary
(b) Fallopian tube
(c) Uterus. (CCE 2011)
Answer:
(a) Ovary: Formation of ova and secretion of hormones, estrogen and progesterone.
(b) Fallopian Tube: Passage of ovum, site for fertilization.
(c) Uterus: Implantation and nourishment of embryo.

Question 27.
(a) Name a unisexual flower,
(b) Name the organ known as “birth canal” in female reproductive system.
(c) Mention two factors that determine the size of population. (CCE 2011)
Answer:
(a) Papaya, Watermelon,
(b) Vagina
(c) Birth rate or natality and death rate or mortality.

Question 28.
Draw a neat diagram of germination of pollen on stigma. Also label on it the following parts :

  1. Female germ cell
  2. Pollen tube
  3. Pollen grain
  4. Male germ cell. (CCE 2011, 2012)

Answer:
How do Organisms Reproduce Class 10 Important Questions Science Chapter 8 image - 25

Question 29.
Explain the following methods of contraception giving one example of each

  1. Barrier method
  2. Hormonal imbalance method
  3. Surgical method.  (CCE 2011)

Answer:

  1. Barrier Method. Mechanical Barrier Methods. They prevent passage of sperms into genital tract of the female.
    1. It is tubular latex sheath to be worp over male copulatory organ during sex.
    2. Cervical Cap. It is a rubber nipple to be fitted over cervix,
    3. Contraceptive Diaphragm. It is tubular sheath that is fitted in vagina during sex.
  2. Hormonal Imbalance Method. It is commonly carried out by the ladies through regular use of oral pills. They inhibit ovulation through suppression of FSH.
  3. Surgical Method. It is of two types :
    1. Vasectomy. The two vasa deferentia of the male are blocked by cutting and tying.
    2. Tubectomy. The two fallopian tubes of the female are blocked by cutting and tying or ligating.

Question 30.
Expand AIDS. List any four methods of prevention (control) of AIDS. (CCE 2011)
Answer:
AIDS—Acquired Immune Deficiency Syndrome.
Methods of Prevention

  1. Avoiding unprotected sex.
  2. Use of disposable syringes and needles
  3. Use of disposable blades and razors,
  4. Compulsorily complete sterilization of all equipment used in dental treatment and surgery.
  5. Proper screening of blood before transfusion.

Question 31.
(a) Name any sexually transmitted disease which is

  1. caused by virus
  2. caused by bacteria.

(b) What may be the possible reasons for adopting contraceptives for sex ? Mention any two. (CCE 2012)
Answer:
(a)

  1. Bacterial STD: Gonorrhoea by Neisseria gonorrhoeae
  2. Viral STD: Genital warts by Human Papilbma Virus,

(b) Reason: Preventing pregnancy for

  1. Limiting size of family,
  2. Spacing birth of children so as to provide proper care to each child. .

Methods:

  1. Barrier method like condom and diaphragm
  2. Intrauterine device like copper-T
  3. Oral pills.

Question 32.
State in brief the role of human male reproductive system. Why is it called the urinogenital system ?
(CCE 2012)
Answer:
Role:

  1. Human male reproductive system synthesises sperms in seminiferous tubules of testes. The testes lie in a pouch of skin or scrotum outside the abdomen to provide 1°-3°C temperature lower than that of body.
  2. Leydig cells present in the connective tissue of testes secrete male sex hormone or testosterone for maintaining the secondary male sex traits,
  3. The sperms are stored in epididymes and passed out at the time of ejaculation when secretions from seminal vesicles, prostate gland and Cowper’s glands mix with them to form semen. Urinogenital System. The passage way of male reproductive system is common with the passage of urine from the body. Therefore, male reproductive system is also called urinogenital system.

Question 33.
(a) Explain the process of budding,
(b) Show in sequence the process of budding in Hydra with the help of diagram. (CCE 2012, 2013)
Answer:
(a) Budding is the formation of an outgrowth from an organism which grows and separates to form a new individual. It is a mode of asexual reproduction in both unicellular (e.g., Yeast) and multicellular (e.g., Hydra) organisms.
(b) Budding in Hydra. Some reserve cells present in the lower half of Hydra begin to divide due to some
internal or external stimulus. They form a cellular mound which grows into a bud. Soon the bud develops a mouth and tentacles. It makes the bud nutritionally independent. The bud constricts from base and separates as a new individual.
How do Organisms Reproduce Class 10 Important Questions Science Chapter 8 image - 26

Question 34.
Give a reason for each of the following :
(a) Regeneration is not considered a method of reproduction.
(b) Blocking of the fallopian tube causes birth control,
(c) Spores generally have a thick wall. (CCE 2012)
Answer:
(a) Regeneration is not the same as reproduction as no propagule is formed and no organism will depend on being cut to be able to reproduce.
(b) Blocking of fallopian tubes will not allow the sperms to reach the ovum.
(c) Spores are a means of dispersal as well as perennation. They have to be thick-walled to tolerate adverse environmental conditions.

Question 35.
(a) Draw a neat labelled diagram of a germinated seed and label radicle, plumule and cotyledon.
(b) Mention function of each of these parts. (CCE 2012)
Answer:
(a)
How do Organisms Reproduce Class 10 Important Questions Science Chapter 8 image - 27
(b)

  1. Radicle: It forms the first root of the seedling,
  2. Plumule: It grows to form the shoot of the seedling,
  3. Cotyledon: It stores food and supplies the same to embryo axis for its growth.

Question 36.
(a) Differentiate between binary and multiple fission. Name an organism that reproduces by multiple fission.
(b) Vegetative reproduction is beneficial to plants that are propagated asexually. Give two advantages.
(CCE 2012)
Answer:
(a) In binary fission a unicellular organism divides into two equal daughters. In multiple fission it gives rise to several (more than 2) individuals. Some residue may be left in multiple fission while no such wastage occurs in binary fission.
Multiple fission occurs in Plasmodium (Malaria Parasite).
(b) Vegetative Reproduction,

  1. It is the only known method of multiplication in seedless plants like Banana and Sugarcane,
  2. It is quicker method of multiplication with a crop of uniform yield.

Question 37.
(a) Name any two plants that reproduce through grafting.
(b) List any two benefits to an organism that reproduces through spores. (CCE 2012)
Answer:
(a) Grafting. It is performed in case of high quality Apple, Mango, Pear and some other plants.
(b) Benefits of Spore Formation,

  1. Spores are a means of dispersal.
  2. They are often thick-walled and take part in perennation.
  3. A large number of spores are often formed at one time so that rapid multiplication can occur.

Question 38.
List any four methods of contraception used by humans. How does their use have a direct effect on health and prosperity of the family ? (CCE 2013, 2014)
Answer:
Methods of Contraception:

  1. Mechanical Barriers like condoms, cervical cap, diaphragm.
  2. Oral Contraceptives or oral pills like Mala D, Saheli
  3. Intrauterine Contraceptive Devices (IUCD) like loop, bow, Cu-T.
  4. Surgical Methods like vasectomy in males and tubectomy in females.

Effects:

  1. Enjoying a good reproductive health.
  2. Protecting from sexually transmitted diseases.
  3. Restricting the number of children.
  4. Spacing the birth of children so as to properly look after them, provide them proper education without depleting the resources of the family.
  5. Controlling population.

Question 39.
(a) Explain the process of regeneration in Planaria. (CCE 2014)
(b) How is regeneration different from reproduction ? (CCE 2013, 2014)
Answer:
(a) Regeneration in Planaria. In Planaria, a broken piece of the body grows the missing parts and forms the complete animal. This occurs with the help of reserve or stem cells and dedifferentiation of differentiated cells. They proliferate to form mass of cells which differentiate into various types of cells and tissues just like development in the young animal.
How do Organisms Reproduce Class 10 Important Questions Science Chapter 8 image - 28
(b) Reproduction is the formation of new individuals by the grown up organisms with the help of propagules or germ cells. Regeneration is growth of injured parts of the individuals for repair and replacement of lost parts.

Question 40.
Write two examples each of sexually transmitted diseases caused by

  1. virus
  2. bacteria.

Explain how the transmission of such diseases be prevented ? (CCE 2013)
Answer:

  1. Viral STDs. Genital warts by human papilloma virus (HPV), AIDS by human immunodeficiency virus (HIV).
  2. Bacterial STDs. Gonorrhoea by Neisseria gonorrhoeae, Syphilis by Treponema pallidum.

Question 41.
Prevention. Sexually transmitted diseases can be prevented by use of mechanical barriers, especially condoms.
(a) Name the following :

  1. Thread like non-reproductive structures present in Rhizopus.
  2. Blobs, that develop at the tip of the non-reproductive threads in Rhizopus.

(b) Explain the structure and function of structures released from the blobs in Rhizopus. (CCE 2013)
Answer:
(a)

  1. Hyphae (singular hypha).
  2. Sporangia (singular sporangium).

(b) The structures released by blobs or sporangia are spores. Spores of Rhizopus are thick walled dark coloured and multinucleate. They are dispersed by air. After falling on a suitable substratum, each spore gives rise to a new mycelium.

Question 42.
(a) Define pollination. Why is it necessary for reproduction in flower bearing plants ?
(b) Write one reason to explain why cross pollination is preferred over self pollination ? (CCE 2013)
Answer:
(a) Pollination is the transfer of pollen grains from anther to the stigma. It is essential because the male gametes of flower bearing plants are nonmotile. On stigma a pollen grain germinates and sends male gametes to embryo sac by means of a pollen tube.
(b) Cross pollination produces variations and maintains vigour of the plants.

Question 43.
What are the advantages of sexual reproduction over asexual reproduction ? (CCE 2013)
Answer:
“significance of Sexual Reproduction”

  1. Due to reshuffling of chromosomes and crossing over, sexual reproduction brings about variations in almost all characters so that no two individuals are similar. Variations are essential for recognition, individuality and competitiveness. They may not protect individuals under adverse conditions but survival of species depends upon pre-adaptive variations.
  2. Better Adaptability. Increased variability due to sexual reproduction is helpful to organisms in better adaptability to changes in environment.
  3. Vigour and Vitality. It maintains the vigour and vitality of the individuals.
  4. Harmful Traits. Harmful traits are often kept suppressed because of reshuffling of gene pairs that occurs during gamete formation and fusion.
  5. Near Uniformity of Population. Due to the flow of genes amongst individuals during sexual reproduction, the uniformity of population is maintained where there is a broad resemblance of all the individuals with one another.
  6. Genetic changes brought about by sexual reproduction play an important part in evolution of new forms.

Question 44.
Draw diagrams to explain the regeneration that takes place in each of the body parts of Planaria when its body is cut into three pieces. Name any other organism in which a similar process can be observed.
(CCE 2014)
Answer:
(a)
How do Organisms Reproduce Class 10 Important Questions Science Chapter 8 image - 29
(b) Hydra.

Question 45.
On cutting the body of an organism into many pieces, it was observed that many of these pieces developed as new individuals. Name the process and list two organisms in which this process may be observed. Draw a schematic diagram to illustrate the changes that are likely to be observed during the development of new individuals in any one of the organisms named. , (CCE 2014)
Answer:
(i) Regeneration,
(ii) Planaria, Hydra.
How do Organisms Reproduce Class 10 Important Questions Science Chapter 8 image - 30

Question 46.
Write one difference between asexual and sexual modes of reproduction. Which species is likely to have better chances of survival, the one reproducing asexually or the one reproducing sexually ? Justify your answer.
(CCE 2014)
Answer:
(a) Difference: Asexual reproduction is monoparental, with no gametes, no meiosis and very little variations. Sexual reproduction is generally biparental involving fusion of gametes, meiosis and lot of variations.
(b) Better Chances of Survival. Sexually reproducing.
Reason: 

  1. Due to reshuffling of chromosomes and crossing over, sexual reproduction produces variations in alomost all characters,
  2. Sexual reproduction maintains as well as improves vigour and vitality of the individuals,
  3. Variability and vitality are helpful to organisms in better adaptability to environment.

Question 47.
What is the effect of DNA copying which is not perfectly accurate on the reproductive process ? How does the amount of DNA remain constant though each new generation is a combination of DNA copies of two individuals? (CCE 2014)
Answer:
(a) Inaccuracy in DNA Copying . Even small errors of DNA copying produce variations or mutations. Some of these mutations may be drastic as to kill the cells and stop the reproductive process. Others are minor and form the basis of varied traits.
(b) DNA Amount: The parents are diploid (2n) as each of them has two sets of chromosomes (DNAs). They form haploid (In) male and female gametes through the process of meiosis. The haploid gametes have one set of chromosomes (DNAs). During fertilization, one male gamete fuses with one female gamete. It restores the diploid (2n) chromosome/DNA number in the offspring that is formed from fusion product or zygote (2n).

Question 48.
(a) How would you relate the following methods to asexual reproduction :

  1. Binary fission
  2. Spore formation ?

(b) State any advantage of using sexual reproduction over asexual reproduction. (CCE 2014)
Answer:
(a) Asexual reproduction is the formation of new individuals from a part of a single parent without formation and fusion of gametes.

  1. In binary fission a fully grown unicellular individual divides into two similar individuals or daughters directly.
  2. In spore formation a single cell or sac of the parent produces a number of reproductive bodies which get dispersed and form new individuals on germination. There is no meiosis or gamete formation in both the cases.

(b) Advantage of Sexual Reproduction. Sexual reproduction introduces variations and maintains the vigour and vitality of the individuals.

Question 49.
Name the type of asexual reproduction demonstrated by the following organisms :
(a) Amoeba
(b) Rhizopus
(c) Planaria
(d) Plasmodium
(e) Spirogyra
(f) Bryophyllum. (CCE 2014)
Answer:
(a) Amoeba. Binary fission.
(b) Rhizopus. Spore formation or sporulation
(c) Planaria. Regeneration
(d) Plasmodium. Multiple fission,
(e) Spirogyra. Fragmentation
(f) Bryophyllum. Vegetative reproduction by foliar buds.

Question 50.
List six specific characteristics of sexual reproduction. (CCE 2015)
Answer:

  1. Biparental
  2. Meiosis
  3. Haploid gametes
  4. Fertilization
  5. Diploid zygote
  6. Variations.

Question 51.
What are chromosomes ? Explain how in sexually reproducing organisms the number of chromosomes in the progeny is maintained. (CCE 2015)
Chromosomes are linear strands of DNA and associated proteins that occur in nucleus of eukaryotic cells, carry genes and function in transmission of hereditary information. (CCE 2015)
Answer:
The parents are diploid (2n) as each of them has two sets of chromosomes (DNAs). They form haploid (In) male and female gametes through the process of meiosis. The haploid gametes have one set of chromosomes (DNAs). During fertilization, one male gamete fuses with one female gamete. It restores the diploid (2n) chromosome/DNA number in the offspring that is formed from fusion product or zygote (2n).

Question 52.
List four points of significance of reproductive health in a society. Name any two areas related to reproductive health which have improved over past 50 years in our country.
Answer:

  1. People can lead a safe, responsible and satisfying reproductive life.
  2. Provides protection from catching STDs.
  3. Advantage of small family, care of the children as well as their proper upbringing
  4. Less mortality among the new borns.
  5. Maintenance of proper health of the mother and lesser chances of maternal mortality.

Improvement :

  1. Reduction in the rate of population growth.
  2. Decrease in the spread of STDs.
  3. Adoption of small family norm.

Question 53.
Explain how surgical methods used for men and women respectively help in contraception.
Answer:
Reversible Sterilisation: It is surgical technique that prevents passage of sperms in males and ova in females. The technique is called reversible because by another surgical procedure the passage-way can be restored. Reversible sterilisation is otherwise permanent method of contraception. It is of two types, vasectomy in males and tubectomy in females.

  1. Vasectomy: The two vasa deferentia of the male are blocked by cutting a small piece and tying the rest. This prevents passage of sperms from testes into semen.
  2. Tubectomy: A portion of both the fallopian tubes is excised or ligated to block the passage of ovum.

Question 54.
(a) Define germination.
How do Organisms Reproduce Class 10 Important Questions Science Chapter 8 image - 31
(b) From the given diagram identify the incorrectly labelled parts.
(CCE 2015)
Answer:
(a) Germination. Beginning of growth or sprouting of a propagule like spore, seed or bud is called germination. It requires a particular set of external and internal conditions.
(b) Incorrectly Labelled Parts :

  1. Male germ cell
  2. Pollen grain
  3. Pollen tube
  4. Ovule.

Question 55.
Give reason as to why the following processes are different from each other,
(a) Fission in Amoeba and Plasmodium.
(b) Regeneration and fragmentation.
(c) Binary fission and fragmentation. (CCE 2015)
Answer:
(a) Under favourable conditions Amoeba multiplies by binary fission while Plasmodium multiplies by multiple fission.
(b)

Regeneration

Fragmentation

1.   Process. It is the ability to repair injured parts and grow lost parts.

2.   Cells. Ability of regeneration depends upon the occurrence of stem cells and dedifferentiated cells.

3.   Occurrence. It occurs in more advanced organisms.

It is breaking up the body of an organism into two or more functional parts.

The cells of the fragments possess the ability to divide and bring about growth of the fragments.

It occurs in organisms having simple structure.

(c)

Fission

Fragmentation

1.  Organisms. It occurs in unicellular organisms.

2.  Nucleocytoplasmic Division. It occurs prior to fission.

3.  Multiplication. It gives rise to new individuals.

4.  Products. The daughters formed after fission are equal.

Ex. Amoeba

Fragmentation is found in multicellular organisms.

Cells grow and divide after fragmentation.

Pieces of the parent individual grow to form daughter individuals.

The products of fragmentation are generally unequal anc dissimilar.

Ex. Spirogyra.

Question 56.
Budding is type of asexual reproduction used by Hydra.
(a) What is meant by asexual reproduction ? How is it different from sexual reproduction ?
(b) Name any other type of asexual reproduction used by Hydra. Define it.
Answer:
Budding is a mode of asexual reproduction in Hydra as the propagules is a bud or outgrowth of somatic body of the animal.
(a) Asexual reproduction is the formation of new individuals from specialized or unspecialized somatic parts of a single parent.
Difference: Asexual reproduction is monoparental, with no gametes, no meiosis and very little variations. Sexual reproduction is generally biparental involving fusion of gametes, meiosis and lot of variations.
(b) Regeneration: It is the ability of an individual to form lost or broken part, sometimes the entire individual from a piece of the parent body through dedifferentiation of mature cells and activity of reserve cells. The ability to form a new individual from a part of the body is well developed in simple animals like Hydra and Planaria. It is restricted to the formation of only broken parts in complex organisms.

Question 57.
What is the importance of DNA copying during reproduction ? Why are offspring formed by asexual reproduction genetically similar to their parents ? (CCE 2015)
Answer:
Importance of DNA Copying : DNA carries hereditary information not only for controlling cellular functions but also all the structural and functional traits of organism. It is because of the latter that single celled zygote is able to form the whole multicellular organism. During reproduction there is formation of new cells which must carry the same amount and type of hereditary information as present in the parent cell. This is accomplished by DNA copying, which occurs prior to each cell division. DNA copying is not error proof. Errors give rise to variations.
Offspring formed by Asexual Reproduction. Asexual reproduction is uniparental. The genetic material present in the offspring is unaltered copy of DNA present in the parent. Therefore, they are genetically similar to the parents.

Question 58.
(a) A women had undergone surgical method for preventing unwanted pregnancies. Does this protect her from getting sexually transmitted diseases ?
(b) How can AIDS be prevented ? (CCE 2015)
Answer:
(a) No, it does not prevent the coming together of body fluids during sex.
(b) Prevention of AIDS,

  1. Use of barrier method of contraception like condom,
  2. Protection from getting infected, by blood contact like infected needles, syringes or transfusion,
  3. Proper sterilisation of dental equipment,
  4. Prevention of sexual contact with AIDS positive persons,
  5. Prevention of pregnancy by AIDS positive patients.

Question 59.
Rhizopus is an organism which reproduces by spore formation.
(a) What is meant by spore formation ?
(b) What does the reproductive part or blob of Rhizopus contain ?
(c) Why are these structures protected by thick walls ? (CCE 2015, CBSEA.I. 2017)
Answer:
(a) Spore Formation. It is the formation of minute unicellular asexual reproductive dissemules which on germination give rise to new individuals.
(b) Blob or reproductive part of Rhizopus is sporangium. It contains spores.
(c) Thick Walls of Spores. Spores are dispersed by air currents. They have to face dry, hot, cold and other hostile conditions. Thick wall protects the spores from unfavourable environment.

Question 60.
How does the uterus prepare itself and nurture the growing embryo ? What happens when the egg is not fertilized ? (CCE 2015)
Answer:
Preparation: Under the influence of hormones from pituitary and growing Graafian follicle, the endometrium of uterus thickens, develops blood vessels and glands for nourishing the future embryo.
Nutrition for Growing Embryo. The contact region between embryo and endometrium grows into placenta. Placenta helps the embryo in obtaining nourishment (and oxygen) from blood sinuses of the uterus.
When Egg is not Fertilized: Glands present in the mucosa of uterine endometrium begin to degenerate. This sloughs off the endometrial lining, releasing a lot of mucus and blood. It is called menstruation. Menstruation lasts for 3-5 days.

Question 61.
What do the labelled parts in the diagram work for ? (CCE 2015)
How do Organisms Reproduce Class 10 Important Questions Science Chapter 8 image - 32
Answer:
Plumule: Formation of shoot.
Cotyledon: Storage of food.
Radicle: Formation of root.

Question 62.
How do Organisms Reproduce Class 10 Important Questions Science Chapter 8 image - 33
Identify from the diagram the type of reproduction used and the organism showing it. (CCE 2015)
Answer:
A — Hydra, budding (asexual reproduction)
B —Amoeba, binary fission (asexual reproduction)
C — Planaria, regeneration (asexual reproduction).

Question 63.
How do organisms whether reproduced asexually or sexually maintain a constant chromosome number through several generations. Explain with the help of suitable example. (CBSE Delhi 2016)
Answer:
Maintenance of Chromosome Number Over Generations.
In asexual reproduction, new individuals or daughters are formed through mitotic divisions, e.g., Amoeba. There is replication of DNA/chromosomes followed by equal distribution of chromosomes among the daughter cells.
In sexual reproduction chromosome number is ^maintained through two processes, gametogenesis and fertilization. Meiosis occurs during gametogenesis. Here, the chromosome number is halved. For example, human beings with 46 chromosomes produce ova with 23 chromosomes and sperms with 23 chomosomes. Fertilization involving fusion of an ovum (23 chromosomes) with a sperm (23 chromosomes) produces a zygote with 46 chromosomes. The young one develops through mitotic divisions of the zygote so that cells of the grown up individual come to have 46 chromosomes.

Question 64.
What are the functions of testis in the human male reproductive system ? Why are these located outside the abdominal cavity ? Which is responsible for bringing about changes in appearance seen in boys at the time of puberty ? (CBSE Delhi 2016)
Answer:
Functions of Testis. Produces sperms and male sex hormone called testosterone.
Location of Testis. Testes are located outside the abdominal cavity (in testicle behind penis) as maturation of sperms requires a temperature lower by 2°C than that of the body.
Puberty Changes in Boys. They are caused by hormone testosterone.

Question 65.
What is multiple fission ? How does it occur in an organism ? Explain, briefly. Name one organism which exhibits this type of reproduction. (CBSE Delhi 2016)
Answer:
Definition: Multiple fission is a mode of asexual reproduction in a unisexual organism where a single parent produces a number of daughter individuals.
Mechanism: The nucleus of the parent cell divides repeatedly to form a number of daughter nuclei. Cytoplasm gathers around each nucleus followed by development of cell membranes to form daughter cells. The parent cell bursts open to release the daughter individuals.
Example Plasmodium (Malarial Parasite).

Question 66.
What happens when
(a) Planaria gets cut into two pieces
(b) A mature Spirogyra filament attains considerable length
(c) On maturation sporangia burst. (CBSE Foreign 2016)
Answer:
(a) Regeneration in Planaria: In Planaria, a broken piece of the body grows the missing parts and forms the complete animal. This occurs with the help of reserve or stem cells and dedifferentiation of differentiated cells. They proliferate to form mass of cells which differentiate into various types of cells and tissues just like development in the young animal.
How do Organisms Reproduce Class 10 Important Questions Science Chapter 8 image - 34
(b) Spirogyra: Multiple fission is better as

  1. it often occurs inside perennating cysts
  2. it produces many daughters.

(c) Sporangium: The mature sporangium bursts to expose spores that are picked up by air and dispersed. On settling at suitable medium each spore germinates and forms a new individual.

Question 67.
What is sexual reproduction ? List its four advantages. (CBSE Foreign 2016)
Answer:
Definition: It is a mode of reproduction in which offspring are formed by the process of formation and fusion of gametes.
Advantages:

  1. It brings traits of the two parents in the offspring.
  2. It brings about variations due to reshuffling of chromosomes and crossing over.
  3. It maintains and improves vigour and vitality of the individuals.
  4. It promotes diversity, adaptations and formation of new species.

Question 68.
Name the reproductive parts of an angiosperm. Where are these parts located ? Explain in brief the structure of its female reproductive part. (CBSE Foreign 2016)
Answer:

  1. Stamen—male. Carpel-female. They are located in flower.
  2. The female part or carpel (=pistil) consists of a terminal receptive stigma, a stalk like style and a basal swollen ovary containing ovules. The ovary later matures into fruit while the ovules form seeds.

Question 69.
(a) Mention the role of the following organs of human male reproductive system :

  1. Testis
  2. Serotum
  3. Vas deferens
  4. Prostate gland.

(b) What are the two roles of testosterone. (CBSE Foreign 2016)
Answer:
(a)

  1. Testis: Produces sperms and hormone testosterone.
  2. Scrotum: Holding the two testes outside the abdominal cavity for providing optimum temperature (2°C less than body temperature) for sperm maturation.
  3. Vas Deferens: Passage of sperms from epididyrryis to ejaculatory duct.
  4. Prostate Gland: Secretes nutritive fluid for activation of sperms and clotting enzyme for extruded semen.

(b) Testosterone Regulates sperm formation, puberty changes in boys and maintenance of male secondary organs and traits.

Question 70.
Define reproduction. How does it help in providing stability to the population of species ?
(CBSEA.I. 2016)
Answer:
Reproduction is the process of producing new young individuals of similar type by the mature individuals.
Stability: Reproduction maintains the size and composition of population of a species by regularly adding new individuals for replacing the ones getting killed due to ageing, disease or predation. It also adds variations that allow the individuals to adapt to changing environment.

Question 71.
Explain the term “regeneration” as used in relation to reproduction of organisms. Describe briefly how regeneration is carried out in multicellular organisms like Hydra. (CBSE A.I. 2016)
Answer:
Regeneration. It is the ability of an organism to form a complete individual from a piece of the parent body (Regeneration also involves the formation of lost parts by an individual).
Lowly organised multicellular organisms like Hydra have the ability to reproduce through regeneration. For regeneration, the contained stem cells become active. Many differentiated cells undergo dedifferentiation. Both the types of cells proliferate forming a large number of cells. The mass of proliferated cells show differentiation into tissues and organs forming the new individual.

Question 72.
(a) List two reasons for the appearance of variations among the progeny formed by sexual reproduction.
How do Organisms Reproduce Class 10 Important Questions Science Chapter 8 image - 35
(b)

  1. Name the part marked ‘A’ in the diagram,
  2. How does ‘A’ reach part ‘B’ ?
  3. State the importance of part ‘C’.
  4. What happens to the part marked ‘D’ after fertilization is over ? (CBSE A.I. 2016)

Answer:
(a)

  1. Coming together of the chromosomes/traits of the two parents,
  2. Reshuffling of chromosomes and crossing over.

(b)

  1. Pollen grain,
  2. Pollen grains are carried to stigma by the agency of wind, water or insects in the process of pollination,
  3. It is pollen tube formed on germination of pollen grain. The same carries male gametes to the female gamete,
  4. In fertilization the egg is converted into zygote which gives rise to embryo.

Question 73.
In context of reproduction of species, state the main difference between fission and fragmentation. Also give one example of each.
Answer:

Fission

Fragmentation

1.  Organisms. It occurs in unicellular organisms.

2.  Nucleocytoplasmic Division. It occurs prior to fission.

3.  Multiplication. It gives rise to new individuals.

4.  Products. The daughters formed after fission are equal.

Ex. Amoeba

Fragmentation is found in multicellular organisms.

Cells grow and divide after fragmentation.

Pieces of the parent individual grow to form daughter individuals.

The products of fragmentation are generally unequal anc dissimilar.

Ex. Spirogyra.

Question 74.
What happens when
(a) Accidentally, Planaria gets cut into many pieces ?
(b) Bryophyllum leaf falls on the wet soil
(c) On maturation, sporangia of Rhizopus burst.
(CBSE Delhi 2017)
Answer:
(a) Regeneration in Planaria. In Planaria, a broken piece of the body grows the missing parts and forms the complete animal. This occurs with the help of reserve or stem cells and dedifferentiation of differentiated cells. They proliferate to form mass of cells which differentiate into various types of cells and tissues just like development in the young animal.
(b) Leaves of Bryophyllum bear adventitious buds in the marginal notches.
(c) As the leaves fall down on the ground and come in contact with soil, the buds sprout and form new plants.

Question 75.
(a) State the basic requirement for sexual reproduction ?
(b) Write the importance of such reproduction in nature. (CBSE Dlehi 2017)
Answer:
(a) Basic Requirement :

  1. Meiosis and formation of male and female gametes,
  2. Fusion of the two types of gametes and formation of diploid zygote.

(b) Importance: It introduces variations or new characters that provide adaptability and increased fitness due to

  1. Chance separation of chromosomes during meiosis required for gamete formation,
  2. Crossing over during meiosis.
  3. Chance coming together of chromosomes during fertilization,
  4. Mutations or mistakes during DNA replication.

Question 76.
State the changes that take place in the uterus when
(a) Implantation of embryo has occurred
(b) Female gamete/egg is not fertilised. (CBSE Delhi 2017)
Answer:
(a) Implantation of Embryo has Occurred: Endometrium thickens, becomes glandular and highly vascular. The contact region between embryo and uterine wall grows into placenta. Placenta helps the embryo in obtaining nourishment and oxygen from blood sinuses of the uterus. It also helps in transfer of wastes from embryo to the blood of the mother.
(b) Female Gamete is not fertilized: Glands present in the mucosa of uterine endometrium begin to degenerate. This sloughs off the endometrial lining, releasing a lot of mucus and blood. It is called menstruation. Menstruation lasts for 3-5 days.

Question 77.
Mention the total number of chromosomes alongwith the sex chromosomes that are present in a human female and a human male. Expain how in sexually reproducing organisms the number of chromosomes in the progeny remains the same as that of the parents. (CBSE Delhi 2017)
Answer:
(a) Chromosome Number. Human Female— 44 autosomes + XX sex chromosomes or allosomes.
Human Male. 44 autosomes + XY allosomes.
(b) Same Chromosome Number: The parents are diploid (2n) as each of them has two sets of chromosomes (DNAs). They form haploid (In) male and female gametes through the process of meiosis. The haploid gametes have one set of chromosomes (DNAs). During fertilization, one male gamete fuses with one female gamete. It restores the diploid (2n) chromosome/DNA number in the offspring that is formed from fusion product or zygote (2n).

Question 78.
List any four steps involved in sexual reproduction and write its two advantages. (CBSE Delhi 2017)
Answer:
Steps:

  1. Formation of male and female gametes through meiosis
  2. Transfer of male gamete to the area of female gamete.
  3. Fusion of the two types of gametes resulting in the formation of diploid zygote.
  4. Development of zygote into embryo that grows into a new individual.

Advantages:

  1. Variations. Due to reshuffling of chromosomes and crossing over, variations appear in almost all characters,
  2. Adaptability and Evolution. Variations help the organisms to develop adaptability to changes in environment. Their accumulation can also lead to formation of new species.

Question 79.
Reproduction is one of the most important characteristics of living beings. Give three reasons in support of the statement. (CBSE A.I. 2017)
Answer:
Reproduction is essential for

  1. Perpetuation or continuation of species
  2. Replacement of dead individuals and maintaining the organisation in population.
  3. Introduction of variations for better adaptability and survival.

Question 80.
What is vegetative propagation ? State two advantages and two disadvantages of this method.
(CBSE A.I. 2017)
Answer:
Definition: Vegetative propagation is the formation of new plants by using vegetative parts of a parent plant as propagules e.g., stem (Sugarcane, Bougainvillea, Potato), root (Sweet Potato, Dahlia), leaf (Bryophyllum), bud (Agave).
Advantages:

  1. It is the only known method of multiplication of seedless plants like Banana and Sugarcane.
  2. It is a quicker method as vegetatively reproduced plants bear flowers and fruits earlier than plants raised through seeds.
  3. All the individual plants are clones of one another and their parent so that the crop is genetically uniform.
  4. Good quality of a variety can be maintained indefinitely.

Disadvantages:

  1. There is little adaptability to changes in envrionment.
  2. Diseases contracted by a parent spread to all the daughters.

Question 81.
List three techniques that have been developed to prevent pregnancy. Which one of these techniques is not meant for males ? How does the use of these techniques have a direct impact on the health and prosperity of a family. (CBSE A.I. 2017)
Answer:
(a) Contraceptive Techniques: Barrier methods, Hormonal methods, Surgical methods.
(b) Not Meant for Males. Hormonal methods.
(c) Impact.

  1. Enjoying a good reproductive health.
  2. Protecting from sexually transmitted diseases.
  3. Restricting the number of children.
  4. Spacing the birth of children so as to properly look after them, provide them proper education without depleting the resources of the family.
  5. Controlling population.

Question 82.
How do variations arise in organisms ? “Variation is useful for survival of species”, justify this statement with the help of an example. )CBSE Foreign 2017)
Answer:
(a) Variations. Variations are differences found in morphological, physiological and other traits of individuals
belonging to the same organism, race or family. They develop due to

  1. Faulty DNA replication
  2. Crossing over
  3. Chance separation of chromosomes during meiosis and chance combination during fertilization.

(b) Variation for Survival. Some of the variations function as pre-adaptations. They help in survival under adverse conditions. Rise in temperature of temperate waters would kill all bacteria except some which had a variation to tolerate heat. Such bacteria will survive and multiply.

Question 83.
What is regeneration ? Give on example of an organism that shows this process and one organism that does not. Why does regeneration not occur in the latter ? (CBSE Foreign 2017)
Answer:
Regeneration: It is ability of an individual to form lost or broken parts, sometimes the entire individual I from a piece of the parent body. The ability to form the whole individual from a piece of parent body is
found only in simple animals like Hydra and Planaria. It does not occur in complex organisms like humans, birds, lizards etc. Here regeneration is limited to repair or regeneration of minor parts. It is because the tissues and organs are highly differentiated in complex animals.
Examples: Planaria, Hydra. Organisms Not Showing Regeneration. Amoeba, Rhizopus, Banana. The reason for absence of regeneration is non-availability of reserve cells and incapability of differentiated cells to dedifferentiate.

Question 84.
What is contraception ? Name any two methods. How does the use of these methods have a direct effect on the health and prosperity of a family ? State any three points. (CBSE Foreign 2017)
Answer:
Contraception. It is technique or mechanism to deliberately prevent conception or impregnation or pregnancy.
Techniques. Barrier methods, Hormonal methods, Surgical methods.
Impact:

  1. Enjoying a good reproductive health.
  2. Protecting from sexually transmitted diseases.
  3. Restricting the number of children.
  4. Spacing the birth of children so as to properly look after them, provide them proper education without depleting the resources of the family.
  5. Controlling population.

Question 85.
What is placenta ? Describe its two major functions. (CBSE Foreign 2017)
Answer:

Placenta: It is a special double layered, spongy tissue connection between the foetus and uternine wall found in pregnant females. It has finger-like outgrowths or villi which are in contact with blood sinuses present in the uterine wall.
Role:

  1. Attachment: Placenta attaches the foetus to uterine wall.
  2. Villi: Placenta has finger-like outgrowths or villi which develop a large surface area for fixation and absorption.
  3. Nutrients: Placenta picks up nutrients from mother’s blood and passes it to the blood of the foetus.
  4. Waste Products: Waste products produced by the foetus passes out through the placenta into mother’s blood.
  5. Gases: Foetus obtains oxygen supply from mother’s blood and eliminates carbon dioxide through placenta.

Question 86.
Name the two types of mammalian gametes. How are they different from each other. Name the type of resproduction they are involved in. Write the advantage of this type of reproduction. (CBSE Foreign 2017)
Answer:
Mammalian Gametes. Male-Sperm, Female-Ovum.
Differences: Male gamete or sperm is smaller, dart-like motile gamete with scanty amount of food reserve. Female gamete or ovum is larger, rounded, non-motile gamete with a good amount of reserve food. The difference helps the ovum to get loaded with cytoplasmic contents and allow the sperm to swim freely upto the ovum.
Advantages:

  1. Variations. Due to reshuffling of chromosomes and crossing over, variations appear in almost all characters,
  2. Adaptability and Evolution. Variations help the organisms to develop adaptability to changes in environment. Their accumulation can also lead to formation of new species.

Long Answer Questions (5 Marks Each)

Question 1.
Draw the diagram of a flower to show its male and female reproductive parts. Label the following in it ;

  1. Ovary
  2. Anther
  3. Filament
  4. Stigma.

What is the function of anther ? How does fusion of male and female gametes take place in plants ?
Answer:
How do Organisms Reproduce Class 10 Important Questions Science Chapter 8 image - 36
Function of Anther. To produce haploid pollen grains which on growth form pollen tubes, each containing two male gametes.
Fusion of Male and Female Gametes. On germination over stigma, a pollen grain forms a long pollen tube carrying two male gametes. Pollen tube enters an ovule and bursts open in the embryo sac. One male gamete fuses with the egg to form diploid zygote. It is generative fertilization. The second male gamete fuses with diploid secondary nucleus of central cell to form triploid primary endosperm cell. It is vegetative fertilization. The phenomenon of two male gametes fusing with different cells in the same embryo sac to produce two different structures is called double fertilization.

Question 2.
(a) Draw a diagram showing germination of pollen on stigma of a flower.
(b) Label pollen grain, male germ cells, pollen tube, stigma, ovary and female germ cell in the above diagram.
(c) How is zygote formed ? (CBSE Delhi 2008 Ç, CCE 2012)
Answer:
(d)
How do Organisms Reproduce Class 10 Important Questions Science Chapter 8 image - 37
(b) Label as required.
(c) Zygote or first diploid cell is formed by fusion of a male gamete (brought by pollen tube) with oosphere or egg inside the embryo sac.

Question 3.
Draw a longitudinal section of a flower and label the following parts :

  1. Part that produces pollen grains,
  2. Part that transfers male gametes to the female gametes.
  3. Part that is sticky to trap pollen grain,
  4. Part that develops into a fruit. (CBSE A.I. 2010)

Answer:
How do Organisms Reproduce Class 10 Important Questions Science Chapter 8 image - 38
Labelling,

  1. Anther—part that produces pollen grains.
  2. Style—part that transfers male gametes to female gametes, by providing growth medium to pollen tubes.
  3. Stigma—part that is sticky to trap pollen grain.
  4. Ovary—part that develops into a fruit.

Question 4.
(a) Explain the role of placenta in the development of human embryo.
(b) Give example of two bacterial and two viral sexually transmitted diseases. Name the most effective contraceptive which prevents spread of such diseases. (CBSE A.I. 2010, CCE 2015)
Answer:
(a) Role of Placenta:

  1. Attachment: Placenta attaches the foetus to uterine wall.
  2. Villi: Placenta has finger-like outgrowths or villi which develop a large surface area for fixation and absorption.
  3. Nutrients: Placenta picks up nutrients from mother’s blood and passes it to the blood of the foetus.
  4. Waste Products: Waste products produced by the foetus passes out through the placenta into mother’s blood.
  5. Gases: Foetus obtains oxygen supply from mother’s blood and eliminates carbon dioxide through placenta.

(b) Bacterial STDs:

  1. Gonorrhoea caused by Neisseria gonorrhoea.
  2. Syphilis caused by Treponema pallidum.

Viral STDs:

  1. Genital warts by Human Papilloma Virus (HPV).
  2. AIDS caused by Human Immunodeficiency Virus (HIV).

Effective Contraceptive. Condom (mechanical barrier).

Question 5.
(a) Differentiate between germination and fertilization.
(b) Differentiate between pollen and ovule
(c) What happens to the following parts after fertilization

  1. Ovum
  2. Ovary
  3. Ovule
  4. Sepals and petals.
    (CCE 2011)

Answer:
(a) Germination is the growth of contents of a propagule as the formation of seedling from a seed. Fertilization is fusion of haploid male and female gametes to produce a diploid zygote.
(b) Pollen grain is a haploid structure that grows to form male gametophyte having two male gametes in plants. Ovule is diploid structure in which haploid megaspore produces the female gometophyte or embryo sac having a single female gamete or oosphere.
(c) After fertilization :

  1. Ovum forms zygote from which embryo develops,
  2. Ovary forms fruit.
  3. Ovule produces seed,
  4. Sepals and petals shrivel and fall off. In some sepals may persist.

Question 6.
(a) Draw a neat diagram of the reproductive system of a human female and label the following :

  1. Reproductive part that produces female hormone,
  2. Site of fertilization.
  3. Organ where growth and development of the embryo takes place,
  4. Entry of sperms.

(b) How does the growing embryo meet with its nutritional requirements ?
(c) What happens if the ovum is not fertilized ?
(d) Mention a contraceptive method that can be used by the human female. (CCE 2011, 2012)
Answer:
(a)
How do Organisms Reproduce Class 10 Important Questions Science Chapter 8 image - 39

  1. Ovary
  2. Fallopian tube
  3. Uterus
  4. Vagina.

(b) Growing embryo obtains nourishment from uterus with the help of a special structure called placenta.
(c) Non-fertilization of ovum later leads to sloughing off the glandular part of the uterine wall and coming out of vagina with blood and mucus collectively called menstrual fluid.
(d) Oral pill/ diaphragm.

Question 7.
(a) Give the function of

  1. Stigma
  2. Pollen tube,

(b) List two changes observed in the body of a female during puberty,
(c) State in brief the formation of seed in a flower. (CCE 2011)
Answer:
(a)

  1. Stigma. Reception of pollen grains and providing nutrients to pollen grains for their germination
  2. Pollen Tube. Carrying of male gametes to inside the ovule for fertilization.

(b)

  1. Increase in size of breasts and darkening of skin at the base of nipples,
  2. Broadening of pelvis and beginning of menstruation.

(c) In a fertilized ovule, embryo grows till it is fully formed. Food is stored either in embryo or in endosperm. The integument of the ovule gets transformed into impermeable seed coat or testa. This changes the ovule into a seed.

Question 8.
(i)

  1. Production of sperm
  2. Gland which provides fluid
  3. Provides low temperature for formation of sperms
  4. Common passage for sperms and urine.

(ii) Name a sexually transmitted disease and a method to avoid it.
(iii) State any two changes seen in boys at the time of puberty. (CCE 2011)
Answer:
(i)
How do Organisms Reproduce Class 10 Important Questions Science Chapter 8 image - 40
How do Organisms Reproduce Class 10 Important Questions Science Chapter 8 image - 41

  1. Testis
  2. Prostate gland and seminal vesicles,
  3. Scrotum
  4. Urethra.

(ii) Gonorrhoea, syphilis (bacterial), warts, HIV (viral). Use of condoms can prevent transmission of infection from infected person to healthy person.
(iii) Development of hair on face, broadening of shoulders and development of larynx with low pitched cracking voice.

Question 9.
(a) Colonies of Yeast fail to multiply in water but multiply in sugar solution. Give one reason for this,
(b) How will an organism he benefitted if it reproduces through spores ?
(c) How is regeneration different from fragmentation ? (CCE 2011)
Answer:
(a) Yeast is heterotrophic. It obtains its nourishment from outside. Plain water cannot provide nourishment to yeast while sugar solution can do so. Therefore, Yeast multiplies in sugar solution and not in plain water.
(b) The parents are diploid (2n) as each of them has two sets of chromosomes (DNAs). They form haploid (In) male and female gametes through the process of meiosis. The haploid gametes have one set of chromosomes (DNAs). During fertilization, one male gamete fuses with one female gamete. It restores the diploid (2n) chromosome/DNA number in the offspring that is formed from fusion product or zygote (2n).
(c) Regeneration is the ability of an individual to form lost or broken part, sometimes the entire individual from a piece of parent body, e.g., Planaria. Fragmentation is the breaking of the individual into two or more pieces, with each piece growing to form the mature individual, e.g, Spirogyra.

Question 10.
(a) State any three advantages of sexual reproduction over asexual reproduction,
(b) Explain what happens to the egg once it gets fertilized in human female. (CCE 2011, 2013)
Answer:
(a) Advantages of Sexual Reproduction,

  1. Due to reshuffling of chromosomes and crossing over, sexual reproduction produces variations in alomost all characters,
  2. Sexual reproduction maintains as well as improves vigour and vitality of the individuals,
  3. Variability and vitality are helpful to organisms in better adaptability to environment.

(b) Fertilized egg undergoes cleavage forming first a morula and then blastocyst. Blastocyst descends into uterus. With the help of villi, it gets implanted in the wall of uterus. The contact region grows into a disc shaped tissue called placenta. Blastocyst undergoes further development and forms foetus. The foetus remains attached to placenta by means of an umbilical cord. Placenta provides attachment and nourishment to foetus. It also takes away waste products of embryo. Total period required by embryonic development is called gestation period. It is 270 days (40 weeks or 280 days from the date of last menstruation) . The fully formed foetus or embryo is delivered. The process is called parturition.

Question 11.
(a) Name a plant in which vegetative propagation takes place by leaves,
(b) Write causal organism of the following diseases : (t) Warts (zz) Syphilis
(c) Name part of female reproductive system which is ligated to avoid fertilization.
(d) Which device prevents implantation by irritating the lining of uterus ?
(e) What could be the possible reason for declining female sex ratio in our country. Suggest two measures to achieve 1 : 1 ratio.
Answer:
(a) Bryophyllum.
(b)

  1. Warts — Virus (Human Papilloma Virus or HPV).
  2. Syphilis —Bacterium ( Treponema pallidum).

(c) Fallopian tubes
(d) Intrauterine device like copper-T.
(e)

  1. Female foeticide
  2. Measures. (I) Banning prenatal sex test (II) Giving inducement and facilities for the female child.

Question 12.
(a) List any two reasons for the appearance of variations among the progeny formed by sexual reproduction
How do Organisms Reproduce Class 10 Important Questions Science Chapter 8 image - 42
(b)

  1. Name the parts maked ‘1’ and ‘2’ in the diagram
  2. How does ‘1’ reach ‘2’ ?
  3. What happens to part ‘4’ after fertilization ?
  4. Mention the importance of part 3. (CCE 2011)

Answer:
(a) Variations appear in the progeny of sexually reproducing organisms due to

  1. Random separation and coming together of chromosomes during gamete formation and gamete fusion
  2. Crossing over and mutations.
  3. Coming together of chromosomes of the parents.

(b)

  1. ‘1’— pollen grain.
    ‘2’ — stigma,
  2. Through pollination,
  3. Formation of fruit,
  4. It takes the male gametes to the inside of ovule.

Question 13.
(a) Draw the diagram of a flower to show its male and female reproductive parts.
Label the following parts on it :

  1. Ovary
  2. Anther
  3. Filament
  4. Stigma.

(b) How does fusion of male and female gametes takes place in plants ?
(c) List in tabular form any two differences between a male gamete and a female gamete. (CCE 2011)
Answer:
(a)
How do Organisms Reproduce Class 10 Important Questions Science Chapter 8 image - 43
(b) After passing into ovule, the pollen tube enters the embryo sac through one of the synergids. It then bursts open to release its two pale gametes. One male gamete fuses with the female gamete called oosphere. It gives rise to zygote. Zygote grows to form the embryo.
(c)

Male Gamete Female Gamete
1.   Size: It is generally smaller.

2.   Food: It has little stored food.

3.   Motility: The male gamete is generally motile.

1.     Female gamete is generally larger.

2.     It contains a lot of stored food.

3.     The female gamete is generally non-motile.

 

Question 14.
(a) Name the parts A, B, C and D in the diagram
How do Organisms Reproduce Class 10 Important Questions Science Chapter 8 image - 44
(b) Name the parts associated with

  1. Fertilization
  2. Production of an egg.

(c) What happens to the lining of uterus

  1. Before release of fertilized egg
  2. If no fertilization occurs,

(d) Name the surgical methods of birth control. (CCE 2011, 2012)
Answer:
(a) (A) — Fallopian tube.
(B) — Ovary.
(C) — Endometrium.
(D) — Cervix.
(b)

  1. Fertilization— Fallopian tube,
  2. Production of Egg. Ovary.

(c)

  1. Proliferation of endometrium under the influence of estrogen and progesterone.
  2. After a few days, endometrial lining breaks. Alongwith mucus and some blood it is passed out as menstruation.

(d) Vasectomy (blockage of vasa deferentia in males) and tubectomy (blockage of fallopian tubes in females).

Question 15.
(a) Draw a diagram to show fertilization in a flowering plant and label on it

  1. Stigma
  2. Ovary
  3. Pollen grain
  4. Female germ cell.

(b) Define the term “double fertilization” in plants. After fertilization name the part that develops into

  1. Fruit
  2. Seed.

(c) How is the mode of reproduction in unicellular organisms different from multicellular organisms ?
(CCE 2011)
Answer:
(a)
How do Organisms Reproduce Class 10 Important Questions Science Chapter 8 image - 45
(b) Definition: The phenomenon of two male gametes fusing with different cells in the same embryo sac to produce two different structures is called double fertilization.
One male gamete fuses with oosphere (egg) to form diploid zygote. It is called generative fertilization. Zygote grows to form embryo. The second male gamete fuses with diploid secondary nucleus of central cell. It produces a triploid primary endosperm cell. The fusion is called triple fusion or vegetative fertilization. It produces a nutritive tissue called endosperm.
(c) Unicellular organisms can multiply through cell-by-cell division. This is not possible in case of multicellular organisms. Here, special cells and other complex modes of multiplication are found.

Question 16.
(a) How does Hydra reproduce ? Explain in brief with the help of a labelled diagram.
(b) Is fertilization possible without pollination ?
(c) What is copper-T ? In which part of the reproductive system is it placed ?
(d) Describe changes in a flower after fertilization. (CCE 2011)
Answer:
(a) Under favourable conditions Hydra reproduces by budding. A bud develops in the lower half due to proliferation of cells. The bud grows in size. It develops mouth and tentacles and begins to feed itself. The bud now constricts at the base and separates as a new individual.
How do Organisms Reproduce Class 10 Important Questions Science Chapter 8 image - 46
(b) No. Fertilization cannot occur without the male gamete (brought by germinating pollen grain) coming in contact with female gamete.
(c) Copper—T is an intra-uterine device which is kept inside the uterus causing death of sperms and irritation of endometrial lining so as to prevent implantation.
(d) After fertilization, the non-essential and non-required parts of a flower wither and fall down. Petals and stamens are the first to be shed. Sepals may or may not persist. Style and stigma are also shed in most of the cases. The ovary grows in size and ripens into fruit.

Question 17.
(a) The fertilized ovules also grow in size.  They ripen into seeds. How does reproduction occur in

  1. Malaria Parasite
  2. Leishmania.

(b) Categorise the following flowers into bisexual and unisexual : Papaya, Watermelon, Hibiscus, Mustard.
(c) State in brief the function of urethra in man. (CCE 2011)
Answer:
(a)

  1. Malaria Parasite: Multiple fission (asexual). Sexual reproduction also occurs,
  2. Leishmania: Longitudinal binary fission (asexual). Sexual reproduction also’occurs.

(b) Bisexual: Hibiscus, Mustard. Unisexual. Papaya, Watermelon
(c) Urethra: Passage of urine (both in males and females), passage of semen in males.

Question 18.
(a) Draw a well labelled diagram of human male reproductive system,
(b) When does ovulation occur during the menstrual cycle in a normal healthy woman,
(c) What is menopause ? (CCE 2012)
Answer:
(a)
How do Organisms Reproduce Class 10 Important Questions Science Chapter 8 image - 47
How do Organisms Reproduce Class 10 Important Questions Science Chapter 8 image - 48
(b) Timing of Ovulation: 13th or 14th day of menstrual cycle.
(c) Menopause: It is permanent stoppage of menstruation in women which generally occurs between the age ‘ of 45—50 years.

Question 19.
(a) What is meant by asexual reproduction ? List four different methods of asexual reproduction.
(£) Describe in brief binary fission in Amoeba. (CCE 2012)
Answer:
(a) Asexual Reproduction. It is mode of reproduction in which a part of a single parent gives rise to a new individual without fertilisation or fusion of gametes.
Methods,

  1. Fission (binary and multiple)
  2. Budding.
  3. Fragmentation,
  4. Spore formation.

(b) Binary Fission in Amoeba. It can occur in any plane. Pseudopodia are withdrawn. The nucleus elongates and then divides into two. The cytoplasm also cleaves. It produces two daughters, each with a single nucleus.
How do Organisms Reproduce Class 10 Important Questions Science Chapter 8 image - 49

Question 20.
(a) Draw a labelled diagram of human male reproductive system.
(b) Mention the function of testes. Where are they located ? (CCE 2012)
Answer:
(a)
How do Organisms Reproduce Class 10 Important Questions Science Chapter 8 image - 50
How do Organisms Reproduce Class 10 Important Questions Science Chapter 8 image - 51
(b) Function of Testes. Formation of sperms and secretion of male sex hormone testosterone.
Location. The two testes lie in the two chambers of scrotum which hangs from the abdomen behind the penis.

Question 21.
(a) How do the following contraceptives prevent pregnancy :

  1. Oral pills
  2. Condom.

(b) Mention the possible misuse of surgical method of birth control by some people. How is this method causing harm to the society ? State the steps taken by the government to prevent this misuse. (CCE 2012)
Answer:
(a)

  1. Oral Pills: They prevent ovulation (release of mature ovum from ovary) as they contain progesterone (with or without estrogen).
  2. Condom: It is a mechanical method which prevents the entry of sperms in the reproductive tract of the female.

(b) Misuse of Surgical Method. Abortion as a means of termination of unwanted pregnancy has been misused to terminate only female foetus. This has caused a decline in sex ratio which is likely to create social tension. In order to prevent female foeticide, the government has banned prenatal sex determination.

Question 22.
(a) Give an example of a bisexual flower. What is its female reproductive organ known as.
(b) Draw a diagram of its longitudinal section showing the process of germination of pollen on stigma and label the following on it :

  1. Male germ cell
  2. Female germ cell
  3. Ovary
  4. Pollen tube.

(c) List any two differences between pollination and fertilisation. (CCE 2012)
Answer:
(a) Bisexual Flower. Mustard, Salvia. Female Reproductive Part. Pistil or carpel.
(b)
How do Organisms Reproduce Class 10 Important Questions Science Chapter 8 image - 52
(c)

  1. Pollination is the transfer of pollen grains from the anthers to the stigma of a flower. Fertilization is the fusion of a male gamete brought by pollen tube with the egg or oosphere of the embryo sac.
  2. Pollination is the first physical process of sexual reproduction in seed plants. Fertilization is the later biological process of sexual reproduction.

Question 23.
(a) Female and male germ cells are respectively present in ovary and pollen grains of a flowering plant. Draw a labelled diagram to show germination of pollen on stigma.
(b) Explain post fertilization changes that occur in a flower. (CCE 2012)
Answer:
(a)

  1. Female Germ Cell. Oosphere, present in embryo sac part of ovule.
  2. Male Germ Cell. Male gamete or sperm formed in germinating pollen grain and taken to embryo sac by pollen tube.
    How do Organisms Reproduce Class 10 Important Questions Science Chapter 8 image - 53

(b) Post Fertilization Changes,

  1. Zygote forms embryo,
  2. Primary endosperm cell produces nutritive tissue called endosperm
  3. Integuments. Form seed coats. Ovule is transformed into seed. Ovary is transformed into fruit.
    Sepals, petals and stamens shrivel and fall down. Sepals persist is some plants. Style and stigma also fall down.

Question 24.
(a) Draw diagram of a germinating seed and label

  1. Part that gives rise to shoot system,
  2. Part that gives rise to root system,
  3. Part that contains stored food.

(b) How do Potato and Bryophyllum plants reproduce vegetatively ? (CCE 2012)
Answer:
(a)
How do Organisms Reproduce Class 10 Important Questions Science Chapter 8 image - 54
label:

  1. Plumule
  2. Radicle
  3. Cotyledon.

(b)

  1. Potato is multiplied vegetatively by planting pieces of tubers, containing one or more eyes (depression with buds),
  2. Bryophyllum is multiplied by placing a mature leaf over moist soil when several plantlets will be formed from growth of buds present in marginal notches.

Question 25.
(a) List the sexually transmitted diseases.
(b) Mention any one method that should be adopted both by male and female for safe sex. (CCE 2012)
Answer:
(a) Gonorrhoea, syphilis, genital warts, AIDS.
(b) Wearing of condoms (males) or contraceptive diaphragms (females) protect both males and females from getting sexually transmitted diseases.

Question 26.
(a) Draw labelled diagram of human male reproductive system.
(b) State the reason why testes are located outside abdominal cavity.
(c) Name the hormone secreted by testes.
(d) Write two glands found in male reproductive pathway and specify their roles. (CCE 2012)
Answer:
(a)
How do Organisms Reproduce Class 10 Important Questions Science Chapter 8 image - 55
How do Organisms Reproduce Class 10 Important Questions Science Chapter 8 image - 56
(b)

  1. Scrotum not only protects the testes but also acts as a thermoregulator by changing position of the testes.
  2. It keeps the temperature of testes 1 -3° C below that of the body. A lower temperature is essential for development of sperms.

(c) Testosterone:

  1. Regulating sperm formation,
  2. Puberty changes in males,
  3. Maintenance of male secondary organs and traits.

(d) Two Glands: A pair of seminal vesicles and prostate gland.
Seminal Vesicles: They secrete 60-70% of semen plasma that is alkaline and viscous having fructose (for nourishing the sperms), fibrinogen, proteins and prostaglandins. Prostaglandins cause movements in the genital tract of the female. Sperms are also activated by secretion of seminal vesicles.
Prostate Gland: It produces 20-30% of semen plasma. The secretion is alkaline and viscous. It has clotting enzyme and chemical essential for sperm activity.

Question 27.
(a) Draw a neat diagram of human female reproductive system and label

  1. Oviduct
  2. Ovary
  3. Uterus
  4. Cervix.

(b) Mention the function of uterus and oviduct. (CCE 2012)
Answer:
(a)
How do Organisms Reproduce Class 10 Important Questions Science Chapter 8 image - 57
How do Organisms Reproduce Class 10 Important Questions Science Chapter 8 image - 58
(b)

  1. Uterus,
    1. It is seat of implantation of embryo.
    2. Uterus provides protection to embryo,
    3. It supplies nutrients to the foetus and takes away its waste products.
  2. Oviduct (Fallopian Tube),
    1. It is passageway for ova.
    2. It is the site of fertilization of ovum.

Question 28.
(a) Give reason :

  1. Wind acts as a pollinating agent
  2. Variation is essential and beneficial to a species.
  3. Use of condoms prevents pregnancy.

(b) What is menstruation ? Explain why it occurs.
How does embryo get nutrition in mother’s womb. (CCE 2012)
Answer:
(a)

  1. Wind picks up the pollen grains of dehisced anthers and disperses the same. Stigmas are often feathery or sticky to retain pollen grains striking against them. Wind pollination is called anemophily.
  2. Variations function as preadaptations which help the species to survive in changed environmental conditions.
  3. Condoms are mechanical barriers which do not allow the sperms to pass into genital tract of the female. Therefore, pregnancy is prevented.

(b) Menstruation:

  1. It is discharge of blood, mucus and broken pieces of endometrial lining in reproductively active females which occurs for 3-5 days at regular intervals of 28 days (lunar month). It occurs in response to non-fertilization of ovum and non-availability of progesterone hormone.
  2. Nutrition to Embryo: Embryo gets nourishment from mother’s body with the help of placenta through a cord called umbilical cord. Placenta contains many finger-like villi from the chorion covering of the embryo. They occur in contact with blood sinuses of the mother present in the endometrial lining of uterus. All nutrients (glucose, amino acids, vitamins, etc.) diffuse from mother’s blood into villi and from there to embryo through the umbilical cord.

Question 29.
With the help of suitable diagrams explain how reproduction occurs in Hydra and Planaria. Also name the process involved. (CCE 2012)
Answer:
Reproduction, in Hydra: Some reserve cells present in the lower half of Hydra begin to divide due to some internal or external stimulus. They form a cellular mound which grows into a bud. Soon the bud develops a mouth and tentacles. It makes the bud nutritionally independent. The bud constricts from base and separates as a new individual.
How do Organisms Reproduce Class 10 Important Questions Science Chapter 8 image - 59
Reproducdon in Planaria. It occurs by regeneration. Due to passage through narrow spaces, Planaria often gets broken into two or more pieces. The cut ends of the pieces show proliferation of cells. The newly formed cells undergo differentiation and form missing parts to regenerate the whole animal.
How do Organisms Reproduce Class 10 Important Questions Science Chapter 8 image - 60

Question 30.
Write two causes of human population explosion. Explain with the help of suitable examples, how this explosion can be checked. (CCE 2013)
Answer:
Population explosion is the rapid rise in human population.
Causes:

  1. Decrease in death rate,
  2. Longer life span. Both are due to progressively improving health care facilities.

Check: Population explosion can be checked only through fertility control or family planning.
This can be achieved through

  1. Education. There is an inverse ratio between education and population growth.
  2. Population Education. It is imparting knowledge to public about the effects of excessive population, advantages of small families and means to achieve it.
  3. Marriageable Age. Number of births is reduced if young persons marry late. Gainful employment and higher social status of women also reduce birth rate.
  4. Easy Availability of Birth Control Means. This will reduce reluctance on the part of eligible couples to adopt family planning measures.

Question 31.
What is pollination ? How does it occur in plants ? How does pollination lead to fertilization ? Explain.
(CCE 2013)
Answer:
Pollination: It is the transfer of pollen grains from anther to the stigma.
Occurrence: Pollination can occur through the agency of air (anemophily), water (hydrophily), insects (entomophily) as well as other animals and mechanical disturbance (self pollination).
Fertilization: After falling on a compatible stigma, the pollen grain absorbs water and nutrients. It gives out pollen tube. The pollen tube carries two male gametes. It grows through style, reaches ovary, enters an ovule and bursts open into its embryo sac. One male gamete fuses with the egg to produce diploid zygote. It is fertilization. The zygote later forms embryo. There is a second fertilization in flower bearing plants—the second male gamete Fuses with central cell of embryo sac to form nutritive tissue endosperm. It is required for nourishment of embryo.

Question 32.
(a) List three distinguishing features between sexual and asexual types of reproduction.
(b) Explain why variations are observed in the offspring of sexually reproducing organisms. (CCE 2013)
Answer:
(a)

  1. Parents: Sexual reproduction is generally biparental while asexual reproduction is monoparental
  2. Gametes: Sexual reproduction involves the formation and fusion of gametes. Gametes have no role in asexual reproduction.
  3.  Meiosis: Meiosis occurs once in sexual reproduction. All divisions are mitotic in asexual reproduction.

(b)

  1. Chance separation of chromosomes during meiosis required for gamete formation,
  2. Crossing over during meiosis.
  3. Chance coming together of chromosomes during fertilization,
  4. Mutations or mistakes during DNA replication.

Question 33.
(a) Identify A, B and C in given diagram and write their functions,
How do Organisms Reproduce Class 10 Important Questions Science Chapter 8 image - 61
(b) Mention the role of gametes and zygote in sexually reproducing organisms. (CCE 2013, 2015)
Answer:
(a)
A-stigma: Reception of pollen grains and providing nutrients to pollen grains for their germination
B-pollen tube: Carrying of male gametes to inside the ovule for fertilization.
C-egg: Forms zygote and then embryo after fertilization.
(b) Gamete: It is haploid sex cell that brings traits in pure form from its parent for incorporation in the offspring. Zygote. Forms embryo.

Question 34.
(a) Draw a sectional view of human female reproductive system and label the following parts :
(b)

  1. Where development of egg occurs
  2. Where fertilization takes place.

Answer:
(a)
How do Organisms Reproduce Class 10 Important Questions Science Chapter 8 image - 62
How do Organisms Reproduce Class 10 Important Questions Science Chapter 8 image - 63
Label

  1. Ovary
  2. Fallopian tube.

(b)

  1. Endometrium thickens, becomes glandular and highly vascular. The contact region between embryo and uterine wall grows into placenta. Placenta helps the embryo in obtaining nourishment and oxygen from blood sinuses of the uterus. It also helps in transfer of wastes from embryo to the blood of the mother.
  2. Glands present in the mucosa of uterine endometrium begin to degenerate. This sloughs off the endometrial lining, releasing a lot of mucus and blood. It is called menstruation. Menstruation lasts for 3-5 days.

Question 35.
(a) Write the function of placenta in human females,
(b) List four ways of preventing pregnancy. State two advantages of using such preventive methods. (CCE 2013)
Answer:
(a) Placenta: It is a special double layered, spongy tissue connection between the foetus and uternine wall found in pregnant females. It has finger-like outgrowths or villi which are in contact with blood sinuses present in the uterine wall.
Role:

  1. Attachment: Placenta attaches the foetus to uterine wall.
  2. Villi: Placenta has finger-like outgrowths or villi which develop a large surface area for fixation and absorption.
  3. Nutrients: Placenta picks up nutrients from mother’s blood and passes it to the blood of the foetus.
  4. Waste Products: Waste products produced by the foetus passes out through the placenta into mother’s blood.
  5. Gases: Foetus obtains oxygen supply from mother’s blood and eliminates carbon dioxide through placenta.

(b) Methods of Contraception:

  1. Mechanical Barriers like condoms, cervical cap, diaphragm.
  2. Oral Contraceptives or oral pills like Mala D, Saheli
  3. Intrauterine Contraceptive Devices (IUCD) like loop, bow, Cu-T.
  4. Surgical Methods like vasectomy in males and tubectomy in females.

Question 36.
(a) Name the respective part of human female reproductive system

  1. that produces eggs
  2. where fusion of egg and sperm takes place and
  3. where zygote gets implanted.

(b) Describe in brief what happens to the zygote after it gets implanted. (CCE 2014)
Answer:
(a)

  1. Ovary
  2. Fallopian tube (isthmus)
  3. Uterus.

(b) Zygote/blastocyst after implantation grows to form embryo/foetus. The region of implantation forms placenta. The foetus remains attached to placenta by means of umbilical cord. Through placenta, embryo is in contact with blood sinuses of the uterus for obtaining nutrients and elimination of wastes. The fully formed foetus undergoes parturition.

Question 37.
(a) Give an example each of a unisexual and a bisexual flower.
(b) Mention the changes a flower undergoes after fertilization.
How does the amount of DNA remain constant though each new generation is a combination of DNA copies of two individuals ? (CCE 2014)
Answer:
(a) Unisexual Flowers: Papaya.
Bisexual Flower: Mustard.
(b) DNA Amount: The parents are diploid (2n) as each of them has two sets of chromosomes (DNAs). They form haploid (In) male and female gametes through the process of meiosis. The haploid gametes have one set of chromosomes (DNAs). During fertilization, one male gamete fuses with one female gamete. It restores the diploid (2n) chromosome/DNA number in the offspring that is formed from fusion product or zygote (2n).

Question 38.
(a) Write the name of the human male reproductive organ that produces sperms and secretes a hormone.
Describe the changes the uterus undergoes

  1. to receive the zygote
  2. if zygote is not formed.
  3. Name the hormone secreted and state its function.

(b) Write the site of fertilization and the part where the zygote gets implanted in the human female.
(c) State, in brief, how an embryo gets its nourishment inside the mother’s body. (CCE 2014, 2015)
Answer:
(a) Testis. Hormone. Testosterone.
Function of Testosterone

  1. Regulates sperm formation
  2. Brings about puberty changes in males.
  3. Maintains male secondary organs and traits.

(b) Site of Fertilization. Isthmus part of fallopian tube. Site of Implantation. Uterus.
(c) Nourishment of Embryo: Embryo gets nourishment from mother’s body with the help of placenta through a cord called umbilical cord. Placenta contains many finger-like villi from the chorion covering of the embryo. They occur in contact with blood sinuses of the mother present in the endometrial lining of uterus. All nutrients (glucose, amino acids, vitamins, etc.) diffuse from mother’s blood into villi and from there to embryo through the umbilical cord.

Question 39.
(a) Define fragmentation and regeneration,
(b) Can these two methods equated to be the same ? Answer with reason
(c) Give an example each of the organisms using the above methods. (CCE 2014)
Answer:
(a) Fragmentation. It is breaking of an individual into two or more pieces with each piece growing to form the mature individual.
Regeneration. It is the ability of an individual to form lost or broken part, sometimes the whole individual.
(b) The two are not similar. Regeneration involves dedifferentiation, proliferation and differentiation to form lost parts. Fragmentation produces pieces where cells continue to divide resulting in growth of new individual. A repair is not involved.
(c) Regeneration. Hydra, Planaria. Fragmentation. Spirogyra, Marchantia.

Question 40.
Define the following processes :
(a) Fertilization
(b) Vegetative propagation
(c) Menstruation
(d) Regeneration
(e) Binary fission.
Answer:
(a) Fertilization: The union of male gamete (sperm) with the female gamete (ovum) to form a diploid zygote is called fertilization.
(b) Vegetative Propagation: It is the formation of new plants from vegetative parts (e.g., stem, leaf, root, bud) of a parent plant.
(c) Menstruation: It is discharge of blood, mucus and broken pieces of endometrial lining in reproductively active females which occurs for 3-5 days at regular intervals of 28 days (lunar month). It occurs in response to non-fertilization of ovum and non-availability of progesterone hormone.
(d) Regeneration: It is ability of an individual to form lost or broken parts, sometimes the entire individual I from a piece of the parent body. The ability to form the whole individual from a piece of parent body is found only in simple animals like Hydra and Planaria. It does not occur in complex organisms like humans, birds, lizards etc. Here regeneration is limited to repair or regeneration of minor parts. It is because the tissues and organs are highly differentiated in complex animals.

Question 41.
(a) Name the parts labelled A, B, C and D in the diagram.
How do Organisms Reproduce Class 10 Important Questions Science Chapter 8 image - 64
(b) What is pollination ? State its significance.
(c) How does fertilization occur in flowers ? Name the parts of the flower that develop into

  1. seed and
  2. fruit after fertilization. (CCE 2014)

Answer:
(a) A—Pollen grain.
B—Pollen tube.
C—ovary.
D—Egg/oosphere.
(b) Pollination. The transfer of pollen grains from anther to the stigma of a flower is called pollination.
Singificance. It carries the immobile pollen grains to the stigma for formation of male gametophyte and fertilization.
(c) After falling on a suitable stigma the pollen absorbs water and nutrients. It produces a pollen tube that grows through the style and reaches the ovary. Its tip contains a tube nucleus and two male gametes. The pollen tube enters an ovule, strikes against one synergid of the embryo sac and bursts open to release its contents. One male gamete fuses with the egg to form zygote while the other fuses with secondary nucleus to produce primary endosperm nucleus.

  1. Seed—ovule,
  2. Fruit—ovary.

Question 42.
(a) Identify the leaf shown.
How do Organisms Reproduce Class 10 Important Questions Science Chapter 8 image - 65
(b) Name the method used by the above leaf for reproduction.
(c) Give three advantages for the method used.
(d) Give two examples of plants which can be grown by this method.
(CCE 2015)
Answer:
(a) Bryophyllum
(b) Vegetative propagation
(c)

  1. It is quicker method of propagation.
  2. It gives rise to a genetically uniform propagation.
  3. Good qualities of a variety can be maintained indefinitely.

(d) Sugarcane, Bougainvillea.

Question 43.
Justify the following statements :
(a) Variation is beneficial for the species over a period of time.
(b) New offspring produced are similar to their parents, but not identical
(c) Binary fission is different in Amoeba and Leishmania.
Answer:
a) Many of the variations are pre-adaptations which have no immediate benefit to the individuals. However, they remain in the population. Whenever, environment undergoes a drastic change, the pre-adaptations present in some members of the population allow the latter to survive, grow and regain its former size. Therefore, it is not necessary that variations are beneficial to individuals developing them but can prove useful to the species.
(b) New offspring are similar to their parents because they have obtained the genetic traits from the same. They are, however, not identical because of chance separation, chance combination of chromosomes and recombination of genes due to crossing over.
(c) In Amoeba, binary fission can occur in any plane. In Leishmania the plane of division is vertical.

Question 44.
Explain what happens when :
(a) Testosterone is released in males
(b) Pollen grain falls on the stigma of the flower,
(e) Egg fuses with sperm cell,
(d) Planaria is cut into many pieces,
(e) Buds are formed at the notches of Bryophyllum leaf. (CCE 2015)
Answer:
(a) Testosterone,

  1. Regulates formation of sperms,
  2. Puberty changes in boys.
  3. Maintenance of secondary sexual characters in males.

(b) Pollen Grain. If pollen grain and stigma are compatible, the pollen grain absorbs water and nutrients from the stigma. It germinates and forms a pollen tube. Pollen tube passes into stigma and then style for reaching the ovary.
(c) Egg Fuses with Sperm Cell. The act is called fertilization. It produces a diploid zygote which later on grows into embryo.
(d) Cutting of Planaria. Each piece begins to regenerate, anterior end forms the anterior body parts, while posterior end gives rise to posterior body parts. Regeneration occurs with the help of stem cells and dedifferentiated cells (from differented ones).
(e) Bryophyllum Leaf. Buds present in the marginal notches of Bryophyllum leaf sprout and produce plantlets under suitable conditions. They help in vegetative multiplication.

Question 45.
Differentiate between the following :
(a) Pollen tube and style,
(b) Fission in Amoeba and Plasmodium,
(c) Fragmentation and Regeneration,
(d) Bud of Hydra and Bryophyllum.
(e) Vegetative propagation and spore formation. (CCE 2015)
Answer:
(a) Pollen Tube and Style: Pollen tube is an outgrowth of pollen grain meant for carrying the male gametes to ovule. Style is a stalk-like structure of carpel (= pistil) that is meant for lifting the stigma above the level of ovary.
(b) Fission in Amoeba and Plasmodium: Under favourable conditions Amoeba multiplies by binary fission while Plasmodium multiplies by multiple fission.
(c) Fragmentation and Regeneration :
Fragmentation: It is breaking of an individual into two or more pieces with each piece growing to form the mature individual.
Regeneration: It is the ability of an individual to form lost or broken part, sometimes the whole individual.(d) Bud of Hydra and Bud of Bryophyllum. In Hydra, bud is an outgrowth of the body which gets transformed into new animal that separates to lead an independent life. In Bryophyllum buds develop from the notches of the leaf. After falling on ground, the buds sprout and from plantlets.
(e) Vegetative Propagation and Spore Formation: In vegetative propagation new plants develop from specialised or unspecialised multicellular parts of the parent plant that function as propagules, e.g., Bryophyllum. Sugarcane. In spore formation, the individual parent produces unicellular reproductive bodies that get dispersed and form new individuals on germination, e.g, Rhizopus.

Question 46.
(a) Write the functions of the following parts in human female resproductive system :

  1. Ovary
  2. Oviduct
  3. Uterus.

(b) Describe the structure and function of placenta. (CBSE Delhi 2016, A.I. 2017)
Answer:
(a)

  1. Ovary. Formation of ova and secretion of hormones, estrogen and progesterone.
  2. Fallopian Tube. Passage of ovum, site for fertilization.
  3. Uterus. Implantation and nourishment of embryo.

(b) Placenta: It is a special double layered, spongy tissue connection between the foetus and uternine wall found in pregnant females. It has finger-like outgrowths or villi which are in contact with blood sinuses present in the uterine wall.
Role:

  1. Attachment: Placenta attaches the foetus to uterine wall.
  2. Villi: Placenta has finger-like outgrowths or villi which develop a large surface area for fixation and absorption.
  3. Nutrients: Placenta picks up nutrients from mother’s blood and passes it to the blood of the foetus.
  4. Waste Products: Waste products produced by the foetus passes out through the placenta into mother’s blood.
  5. Gases: Foetus obtains oxygen supply from mother’s blood and eliminates carbon dioxide through placenta.

Question 47.
(a) What is vegetative propagation ? List with brief explanation three advantages of practising this process for growing some types of plants.
(b) Select two plants from the following which are grown by this process : Banana, Wheat, Mustard, Jasmine,
Gram. (CBSE Foreign 2016)
Answer:
(a) Vegetative propagation is the formation of new plants by using vegetative parts of a parent plant as propagules e.g., stem (Sugarcane, Bougainvillea, Potato), root (Sweet Potato, Dahlia), leaf (Bryophyllum), bud (Agave).
Advantages:

  1. It is the only known method of multiplication of seedless plants like Banana and Sugarcane.
  2. It is a quicker method as vegetatively reproduced plants bear flowers and fruits earlier than plants raised through seeds.
  3. All the individual plants are clones of one another and their parent so that the crop is genetically uniform.
  4. Good quality of a variety can be maintained indefinitely.

(b) Banana, Jasmine.

Question 48.
(a) State in brief the function of the following organs in the human female reproductive system : Ovary, Fallopian tube, Uterus.
(i) What is menstruation ? Why does it occur ? (CBSE Foreign 2016)
Answer:
(a)

  1. Ovary: Formation of ova and secretion of hormones, estrogen and progesterone.
  2. Fallopian Tube: Passage of ovum, site for fertilization.
  3. Uterus: Implantation and nourishment of embryo.

(b) Menstruation: 
It is discharge of blood, mucus and broken pieces of endometrial lining in reproductively active females which occurs for 3-5 days at regular intervals of 28 days (lunar month). It occurs in response to non-fertilization of ovum and non-availability of progesterone hormone.

Question 49.
(a) Name the organ that produces sperms as hormone it secretes and write its functions.
(b) Name the parts of the human female reproductive system where fertilisation occurs.
(c) Explain how the develeping embryo gets nourishment inside the mother’s body. (CBSE Delhi 2017)
Answer:
(a) Testes: Hormone produced by testes is testosterone.
Functions of Testosterone:

  1. Regulates formation of sperms,
  2. Puberty changes in boys.
  3. Maintenance of secondary sexual characters in males.

(b) Isthmus part of fallopian tube or oriduct.
(c) Developing embryo obtains nourishment from the mother with the help of placenta. The foetal part of placenta has a number of finger-like outgrowths called villi. Villi are in near contact with blood sinuses representing the maternal part of placenta. There is a large surface area between the two. It helps in easy passage of nutrients from mother’s blood sinuses into blood of the umbilical cord of the foetus.

Question 50.
Give one example each of unisexual and bisexual flowers. Differentiate between the two types of pollination that occur in flowers. What happens when a pollen lands on a suitable stigma ? Write about the events that occur till the seed formation in the ovary. (CBSE Foreign 2017)
Answer:
Unisexual Flower. Papaya, Cucurbita Bisexual Flower. Mustard, Hibiscus.
Types of Pollination. It is of two types, self pollination and cross pollination. Self pollination is the transfer of pollen from the anther to the stigma of the same flower. Cross pollination is the transfer of pollen grains from the anther of one flower to the stigma of another flower.
Events After Pollination. After falling on a suitable stigma, the pollen grain absorbs water and nutrients. It produces a pollen tube. The pollen tube carries two male gametes. It grows through style, reaches the ovary and enters an ovule. Inside the ovle, the tip of pollen tube bursts and releases the two male gametes. One male gamete fuses with the egg to produce diploid zygote. The other male gamete fuses with the diplod central cell of embryo sac to form primary endosperm cell. Zygote grows into embryo. Primary endosperm cell forms nutritive tissue called endosperm. Endosperm may or may not be consumed by the embryo. Integuments of ovule are changed into seed coats. The ovule is transformed into seed (and ovary into fruit).

Hope given Previous Year Question Papers for CBSE Class 10 Science Chapter 8 How do Organisms Reproduce? are helpful to complete your science homework.

If you have any doubts, please comment below. Learn Insta try to provide online science tutoring for you.

Electricity Class 10 Important Questions Science Chapter 12

Chapter 12 Electricity Class 10 Science Important Questions and Answers PDF will help you in scoring more marks. This consists of 1 mark Questions, 3 Mark Numericals Questions, 5 Marks Numerical Questions and previous year questions from Chemical Reactions and Equations Chapter.

Electricity Class 10 Important Questions and Answers Science Chapter 12

Very Short Answer Questions

Based on Electric Potential and Electric Current

Question 1.
Define electric potential.
Answer:
Electric potential at a point in an electric field is defined as the work done in moving a unit positive charge from infinity to that point in the electric field.

More Resources

Question 2.
State the relation between work (W), change (q) and electric potential (V).
Answer:
V = W/q.

Question 3.
What is the S.I. unit of electrical potential ? (CBSE 2005, 2012)
Answer:
volt.

Question 4.
Define 1 volt electric potential.
Answer:
Electric potential is said to be 1 volt if 1 Joule of work is done in moving 1 coulomb charge from infinity to a point in the electric field.

Question 5.
Is electric potential a scalar or a vector physical quantity ?
Answer:
Electric potential is a scalar physical quantity.

Question 6.
What is meant by potential difference between two points ? (CBSE 2011)
Answer:
Work done per unit charge in moving a unit positive charge from one point to another point in an electric field is called potential difference between two points.

Question 7.
Name the instrument used to measure the electric potential difference. (CBSE 2011, 2012)
Answer:
Voltmeter.

Question 8.
Write down the relation between the potential difference between two points A and B in a conductor, work done W in moving a unit charge from point B to A and the charge q.
                                                                  Or
State the relation between work, charge and potential difference for an electric circuit.
[CBSE (All India) 2009, 2013]
                                                                 Or
Express work done in an electric field in terms of charge and potential difference. (CBSE 2014)
Answer:
Electricity Class 10 Important Questions Science Chapter 12 image - 2

Question 9.
Mention the factor that maintains the flow of charge through a conductor. (CBSE 2013, 2014)
Answer:
Potential difference across the ends of the conductor.

Question 10.
Define electric current.
Answer:
Electric current is defined as the amount of electric charge flowing through any cross-section of a conductor per unit time.

Question 11.
Write down the relation between the electric current I passing in a conductor, change Q flowing in the conductor and time t.
                                                                 Or
Write the relation between coulomb and ampere. (CBSE 2014)
Answer:
Electricity Class 10 Important Questions Science Chapter 12 image - 3

Question 12.
State the relation between the current I passing in a conductor, number of electrons (n) flowing through any cross-section of the conductor, magnitude of charge on an electron (e) and time t.
Answer:
I = ne/t.

Question 13.
State SI unit of electric current.
Answer:
ampere (A)

Question 14.
Define 1 ampere electric current.
Answer:
Electric current through a conductor is said to be 1 ampere if 1 coulomb electric charge flows through a cross-section of a conductor in 1 second.

Question 15.
How is the direction of electric current related to the direction of flow of electrons in a wire ?
[CBSE (All India) 2009]
Answer:
The direction of electric current in a wire is just opposite to the direction of flow of electrons in the wire.

Question 16.
Name the instrument used to measure electric current in a circuit. [CBSE (Delhi) 2008, 2011, 2012, 2015]
Answer:
Ammeter.

Question 17.
How is ammeter connected in the circuit to measure electric current ? (CBSE 2011, 2012)
Answer:
Ammeter is connected in series in an electric circuit.

Question 18.
How is voltmeter connected in the circuit to measure electric potential difference ?
Answer:
Voltmeter is connected in parallel across a conductor or resistor in the electric circuit.

Question 19.
Define ohm’s law. [CBSE 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013, 2015]
                                         Or
State the law that gives the relationship between the potential difference (V) across the two ends of a conductor and the current (I) flowing through it. (CBSE 2012)
Answer:
Ohm’s law states that the electric current flowing through a conductor is directly proportional to the potential difference across the ends of the conductor, provided the temperature and . other physical conditions of the conductor remain the same.

Question 20.
Graph is plotted between the values of potential difference (V) and current (I). What v conclusion do you draw about the relation between V and I from this graph. State this relation in your words. (CBSE 2013)
Electricity Class 10 Important Questions Science Chapter 12 image - 4
Answer:
The potential difference (V) is directly proportional to the current (I).

Question 21.
Draw a circuit diagram to establish a relationship between potential difference across the ends of a resistor and current flowing through it. (CBSE 2013)
Answer:
Electricity Class 10 Important Questions Science Chapter 12 image - 5

Question 22.
State the formula showing how the current I in a conductor varies with the potential difference V applied across it. [CBSE (Delhi) 2004(S), 2012]
Answer:
V ∝ I or V = IR or I = V/R .

Question 23.
Define electrical resistance of a conductor. (CBSE 2013)
Answer:
It is the property of a conductor to oppose the flow of electric charge through it.
Resistance of a conductor, R = V/I , where V is the potential difference across the conductor and I is the current flowing through the conductor.

Question 24.
State SI unit of resistance. [CBSE (Delhi) 2004(S), 2012]
Answer:
ohm (Ω).

Question 25.
“The resistance of a conductor is IΩ”. What is meant by this statement ? (CBSE 2010, 2011, 2012)
                                               Or
Define 1 ohm resistance. (CBSE 2014)
Answer:
The resistance of a conductor is said to be 1Ω if a potential difference of IV across the ends of the conductor makes a current of 1A to flow through it.

Question 26.
What is the shape of the graph obtained by plotting potential difference applied across a conductor against the current flowing through it ?
Answer:
A straight line passing through the origin and has constant slope.

Question 27.
What is the name the physical quantity which is equal to V/I ?
                                                Or
Name the physical quantity whose unit is volt-ampere.
Answer:
y = R. Therefore, physical quantity is resistance of a conductor.

Question 28.
What does the slope of V-I graph at any point represent ?
Answer:
Electricity Class 10 Important Questions Science Chapter 12 image - 6
Therefore, slope of V-I graph represents reciprocal of the resistance of a conductor resistance of a conductor.

Question 29.
What happens to resistance of a conductor when temperature is increased ?
Answer:
Resistance of a conductor increases with the increase in temperature.

Question 30.
The voltage — current (V-I) graph of a metallic circuit at two different
temperature T1 and T2 is shown. Which of the two temperatures is higher and why ? (CBSE 2010)
                                                                         Or
The voltage-current (V-I) graph of a metallic conductor at two different temperatures T1 and T2 is shown in figure. At which temperature is the resistance higher ? (CBSE 2011, 2012)
Electricity Class 10 Important Questions Science Chapter 12 image - 7
Answer:
Slope of I-V graph = resistance of metallic conductor.
Since, slope of I-V graph at temperature T2 is greater than the slope of I-V graph at temperature T1, therefore, resistance at T2 is greater than resistance at T1 . Since, resistance of a metallic conductor increases with increase in temperature, therefore, T2 > T1.

Question 31.
How does the resistance of a wire vary with its cross-section area ?
Answer:
Resistance of a wire is inversely proportional to its cross-sectional area. More is cross-sectional area of a conductor, less is the resistance of the conductor.

Question 32.
State the relation between the resistance R of a conductor, resistivity ρ of a conductor, length l of a conductor and area of cross-section A of the conductor.
                                                      Or
Write an expression for the resistivity of a substance. (CBSE 2015)
Answer:
Electricity Class 10 Important Questions Science Chapter 12 image - 8
where R is the resistance, A is the area of cross-section and l is the length of the substance.

Question 33.
What is electrical resistivity ? [CBSE 2010, 2014, 2015]
Answer:
Electrical resistivity of a material is defined as the resistance of an object (made of the material) of unit length and unit area of cross-section.

Question 34.
State SI unit of resistivity. [CBSE (Delhi) 2004 (S), 2014, 2015]
Answer:
ohm-metre (Ω-m).

Question 35.
A wire of resistivity ‘ρ’ is pulled to double its length. What will be its new resistivity ? (CBSE 2010, 2011)
Answer:
New resistivity will also be ‘ρ’ because resistivity of a wire does not depend on its length.

Question 36.
You have a metal, insulator and an alloy. Write these substances in the ascending order of their electrical resistivity.
Answer:
Resistivity of metal < resistivity of alloy < resistivity of insulator.

Based on resistors connected in series and parallel 

Question 37.
n resistance each of R are connected in series in a circuit. What is the total effective resistance of the circuit ?
(CBSE 2010)
Answer:
Reff = R1 + R2 + R3 + … upto n = nR

Question 38.
n resistors each of resistance R are connected in parallel in an electric circuit. What is the total effective resistance of the circuit ? (CBSE 2010 )
Answer:
Electricity Class 10 Important Questions Science Chapter 12 image - 9

Question 39.
n resistors each of resistance R are first connected in series and then in parallel. What is the ratio of the total effective resistance of the circuit in series combination and parallel combination ? (CBSE 2013)
Answer:
Electricity Class 10 Important Questions Science Chapter 12 image - 10

Question 40.
You have two metallic wires of resistances 60 and 30. How will you connect these wires to get the effective resistance of 20 ? (CBSE 2010, 2012)
Answer:
In parallel.
Electricity Class 10 Important Questions Science Chapter 12 image - 11

Question 41.
Draw a schematic diagram of a circuit consisting of battery of two cells each of 1.5 V, 50 resistor, 100 resistor and 150 resistor and a plug key, all connected in series. [CBSE (All India) 2009, 2011, 2013]
Answer:
Electricity Class 10 Important Questions Science Chapter 12 image - 12

Based on heating effect of electric current

Question 42.
What is heating effect of electric current ?
Answer:
The production of heat in a conductor due to the flow of electric current through it is called heating effect of electric current.

Question 43.
Write down the relation between heat produced H in a conductor of resistance R through which current I passes for t seconds.
Answer:
H = I2Rr.

Question 44.
State Joule’s law of heating. (CBSE 2012, 2012, 2013, 2014, 2015)
Answer:
According to Joule’s law of heating, the amount of heat produced in a conductor is

  1. directly proportional to the square of electric current passing through the conductor,
  2. directly proportional to the resistance of the conductor, and
  3. directly proportional to the time for which electric current passes through the conductor.

Question 45.
Write a mathematical expression for Joule’s law of heating. Name one device which works on this principle.
(CBSE 2010, 2015)
Answer:
H = I2 Rt. An electric heater and electric bulb work on Joule’s law of heating.

Question 46.
What is meant by the statement that the rating of fuse in a circuit is 5A ?
Answer:
It means maximum current of 5A can pass through the fuse without melting it.

Question 47.
Name the material used for making the filament of a bulb.
Answer:
Tungsten.
on electric energy and electric power

Question 48.
Define electric energy. (CBSE 2013, 2015)
Answer:
It is defined as the work done by a source of electricity to maintain electric current in an electrical circuit.

Question 49.
Define electric power.
Answer:
It is defined as the amount of electric energy consumed in an electric circuit per unit time.

Question 50.
Name the physical quantity expressed as the product of potential difference and electric current.
Answer:
Electric power.

Question 51.
State SI unit of electric power.
Answer:
Volt x ampere (or Watt).

Question 52.
Name the unit used in selling electrical energy to consumers.
                               Or
What is the commercial unit of energy ?
Answer:
Kilowatt hour (kWh).

Question 53.
Which one is having lesser resistance : A 60 W bulb or a 40 W bulb ?
Answer:
Electricity Class 10 Important Questions Science Chapter 12 image - 13
Hence, bulb of higher wattage will have less resistance. In other words, resistance of 60W bulb is less than the resistance of 40 W bulb.

Question 54.
What is the difference between kilowatt and kilowatt hour. (CBSE 2012, 2014)
Answer:
Kilowatt is the unit of electric power and kilowatt hour is the commercial unit of electric energy.

Short Answer Questions (2 & 3 Marks)

Based on electric current, ohm’s law and resistance

Question 1.
Define electric current. State and define its SI unit. (CBSE 2012, 2013, 2014, 2015)
Answer:
Electric current is defined as the amount of charge flowing through a cross-section of a conductor in unit time.
Electricity Class 10 Important Questions Science Chapter 12 image - 14
SI unit of electric current is ampere (A).
Electric current through a conductor is said to be 1 ampere if one coulomb charge flows through a cross-section of the conductor in one second.

Question 2.
List two differences between a voltmeter and ammeter. (CBSE 2013)
Answer:

Ammeter

Voltmeter

1.    Ammeter measures electric current in the circuit.

2.     Ammeter is connected in series in an electric circuit.

1.     Voltmeter measures the potential difference be­tween two points on a conductor.

2.     Voltmeter is connected in parallel across the ends of a conductor or resistor.

Question 3.
What is an electric circuit ? Distinguish between an open and a closed circuit.
[CBSE (All India) 2009, 2010, 2011]
Answer:
electric circuit:
An electric circuit is a closed conducting path containing a source of electric energy (i.e., a cell or a battery) and a device or element or load (say, an electric bulb) utilizing the electric energy.
The direction of electric current is opposite to the direction of the flow of electrons in the conductor.
Open electric circuit : An electric circuit through which no electric current flows is known as open electric circuit.
The electric circuit shown in figure 10 (A) will be open circuit if the plug of the key is taken out or if the connecting wire breaks from any point.
Electricity Class 10 Important Questions Science Chapter 12 image - 15
Closed circuit : An electric circuit through which electric current flows continuously is known as closed circuit (Figure 10 (B)).

Question 4.
What do the following symbols represent in a circuit ? Write the name and one function of each.
(CBSE 2013)
Electricity Class 10 Important Questions Science Chapter 12 image - 16
Answer:
(i) It represents a battery. It maintains a potential difference across the circuit element for the flow of current in the circuit.
(ii) It represents an ammeter. Ammeter is used to measure the electric current in the circuit.

Question 5.
What do the following symbols represent in a circuit ? Write the name and one function of each ?
[CBSE 2011, 2012, 2013, 2015]
Electricity Class 10 Important Questions Science Chapter 12 image - 17
Answer:
(i) It represents a closed plug key. It is used to make the closed electric circuit.
(ii) It represents a variable resistance. It is used to increase or decrease the electric current in the circuit.
(iii) It represents a voltmeter. It is used to measure the potential difference across a resistor in the circuit.
(iv) It represents a galvanometer. It is used to detect the presence of small current in the circuit.
(v) It represents wire crossing (not connected with each other). The wires are used to connect various components in the circuit.

Question 6.
Express Ohm’s law both by a mathematical formula and by a graph line. (CBSE (Delhi) 2004 (S))
Answer:
Mathematical formula of Ohm’s law is
V = IR
For a graph line,
Electricity Class 10 Important Questions Science Chapter 12 image - 18

Question 7.
List the factors on which the resistance of a conductor depends. Write the expression to show the relation of resistance with these factors. (CBSE 2013, 2014)
Answer:
Resistance of a factor depends on its length (l) and area of cross section (A).

Question 8.
What is likely to happen and how it would affect the value of resistance if we pass the current for a longer time ? (CBSE 2014)
Answer:
When current passes through a conductor for a longer time, the conductor is heated due to Joule’s heating effect. Resistance of conductor increases with increase in temperature due to heating effect.

Question 9.
Two wires, one of copper and other of manganin, have equal lengths and equal resistances. Which wire is thicker ? Given that resistivity of copper is lower than that of manganin. (CBSE 2011, 2015)
Answer:
Electricity Class 10 Important Questions Science Chapter 12 image - 19
Since l and R of both the wires are same, so A p . Since, resistivity ip) of manganin is higher than that of copper, so manganin wire is thicker than that of copper wire.

Question 10.
Mention the condition under which charge can move in a conductor. Name the device which is used to maintain this condition in an electric circuit. (CBSE 2012, 2013)
Answer:
The ends of the conductor must be maintained at different voltages. This condition is maintained in a conductor by a cell or a battery.

Question 11.
In the circuit diagram shown, the two resistance wires A and B are of the same length and same material, but A is thicker than B. Which ammeter Af or A2 will indicate higher reading for current ? Give reason.
(CBSE 2010, 2011)
Electricity Class 10 Important Questions Science Chapter 12 image - 20
Answer:
Electricity Class 10 Important Questions Science Chapter 12 image - 21
The current will be high if resistence is low.
Electricity Class 10 Important Questions Science Chapter 12 image - 22
p and l for both wires A and B are same but area of cross-section (A) of wire A is- more than the wire B. Therefore, resistance of wire A is less than the resistance of the wire B. Hence, ammeter A connected in series with the wire A will indicate higher reading for current.

Question 12.
In the circuit diagram shown, the two resistance wires A and B are of same area of cross-section and same material, but A is longer than B. Which ammeter A1 and A2 will indicate higher reading of current ? Give reason. (CBSE 2010, 2011)
Electricity Class 10 Important Questions Science Chapter 12 image - 23
Answer:
The current in the circuit is high if the resistance of the circuit is low. Since wire A is longer than B, so the resistance of wire B is less than the resistance of wire A. Hence, current flowing through wire B is greater than the current flowing through wire A. Therefore, ammeter A2 will indicate higher reading of current.

Question 13.
Two students perform experiments on two given resistors R1 and R2 and plot the following V-I graphs. If R1 > R2, which of the two diagrams correctly represent the situation on the plotted curves ? Justify your answer. (CBSE 2010, 2012)
Electricity Class 10 Important Questions Science Chapter 12 image - 24

Answer:
Resistance of a conductor = slope of I-V graph. It means, resistance is high if slope of I-V graph for it is steeper. Since R1 > R2, therefore, slope of I-V graph for R1 must be steeper than the slope of I-V graph for R2 Thus, diagram I represents the situation correctly.

Question 14.
Is the circuit given below correct ? Justify your answer. (CBSE 2014)
Electricity Class 10 Important Questions Science Chapter 12 image - 25
Answer:
The given circuit is incorrect because in a circuit, ammeter is always connected in series and voltmeter is connected parallel to the resistor R1. The correct circuit is shown in figure.
Electricity Class 10 Important Questions Science Chapter 12 image - 26

Question 15.
List two distinguishing features between the resistance and resistivity of a conductor. (CBSE 2014)
Answer:

  1. Resistance of a conductor depends on the length and area of cross-section of the conductor. On the other hand, resistivity of a conductor is independent of length and area of cross-section of the conductor.
  2. Unit of resistance is ohm. Unit of resistivity is ohm-metre.

Based on resistors connected in series and parallel

Question 16.
Draw a schematic diagram of a circuit consisting of a battery of 12V, three resistors of 5Ω, 10Ω and 20Ω connected in parallel, an ammeter to measure the total current through the circuit, voltmeter to measue the potential difference across the combination of resistors. [CBSE (All India) 2008]
Answer:
Electricity Class 10 Important Questions Science Chapter 12 image - 27

Question 17.
(a) Why an ammeter likely to bum out if you connect it in parallel ?
(b) Why is series arrangement not found satisfactory for domestic lights ?(CBSE 2010, 2011)
Answer:
(a) Ammeter is a low resistance device. If it is connected in parallel, a large current flows through it. Hence, large heat is produced and it may burn the ammeter.
(b) If domestic lights are connected in series, then all lights will be switched off even when only one light fuses.

Question 18.
Draw diagrams to show series and parallel combinations of resistors. State three salient features each of both the combinations. (CBSE 2015)
Answer:
Electricity Class 10 Important Questions Science Chapter 12 image - 28
Electricity Class 10 Important Questions Science Chapter 12 image - 29
Salient features of series combination :

  1. The net resistance of the combination is equal to the sum of the resistances of the individual resistor.
  2. The current flowing through each resistor is the same.
  3. The voltage applied across the series combination of resistors is equal to the sum of potential differences across the individual resistors.

Salient features of parallel combination :

  1. The reciprocal of the net resistance of the combination is equal to the sum of the reciprocal of the resistances of the individual resistors.
  2. Different amount of current flows through each resistor.
  3. The potential difference across each resistor is equal to the voltage applied across the combination.

Based on heating effect of electric current

Question 19.
Why is the tungsten used almost exclusively for filament of electric lamps ?
                                                            Or
Why is Tungsten used for the filament in electric bulb ? (CBSE 2011, 2014, 2015)
Answer:
This is because

  1. melting point of tungsten is very high (about 3380°C) and
  2. it does not oxidise (or burn) even at higher temperatures.

Question 20.
Why do copper or aluminium wires usually used for electricity transmission and distribution purposes ?
(CBSE 2012, 2013)
                                                           Or
Copper and aluminium wires are usually employed for electricity transmission. Explain reason.
Answer:
The resistivities of copper and aluminium are very low, so electric current flows easily through them. Hence, copper and aluminium wires are usually used for electricity transmission and distribution purpose.

Question 21.
Should the heating element of an electric iron be made of iron, silver or nichrome wire 1
[CBSE (Foreign)2005, 2016]
                                                          Or
List two reasons why nichrome is used for making heating element of electrical appliances. (CBSE 2015)
Answer:
It should be made of nichrome wire because

  1. resistivity of nichrome is greater than that of iron and silver,so more heat is produced in the nichrome wire due to the flow of current.
  2. melting point of nichrome wire is greater than that of iron and silver and hence it does not melt easily on heating.
  3. nichrome wire does not oxidise (or burn) easily even at higher temperature.

Question 22.
Two identical immersion heaters are to be used to heat water in a large container. Which one of the following
arrangement would heat the water faster,

  1. connecting the heaters in series with the main supply,
  2. connecting the heaters in parallel with the main supply ? (CBSE 2011)

Answer:
Heat produced in a heater, when connected to main supply,
Electricity Class 10 Important Questions Science Chapter 12 image - 30
When identical heaters (i.e. having same resistance) are connected in parallel, their net resistance decreases as compared to when connected in series. Therefore, heaters connected in parallel would heat the water faster as the heat produced in parallel combination is more than the heat produced in series combination, on electric energy and electric power

Question 23.
What is commercial unit of electrical energy ? Express it in joules. (CBSE 2015)
                                            Or
Define 1 kWh. How is this unit of energy related to 1 joule ? (CBSE 2011, 2015)
                                           Or
Establish the relationship between 1 kWh and SI unit of energy (joule). (CBSE 2012, 2013, 2015)
Answer:
Commercial unit of electrical energy is kWh. 1 kWh is the amount of electric energy consumed by 1000 W electric appliance when operates for 1 hour. 1 kWh = 1000 W x 3600 s = 1000 Js-1 x 3600 s = 3.6 x 106 J.

Question 24.
Two electric bulbs A and B are marked 220V, 40W and 220 V, 60W respectively. Which one of the two has greater resistance ? (CBSE 2010, 2011)
Answer:
Electricity Class 10 Important Questions Science Chapter 12 image - 31
Therefore, bulb A (40 W) has greater resistance than the bulb B (60 W)

Question 25.
Define electric power. A device of resistance R is connected across a source ofV voltage and draws a current I. Derive an expression for power in terms of voltage and resistance.
Answer:
Electric power is defined as the amount of electric work or electric energy per unit time.
If W be the amount of electric energy consumed in a circuit in t seconds, then the electric power is given by
Electricity Class 10 Important Questions Science Chapter 12 image - 32
Thus, electric power is defined as the product of potential difference applied across the circuit and current flowing through it.
Electricity Class 10 Important Questions Science Chapter 12 image - 33
Units of Power:
Electricity Class 10 Important Questions Science Chapter 12 image - 34

Long Answer Questions (5 Marks)

Question 1.
State Ohm’s law. How can this law be verified experimentally ? Does Ohm’s law hold good under all conditions.
Comment. (NCERT Question Bank, CBSE, 2010, 2012)
Answer:
For Ohm’s law: Ohm’s law states that the electric current flowing through a conductor is directly proportional to the potential difference across the ends of the conductor, provided the temperature and . other physical conditions of the conductor remain the same.
For experimental verification: Verify Ohm’s law
Apparatus : A conductor of resistance R, an ammeter, a voltmeter, a battery, a variable resistance (or rheostat used to change the current in the circuit), connecting wires, a key and sand paper.
Procedure:

    1. Connect the various components as shown in figure 12.
      Electricity Class 10 Important Questions Science Chapter 12 image - 35
    2. Close the key, so that current begins to flow in the circuit.
    3. Note down the potential difference (V) across the conductor PQ of resistance R shown by the voltmeter and the corresponding current (I) shown by the ammeter.
    4. Now move the knob of rheostat so that the current in the circuit increases.
    5. Again note down the potential difference (V) across the conductor PQ of resistance R in the voltmeter and current in the circuit shown by ammeter.
    6. Repeat the experiment at least five times by increasing the current in the circuit by moving the knob of the rheostat in steps.

Observations:

S.No

Potential Difference
 (V)
Current
(I)

V/I

1.

2.

3.

4.

5.

6.

7.

Plot a graph between V and I by taking V along X-axis and I along Y-axis. We get a straight line passing through origin as shown in figure 11.
Electricity Class 10 Important Questions Science Chapter 12 image - 36
Conclusion: From the graph between V and I, we conclude that I x V, which is Ohm’s law. Hence Ohm’s law is verified experimentally.
Precautions: While verifying Ohm’s law experimentally, the following precautions should be taken :

  1. Current should not be allowed to pass through the circuit continuously for a long time, which may cause the increase in temperature of the conductor. Therefore, the plug of the key must be taken out every time after noting the readings of ammeter and voltmeter.
  2. Connections should be tight.
  3. The conductor used in the experiment should be such that its resistance is not changed with increase in temperature of the conductor.

Ohm’s law holds good if the temperature of the conductor remains the same.

Question 2.
How will you infer with the help of an experiment that same voltage or potential difference exists across three resistors connectred in parallel arrangement to a battery ?
Answer:
Perform an activity to investigate the relation between potential difference across parallel combination of resistors and the potential difference across each individual resistors,

  1. Connect three resistors of resistances R1, R2 and R3 in parallel. One end of each resistor is joined at a common point ‘a’ and the other end of each resistor is connected at another common point ‘b’.
  2. Connect the parallel combination of resistors with a battery, a plug key K and an ammeter A as shown in figure 22(A).
    Electricity Class 10 Important Questions Science Chapter 12 image - 37
  3. Now connect a voltmeter across the parallel combination of resistors between a and b points.
  4. Note the reading of voltmeter. Let it be V. This is the potential difference across the parallel combination of resistors.
  5. Now, disconnect the voltmeter and connect it across R1 as shown in figure 22(B).
    Electricity Class 10 Important Questions Science Chapter 12 image - 38
  6. Note the reading of voltmeter. It is found to be V.
  7. Disconnect the voltmeter and connect it across R2. Note the reading of voltmeter. It is found to be V.
  8. Again disconnect the voltmeter and connect it across R3. Note the reading of voltmeter. It is found to be V.

Conclusion : When resistors are connected in parallel to each other, potential difference across each resistor is equal to the potential difference across the parallel combination of resistors.

Question 3.
Describe an experiment to study the factors on which the resistance ofa conductor or a conducting wire depends.
Answer:
For experiment:
Connect the various electrical components as shown in figure 15.
Electricity Class 10 Important Questions Science Chapter 12 image - 39

  1. Dependence of length of a conductor: 
    Take a copper wire of length l and connect it between the terminals A and B. Note the reading of ammeter. Now take another copper wire of same area of cross-section but of length 2l. Connect it between the terminals A and B by disconnecting the previous wire. Again, note the reading of ammeter. It will be found that the reading of ammeter (i.e., electric current) in the second case is half of the reading of ammeter in the first case. Since R = V/I, so resistance of second wire is double than the resistance of the first wire. Thus, resistance of a conductor is directly proportional to the length of the conductor,
    i.e      resistance ∝ length of the conductor
    Thus, more is the length of a conductor, more is its resistance.
    Thus, the resistance of’a conductor is ‘inversely proportional to the area of cross -section of the conductor.
  2. Dependence on area of cross-section of a conductor:
    Now take two copper wires of same length but of different area of cross-sections. Let area of cross-section of first wire is more than the area of cross-section of the second wire. Connect first wire between the terminals A and B in the circuit shown in figure 15. Note the reading of ammeter. Now disconnect the first wire and connect the second wire between the terminals A and B. Again note the reading of the ammeter. It will be found that the reading of ammeter (i.e. electric current) is more when first wire (i.e. thick wire) is connected between A and B than the reading of the ammeter when second wire (i.e. thin wire) is connected between the terminals A and B.
    Electricity Class 10 Important Questions Science Chapter 12 image - 40
    Thus, the resistance of a thin wire is more than the resistance of a thick wire.
  3. Effect of the Nature of material:
    Take two identical wires, one of copper and other of aluminium. Connect the copper wire between the terminals A and B. Note the reading of ammeter. Now, connect the aluminium wire between the terminals A and B. Again note the reading of ammeter. It is found that the reading of ammeter when copper wire is connected in the circuit is more than the reading of the ammeter when aluminium wire is connected in the circuit.
    Therefore, resistance of copper wire is less than the resistance of aluminium wire. Hence, resistance of a wire or a conductor depends upon the nature of the material of the conductor.
  4. Effect of temperature of conductor:
    If the temperature of a metallic conductor connected in the circuit increases, its resistance increases.
    Thus, factors on which resistance of a conductor depends are :

    1. its length,
    2. its area of cross-section,
    3. the nature of its material and
    4. its temperature.

The various factors affecting resistance of a conductor are given in table 1.
Table 1. Factors affecting resistance of a conductor:
Electricity Class 10 Important Questions Science Chapter 12 image - 41

Question 4.
What is Joule’s heating effect ? List applications of Joule’s heating effect in daily life.
(NCERT Question Bank, CBSE 2012, 2014, 2015)
Answer:
Joule’s law can be stated as : The amount of heat produced in a conductor is
(i) directly proportional to the square of the electric current flowing through it.
This is                  H ∝ I2                                                           –
(ii) directly proportional to the resistance of the conductor or resistor.
That is,                H ∝ R                                          ‘
(iii) directly proportional to the time for which the electric current flows through the conductor or resistor.
That is,               H ∝ t
Combining (i), (ii) and (iii), we get H ∝ I2 Rt.
or         H = KI2Rt, where K is constant of proportionality
If          K = 1, then H = I2Rt joule
This is known as Joule’s law of heating.
Four Applications:

  1. When electric appliances like electric heater, electric iron and water heater etc. are connected to the main supply of electricity, these appliances become hot but the connecting wires remain cold.
    We know, heat produced is directly proportional to the resistance of the material through which current flows. The element of electric heater is made of nichrome. Since, resistance of nichrome is high, so a large amount of heat is produced in the element of the electric heater. Thus, filament of electric heater becomes red hot. However, heat produced in connecting wires made of copper or aluminium is very small and hence they are not heated up.
    Electricity Class 10 Important Questions Science Chapter 12 image - 42
  2. Filament of an electric bulb is made of a thin wire of tungsten. The melting point of filament is high i.e., about 3380 °C. The filament of the bulb is enclosed in a glass envelope fixed over an insulated support as shown in figure 28. The glass envelope of electric bulb is filled with inactive gases like nitrogen and argon to increase the life of the tungsten filament.
    Since resistance of thin filament is very high, so a large heat is produced as the electric current flows through the filament. Due to this large amount of heat produced, filament of the bulb becomes white hot. Hence, the filament of the bulb emits light and heat.
    Electricity Class 10 Important Questions Science Chapter 12 image - 43
  3. Electric fuse is a safety device connected in series with the electric circuit. Electric fuse is a wire made of a material whose melting point is very low. Examples of the materials of making fuse wire are copper or tin-lead alloy. When large current flows through a circuit and hence through a fuse wire, a large amount of heat is produced. Due to this large amount of heat, the fuse wire melts and the circuit is broken so that current stops flowing in the circuit. This saves the electric circuit from burning due to the passage of large current through it.
    Electricity Class 10 Important Questions Science Chapter 12 image - 44

 

Hope given Previous Year Question Papers for CBSE Class 10 Science Chapter 12 Electricity are helpful to complete your science homework.

If you have any doubts, please comment below. Learn Insta try to provide online science tutoring for you.

Our Environment Class 10 Important Questions Science Chapter 15

Chapter 15 Our Environment Class 10 Science Important Questions with Answers PDF will help you in scoring more marks. This consists of 1 mark Questions, 3 Mark Numericals Questions, 5 Marks Numerical Questions and previous year questions from Chemical Reactions and Equations Chapter.

Our Environment Class 10 Important Questions and Answers Science Chapter 15

Very Short Answer Questions (1 Mark Each)

Question 1.
What is environment ? (CBSE Foreign 2006, 2016, CCE 2012)
Answer:
It is sum total of all external factors, substances, conditions and living beings that surround the organisms and influence the same without becoming their part.

More Resources

Question 2.
Why is ozone layer getting depleted at higher levels of the atmosphere ?  (CBSE Delhi 2008 C, CCE 2011)
Answer:
Presence of ozone depleting chemicals like chlorofluorocarbons.

Question 3.
Name any two abiotic components of an environment. (CBSE Delhi 2008 C)
Answer:
(a) Climatic factors (light, temperature, rainfall).
(b) Edaphic factors (soil and its conditions).

Question 4.
What are two main components of our environment ? (CBSE Delhi 2009, CCE 2012)
Answer:
(a) Biotic Components, e.g., producers, herbivores, carnivores, decomposers.
(b) Abiotic Components e.g., climatic factors, edaphic factors, topographic factors, inorganic nutrients and organic substances.

Question 5.
Which compounds are responsible for the depletion of ozone layer ? (CBSE A.I. 2009)
Answer:
Ozone depleting substances like chlorofluorocarbons, halons, methane, N2O, Chlorine, Carbon tetrachloride.

Question 6.
Why are green plants called producers ? (CBSE A.I. 2009, Delhi 2016, CCE 2011)
Answer:
Green plants are also called producers because only they can synthesise organic food from inorganic raw materials with the help of solar energy in the process of photosynthesis. This food is not only used by green plants but also all other organisms called consumers.

Question 7.
The flow of energy in the food chain is unidirectional. Why ? (CCE 2011 )
Answer:
There is dissipation of energy at every step of its transfer and transformation so that energy cannot flow back
in the reverse direction. It flows from sun to plants, plants to animals, animals to animls, organic remains to decomposers and dissipation as heat at every stage.

Question 8.
Use of paper is more environment friendly than the use of polythene for packaging. Justify. (CCE 2011)
Answer:
Paper bags are biodegradable while polythene is nonbiodegradable.

Question 9.
In a food chain comprising frogs, insects, birds and grass, which one of the organisms is likely to have maximum concentration of harmful non-biodegradable chemicals in the body. (CCE 2011)
Answer:
Birds, as they form the topmost trophic level where the non-biodegradable chemicals will have maximum biomagnification.

Question 10.
State one advantage of using disposable paper cups over disposable plastic cups. (CCE 2011)
Answer:
Disposable paper cups are biodegradable while disposable plastic cups are non-biodegradable.

Question 11.
Give an example of food chain of four trophic levels that exists in a grassland. (CCE 2011)
Answer:
Our Environment Class 10 Important Questions Science Chapter 15 image - 1

Question 12.
Write the full form of CFC. (CCE 2011)
Answer:
Chlorofluorocarbon.

Question 13.
In a certain study conducted on the occurrence of DDT along food chains in an ecosystem, the concentration of DDT in grass was found to be 0-5 ppm. In sheep, it was 2 ppm and in man it was 10 ppm. Why was the concentration of DDT maximum in case of man ? (CCE 2011)
Answer:
DDT is a non-biodegradable chemical which not only accumulates in each trophic level but also undergoes biomagnification with the rise in trophic level. DDT concentration is maximum in man as man is occupying the highest trophic level.

Question 14.
Why there has been a large hue and cry against the use of CFCs ? (CCE 2011, CBSE Foreign 2016)
Answer:
CFCs (Chlorofluorocarbons) pass on to the upper layers of atmosphere, i.e., stratosphere, where ozone layer is based. CFCs cause depletion of ozone layer that allows harmful UV radiations to reach the surface of the earth causing skin cancers and defective eye sight.

Question 15.
Select the biodegradable wastes : DDT, crop residue, leather, glass. (CCE 2011)
Answer:
Crop residue, leather.

Question 16.
In a food chain consisting of snake, insect, grass and frog, assign an appropriate trophic level to frog.
(CCE 2011, CBSEA.I. 2016)
Answer:
Our Environment Class 10 Important Questions Science Chapter 15 image - 2

Question 17.
What are the three ‘Rs’ in saving the environment ? (CCE 2011)
Answer:
Reduce, recycle and reuse.

Question 18.
In the following food chain, 5 J of energy is available to man. How much energy was available at the producer level ?(CCE 2011)
Our Environment Class 10 Important Questions Science Chapter 15 image - 3
Answer:
Man 5 J, sheep 5 x 10 = 50 J, plants 50 x 10 = 500 J.

Question 19.
Name the disease caused in human beings due to depletion of ozone layer in the atmosphere. (CCE 2011)
Answer:
Skin cancer.

Question 20.
Name any two non-biodegradable wastes. (CCE 2011)
Answer:
Waste plastic articles, polythene bags, many pesticides like DDT.

Question 21.
Define the term biomagnification. (CCE 2011)
Answer:
Biomagnification is the increase in the level of a non-biodegradable substance with each successive rise in the trophic level of a food chain.

Question 22.
What is depicted in the scheme ? (CCE 2011)
Our Environment Class 10 Important Questions Science Chapter 15 image - 4
Answer:
It is a food chain that is depicting 10% law of energy.

Question 23.
Ozone is deadly poisonous. Still it performs an essential function. How ? (CCE 2011)
Answer:
Ozone present in the ozone layer of the stratosphere dissipates and hence filters out high energy UV radiations (100 —320 nm) of the sun and protects the earth from the same.

Question 24.
Which of the following belong to the first trophic level : Grasshopper, Rose plant, Neem plant, Cockcroach, Vulture. (CCE 2011)
Answer:
Rose plant, Neem plant.

Question 25.
What would happen to the environment if decomposers were not present ? (CCE 2011)
Answer:
Organic remains will pile up and all the biogenetic nutrients will get tied up in organic matter with no further scope of manufacture of more organic matter.

Question 26.
Which one of the following organisms comprising a food chain will possibly have the maximum concentration of harmful chemicals in its body :
Peacock, Frog, Grass, Snake, Grasshopper. (CCE 2011)
Answer:
Peacock as it lies at the top of food chain :
Grass ———> Grasshopper ———> Frog ———> Snake ———> Peacock.

Question 27.
Phytoplankton ———> Zooplankton ———> Fish ———> Fish eating Bird.
In this food chain which organisms will have

  1. Maximum available energy
  2. Maximum concentration of pesticides. (CCE 2011)

Answer:

  1. Phytoplankton
  2. Fish eating birds.

Question 28.
List two man-made ecosystems. (CCE 2011, CBSE Foreign 2017)
Answer:
Cropland, aquarium.

Question 29.
Which of the following materials are biodegradable : Glass, leather, glucose, silver foil ? (CCE 2011)
Answer:
Leather, glucose.

Question 30.
Mention any two methods of garbage disposal. (CCE 2011)
Answer:
Composting, manure and biogas.

Question 31.
Why is depletion of ozone layer a cause of concern ? (CCE 2011, CBSEA.I. 2016)
Answer:
Depletion of ozone layer is causing increased number of skin cancers, cataracts and reduced immunity in human beings.

Question 32.
How can we help in reducing the problem of waste disposal ? List any two ways. (CCE 2011)
Answer:

  1. Separation of biodegradable and non-biodegradable wastes,
  2. Preparation of compost or vermicompost from biodegradable waste and handing over the recyclable non-biodegradable wastes to rag pickers.

Question 33.
Which one of the following food habits is better and why :
(a) Plant ———> Man
(b) Plant ———> Goat ———> Man. (CCE 2011)
Answer:
Plant ———> Man as it makes more energy available (ten percent law).

Question 34.
Name the type of compounds which are used as refrigerants and in fire extinguishers that deplete the ozone layer in the atmosphere. (CCE 2011)
Answer:
Chlorofluorocarbons (as refrigerants) and halons (in fire extinguishers).

Question 35.
Producers always occupy the first trophic level in any food chain. Why ? (CCE2011, C.B S.E. Foreign 2016)
Answer:
Only producers have the ability to trap solar energy and manufacture organic food through the process of photosynthesis.

Question 36.
A list of organisms is given below : Peacock, Snake, Gross, Frog, Grasshopper. Construct a food chain showing snake at the fourth place. (CCE 2011)
Answer:
Our Environment Class 10 Important Questions Science Chapter 15 image - 5

Question 37.
“Save the tiger” campaign is being over-emphasized these days by our Government. What may be the possible reason ? (CCE 2011)
Answer:
To maintain the ecological balance which is effected through biocontrols.

Question 38.
Why are plastics non-biodegradable substances ? (CCE 2011)
Answer:
Plastics are non-biodegradable substances as they cannot be broken down by decomposers. Their wastes pile up‘ . . . .

Question 39.
What step is being taken to limit the damage to ozone layer ? (CCE 2011)
Answer:
Stopping manufacture of chlorofluorocarbons and halons and replacing them with ozone friendly substances.

Question 40.
Which gas shields the surface of earth from harmful radiations of the sun ? Why are UV radiations harmful to organisms ? (CCE 2012)
Answer:
Ozone.
Harmful Effects of UV Radiation.

  1. Skin cancer, cataract and fall of immunity in humans.
  2. More mutations, fall in photosynthesis, blinding of animals, killing of their young ones.

Question 41.
List two raw materials used by living organisms of the first trophic level for making food. (CCE 2012)
Answer:
CO2, H2O and minerals. Energy is obtained from sun.

Question 42.
Which of the following are biodegradable : Gold coin, glass, nylon cloth, oil, silver foil, leather. (CCE 2012)
Answer:
Oil. leather.

Question 43.
In the food chain comprising Tiger, Plants and Goats, which will
(a) Transfer the maximum amount of energy
(b) Receive minimum amount of energy ? (CCE 2012)
Answer:
(a) Transfer of Maximum Energy. Plants
(b) Receive Minimum Energy. Lion.

Question 44.
Identify producers from the following : Frog, Blue-green algae, Grass hopper, Fish, Grass. (CCE 2012)
Answer:
Blue-green algae, Grass.

Question 45.
Draw a line diagram to show flow of solar energy in ecosystem. (CCE 2012)
Answer:
Our Environment Class 10 Important Questions Science Chapter 15 image - 6

Question 46.
What is 10% law in the context of energy transfer in food chains ? (CCE 2012)
Answer:
10% Law (Lindeman, 1942). Energy available decreases by 90% with the rise in trophic level so that higher trophic level comes to have only 10% of energy present in lower trophic level.

Question 47.
Why do man-made materials like plastics persist for a long time in our environment ? (CCE 2012)
Answer:
Man made materials like plastics are non-biodegradable because decomposers do not have enzymes to degrade them.

Question 48.
A geographical area contains organisms like snake, grass hopper, peacock, grass and frog. If pesticides was used in this area to kill insects which among the organisms will have maximum amount of pesticide. Name the phenomenon involved. (CCE 2012)
Answer:
Peacock will have maximum concentration of pesticide as it lies at the top of food chain. The phenomenon involved in increase in pesticide concentration at higher trophic level is called biomagnification.

Question 49.
Name any two non-biodegradable wastes generated daily in household activities. (CCE 2012)
Answer:
Milk pouches, polythene bags.

Question 50.
State a way to prevent accumulation of harmful chemicals in our bodies. (CCE 2012)
Answer:

  1. Use of organic foods.
  2. RO treated drinking water.
  3. Minimum use of pesticides at home. Instead, stress should be on cleanliness and double doors.

Question 51.
Write the appropriate names of trophic levels Z and X in the figure. (CCE 2012)
Answer:
X: Primary consumer.
Z: Tertiary consumer.
Our Environment Class 10 Important Questions Science Chapter 15 image - 7

Question 52.
Which chemical is used as fire extinguishers ? How is it harmful ? (CCE 2012)
Answer:
Halon or bromine containing gas, e.g., bromochlorodifluoromethane.
It causes depletion of ozone in the stratosphere.

Question 53.
Pick up non-biodegradable substance from the following : Animal bones, wool, paper, glass. (CCE 2012)
Answer:
Glass.

Question 54.
What is ecosystem ? (CCE 2012, CBSE Delhi 2017)
Answer:
Ecosystem is self sustained ecological system which consists of a distinct biotic community and the physical environment both interacting and exchanging materials between them.

Question 55.
Select the biotic components of the environment from the following : Fungi, Soil, Mango Tree, Temperature. (CCE 2012)
Answer:
Fungi, Mango tree.

Question 56.
Why is the Government stressing upon the use of jute/cloth carry bags ? (CCE 2012)
Answer:

  1. Cloth bags are stronger and more durable as compared to plastic bags.
  2. They are washable.
  3. They are reused time and again.
  4. Cloth bags do not pollute environment.
  5. They are made of biodegradable material which can also be recycled.

Question 57.
Why should biodegradable and nonbiodegradable wastes be discarded in two separate dust bins ? (CCE 2013)
Answer:
So that the two can be easily disposed off without causing much littering and stink

  1. Disposable directly to composting and gasification plants,
  2. Nondisposable for separation into recyclable and nonrecyclable (landfill) components.

Question 58.
What will be the amount of energy available to the organisms of the second trophic level of food chain, if the energy available at the first trophic level in 10,000 Joules ? (CCE 2015)
Answer:
1000 Joules (10% Law).

Question 59.
Which of the following are always at the second trophic level of food, chains : Carnivores, Autotrophs, Herbivores ? (CCE 2015)
Answer:
Herbivores.

Question 60.
From the following list find out the organism which is likely to have maximum concentration of pesticide in the body-Grass, grasshopper, frog, snake and hawk. (CCE 2015)
Answer:
Hawk, because it lies at the top of food chain where maximum bio-magnification of pesticide concentration will occur.

Question 61.
Suggest a food chain in which one of the trophic level is occupied by humans. (CCE 2015)
Answer:
Wheat ———> Human; Grass ———> Goat ———> Human.

Question 62.
Differentiate between the food habits of organisms belonging to first and second trophic levels.
Answer:
Organisms of first trophic are producers. Organisms of second trophic level are herbivores. Producers are autotrophic, i.e., manufacture their own food from inorganic raw materials. Herbivores are animals which feed on producers for obtaining food and its contained energy.

Question 63.
List two natural ecosystems. (CBSE Delhi 2016, Foreign 2017)
Answer:
Forest, lake/pond.

Question 64.
List two biotic components of biosphere. (CBSE Delhi 2016)
Answer:
Plants, animals, microorganisms

Question 65.
Why is forest/lake considered a natural ecosystem ? (CBSE Delhi 2017)
Answer:
It is a self sustained ecological system.

Question 66.
In the following food chain, 100 J of energy is available to the lion. How much energy was available to the producer ? (CBSE A.I. 2017)
Answer:
Plants ———> Deer ———> Lion.
Energy available to deer = 100J x 10 = 1000 J
Energy available to plants = 1000 x 10 = 10,000 J.

Question 67.
In the following food chain, plants provide 500J of energy to rats. How much of energy will be available to hawks from snakes ?
Plants ———> Rats ———> Snakes ———> Hawks (CBSE A.I. 2017)
Answer:
Energy available to snakes from rats
500 J % 10 = 50 J
Energy available to hawks = 50 J% 10 = 5J.

Question 68.
In the following food chain, 20000J of energy was available to the plants. How much energy would be available to man in this chain ?
Plant ———> Sheep ———> Man (CBSE A.I. 2017)
Answer:
Out of the energy available to plants, the amount of energy trapped by them and available to sheep is 1%. 20000 x 100% = 200J
Energy available to sheep = 200 10 = 20 J
Energy available to man = 20 x 10% = 2 J.

Question 69.
List any two abiotic components of an ecosystem.
Answer:
Water, minerals, sunlight.

Short Answer Questions (2 Marks)

Question 1.
Construct an aquatic chain showing four trophic levels.
Answer:
Phytoplankton ———> Zooplankton ———> Small Carnivorous Fish –

Question 2.
Explain “biological magnification” with the help of an example.
Answer:
Biological magnification is increase in the concentration of a chemical per unit weight of the organisms with the successive rise in trophic level. In one study it was found that concentration of harmful chemical like DDT will increase 80,000 times the concentration present in water.
Our Environment Class 10 Important Questions Science Chapter 15 image - 8

Question 3.
A high concentration of harmful chemical is highly injurious, even fatal, to higher trophic level organisms. Mention the basis of classifying substances as biodegradable and non-biodegradable. Give two examples of each. (CBSE Foreing 2010)
Answer:
Substances are classified into biodegradable and non-biodegradable on the basis of their disposability or nondisposability by saprophytic organisms.
Biodegradable. Used tea leaves, waste paper.
Non-biodegradable. DDT, silver/aluminium foil.

Question 4.
What is ozone ? How does it protect the organisms on the earth ? (CCE 2011)
Answer:
Ozone is triatomic form of oxygen, O3. It forms a protective ozone layer in the stratosphere. Ozone layer absorbs the very harmful component of ultraviolet radiations (100 – 320 nm) and thus protect the organisms on the earth.

Question 5.
Observe the food chain :
Plant (1000 kj) ———> Goat ———> Lion
(a) If autotrophs occupying the first trophic level are called producers, what are herbivores called as ?
(b) How much energy does the lion get in the above food chain ? (CCE 2011)
Answer:
(a) Primary consumers
(b) 10 kj (10% law, 1000 ———> 100 ———> 10).

Question 6.
“The maximum concentration of harmful chemicals accumulates in human beings ?” State the phenomenon involved and justify this statement. (CCE 2011)
Answer:
Human beings are omnivorous and lie at the tip of almost every food chain. They are also long lived. Harmful chemicals reach in higher concentration through biomagnification and continue to accumulate in their bodies. Therefore, non-biodegradable chemicals occur in maximum concentration in human beings.

Question 7.
In the food chain Grass ———>Deer ———> Lion operating in a forest, what will happen if all the
(a) Lions are removed
(b) Deer are removed. (CCE 2011)
Answer:
(a) Removal of Lions. It will cause spurt in population of deer so much so that whole of grass can disappear resulting in conversion of the area into desert and death of the deer as well.
(b) Removal of Deer Lions will die of starvation.

Question 8.
Define
(a) Biomass
(b) Anaerobic degradation. (CCE 2011)
Answer:
(a) Biomass. It is the amount of living matter, measured as fresh or dry weight.
(b) Anaerobic Degradation. There is slowing down of rate of decomposition of organic remains which will pile up. Offensive odours may occur due to putrefaction of proteins while fermentation of carbohydrates gives rise to alcohols and organic acids that may kill the microbes. It is, however, useful in production of biogas.

Question 9.
We often observe domestic waste decomposing in the bylanes of residential colonies. Suggest ways to make people realize that the improper disposal of waste is harmful to the environment. (CCE 2013)
Answer:
Domestic waste is often thrown outside the living quarters or some common place near the homes for municipal staff to pick up and dispose the same. The waste is, however, spread by stray cattle, pigs and dogs and is left to decompose. It is an improper method of waste disposal being harmful to environment as well as to all of us. It produces stink and becomes a source of several diseases. The scattered decomposing waste attracts flies, mosquitoes and rats.
Therefore, a proper waste disposal method involving biodegradable in covered green bins and nonbiodegradable in covered blue bins be adopted. The municipal staff can take the wastes from the bins.

Question 10.
Explain how ozone is formed in the atmosphere ? How does it protect living beings from harmful radiations of the sun ? (CCE 2013)
Answer:

  1. Ozone is formed in the upper atmosphere by the action of ultraviolet (UV) radiations over oxygen (O2)
    Our Environment Class 10 Important Questions Science Chapter 15 image - 9
  2. Ozone present in the upper atmosphere protects us from extremely harmful high energy ultraviolet radiations (100-320 nm) by dissipating their energy.
    Our Environment Class 10 Important Questions Science Chapter 15 image - 10

Question 11.
Why is Government of India imposing a ban on the use of polythene bags ? Suggest two alternates to these bags and explain how this ban is likely to improve the environment. (CCE 2014)
Answer:
Polythene is nonbiodegradable. Use of polythene bags often chokes drains and kills animals feeding on garbage besides piling up in garbage disposal sites.
Alternates: Use of cloth bags and paper bags.
Environment: Cloth bags can be used and reused. Both cloth and paper bags are biodegradable.

Question 12.
List two reasons to show that the existence of decomposers is essential in an ecosystem. (CCE 2014)
Answer:

  1. They function as saprophytes and cleanse the earth of organic remains.
  2. Decomposers release minerals tied up in organic remains. They thus help in recycling of biogeochemicals. Recycling of paper, metal, plastic and e-waste is done at most of the places.

Question 13.
Mention the positive impact of this recycling process on environment. (CCE 2015)
Answer:

  1. There will be reduced use of resources.
  2. There will be little pollution from these wastes as they are picked up for recycling as soon they are produced.

Question 14.
It is said that there is need to put a complete ban on the products containing aerosols. What are aerosols ?
Why is there a demand to put a ban on them ? (CCE 2015)
Answer:
Aerosols are mist producing propellants used in sprays like deodrants, perfumes, after shaves, etc. They are commonly made of chlorofluorocarbons which are strongest ozone depleting substances. Therefore, there is a demand for putting a ban on them.

Question 15.
Food web is shown as a series of branching lines of food chains. Explain and justify the statement.
(CCE 20I5)
Answer:
Food web is a network of food chains occurring in an ecosystem which get connected at different trophic levels so as to form feeding connections or alternatives amongst different organisms of the community.
Because the food chain are connected at different trophic levels, connectives appear as branching lines of food chains.

Question 16.
Rohan was watching television when his mother instructed him to empty the home garbage bin which had become full, into public garbage bin. Rohan emptied the home garbage bin in front of his house as the public garbage bin was little far off. His mother saw him doing so. She tried to explain him the problems associated with improper garbage disposal.
(a) Mention any 2 problems, society faces due to improper garbage disposal.
(b) Mention two values displayed by Rohan’s mother. (CCE 2015)
Answer:
(a)

  1. The garbage will be scattered by cattle and dogs, resulting in unhygienic condition.
  2. Stink or foul smell will be produced by the decaying garbage due to emission of foul gases.
  3. The decaying garbage becomes breeding place of flies and other pests which spread a number of diseases.

(b) Values :

  1. Care for sanitary conditions all around.
  2. Social consciousness
  3. Teaching good habits.

Question 17.
Recycling is considered as a welcome practice to deal with the environmental problems. Justify the statement with two arguments ? (CCE 2015)
Answer:
Recycling is treatment of waste material so as to make it suitable for reuse, e.g., metallic articles, broken glass, paper, etc.

  1. There will be reduced use of resources.
  2. There will be little pollution from these wastes as they are picked up for recycling as soon they are produced.

Question 18.
We as an individual can contribue by becoming environmental friendly. What practices we can adopt in order to do so. (CBSE 2015)
Answer:

  1. Use of cloth bags instead of polythene or plastic bags.
  2. Separation of biodegradable and non-biodegradable in green and blue coloured bins.
  3. Use of compact fluorescent lamps instead of incandescent lamps.
  4. Harvesting of rain water and preventing wastage of resources.

Short Answer Questions (3 Marks Each)

Question 1.
Why are some substances biodegradable and some non-biodegradable ? (CBSE A.L 2007)
Answer:
Substances which can be degraded and disposed off naturally by saprophytic organisms or decomposers are called biodegradable, e.g, organic remains, garbage, sewage, livestock waste. Substances which cannot be degraded by saprophytes are known as non-biodegradable. They are mostly man-made articles like pesticides, plastic, polythene, synthetic fibres, etc. Biodegradable articles are formed naturally in biosphere. Decomposer organisms feed on them by secreting digestive juices and absorbing the solubilised substances. Biogenetic nutrients are released in the process called mineralisation. Non-biodegradable articles pile up in nature because decomposers do not have enzymes to degrade them.

Question 2.
“Damage to the ozone layer is a cause of concern.” Justify the statement. Suggest any two steps to limit this damage. (CBSE Delhi 2008 C)
Answer:
Cause of Concern: Ozone layer present in the stratosphere has thinned out by about 8% over the equator and more so over the antarctica where a big ozone hole appears every year. This has increased the level of UV-B radiations reaching the earth by 15-20%. These radiations are causing increased number of skin cancers, cataracts and reduced immunity in human beings. There is increased incidence of blinding of animals, death of young ones, reduced photosynthesis, higher number of mutations and damage to articles.
Steps to Limit Damage,

  1. Ban on production and use of halons.
  2. Ban on production and use of chlorofluorocarbons.

Question 3.
Distinguish between biodegradable and non-biodegradable substances. List two effects of each of them in our environment. (CBSE Delhi 2008 C)
Answer:
(a) Differences between Biodegradable and Non-biodegradable Substances:

Biodegradable Wastes

Non-biodegradable Wastes

1. Origin. They are biological in origin. They are commonly man-made.
2. Degradability. The wastes are degraded by microorganisms. They are not degraded by microorganisms.
3. Accumulation. They do not accumulate in nature. They pile up and accumulate in nature.
4. Biomagnification. The biodegradable wastes do not show biomagnification. The soluble non-degradable wastes enter food chains and undergo biomagnification.
5. Resource. The wastes can be converted into resource. Some wastes can be recycled.
Examples. Garbage, livestock wastes, sewage. Examples. Plastic, polythene, glass, nickel, cadmium, several pesticides.

(b) Effects of Biodegradable Substances:

  1. Stink: Within a day or so waste biodegradable substances begin to stink and produce foul gases.
  2. Pests and Pathogens: The decaying biodegradable substances become breeding places of flies and many other pests. They also contain a number of pathogens. Flies and other pests carry the germs to all the places visited by them resulting in spread of diseases.

(c) Effects of Non-biodegradable Substances:

  1. Dumping Area: Dumping of non-biodegradable substances on a piece of land converts the same into barren land. It is also called landscape pollution.
  2. Biological Magnification: Pesticides, heavy metals and other chemicals enter water and food chains. They accumulate in toxic proportions and harm all kinds of living organisms. Their concentration also increases with rise in trophic level. Human beings are harmed the most because man lies at the top of every food chain.

Question 4.
Why are bacteria and fungi called decomposers ? List any two advantages of decomposers to the environment.
(CCE 2011)
Answer:
Answer:
(a) Decomposers: Most of the bacteria and fungi are saprophytes. They obtain their nourishment from organic remains. For this they secrete digestive enzymes over the remains. The remains are converted into soluble absorbable form. This results in decomposition of organic matter. Therefore, bacteria and fungi are called decomposers.
(b) Advantages:

  1. Scavengers: Decomposers function as scavengers by removing organic remains and cleansing the earth.
  2. Mineralisation: Decomposers release inorganic nutrients trapped in organic remains. The same are recycled.

Question 5.
How is ozone formed in the upper atmosphere ? Why is damage to ozone layer cause of concern to us.
What causes this damage ? (CBSE A.I. 2008, 2008 C, Delhi 2009 C)
Answer:
(a) Formation of Ozone in Upper Atmosphere. High energy UV radiations split oxygen molecules into oxygen atoms. The latter react with oxygen molecules to form ozone (Molina and Molina, 1992)
Our Environment Class 10 Important Questions Science Chapter 15 image - 11
(b) Damage to Ozone Layer Cause of Concern:
Ozone layer present in the stratosphere has thinned out by about 8% over the equator and more so over the antarctica where a big ozone hole appears every year. This has increased the level of UV-B radiations reaching the earth by 15-20%. These radiations are causing increased number of skin cancers, cataracts and reduced immunity in human beings. There is increased incidence of blinding of animals, death of young ones, reduced photosynthesis, higher number of mutations and damage to articles
(c) Causes of Damage. Presence of ozone depleting substances or ODS in the stratosphere ———> Halons,
chlorofluorocarbons, N2O, Methane, Chlorine, Carbon tetrachloride.

Question 6.
State in brief two ways in which nonbiodegradable substances would affect the environment. List two methods of safe disposal of the nonbiodegradable waste. (CCE 2013)
Answer:
Effects on Environment:

  1. Dumping Area: Dumping of non-biodegradable substances on a piece of land converts the same into barren land. It is also called landscape pollution.
  2. Biological Magnification: Pesticides, heavy metals and other chemicals enter water and food chains. They accumulate in toxic proportions and harm all kinds of living organisms. Their concentration also increases with rise in trophic level. Human beings are harmed the most because man lies at the top of every food chain.

Safe Disposal:

  1. Recycling: Metal, plastic and glass articles can be sent for recycling,
  2. Sanitary Landfills: The nonrecyclable articles are dumped in specially prepared low lying area, compacted and covered by a layer of earth, lime and bleaching powder.

Question 7.
(a) What is an ecosystem ? List its two main components.
(b) We do not clean ponds or lakes but an aquarium needs to be cleaned regularly. Explain. (CCE 2013)
Answer:
(a) Ecosystem: It is self contained ecological system, which consists of a distinct, biotic community and the physical environment both interacting and exchanging materials between them.
Main Components,

  1. Biotic, e.g., producers, consumers
  2. Abiotic, e.g., climatic factors, inorganic nutrients.

(b) Cleaning an aquarium:
An aquarium is an artificial system which is also incomplete due to absence of producers, food chains and decomposers. There is no recycling and self cleaning. However, a pond or a lake is a self sustained, natural and complete ecosystem where there is perfect recycling of nutrients.

Question 8.
“Our food grains such as wheat and rice, the vegetables and fruits and even meat are found to contain varying amounts of pesticide residues”. State the reason to explain how and why it happens ? (CCE 2014)
Answer:
Crops are often sprayed with pesticides in order to prevent loss due to attack of pests. The sprayed pesticides enter the food crops, soil, vegetation and water. As a result grains like wheat and rice, vegetables, fruits and meat of animals come to have varying amounts of pesticides.

Question 9.
“Energy flow in a food chain is unidirectional”. Justify this statement. Explain how the pesticides enter food chain and subsequently get into our body. (CCE 2014)
Answer:
Energy Flow is Unidirectional:
An ecosystem does not have its own source of energy. It receives the same from sun. Green plants or producers trap the solar energy and change it into chemical form during synthesis of food. Herbivores obtain energy from the food they take. A lot of energy dissipates during transfer and utilization of food energy by herbivores (10% law). From herbivores the food energy passes to primary carnivores. However, only about 10% of herbivore energy is passed into body mass of primary carnivores.
The rest is dissipated. From primary carnivores the energy passes into secondary carnivores (10%), etc. It is ultimately lost as heat.
Our Environment Class 10 Important Questions Science Chapter 15 image - 12
Since energy available decreases at every tophic level, very little of it is available at higher trophic levels. There is dissipation of energy at every step of its transfer and transformation. Hence it cannot flow in the reverse direction i.e., energy flow is unidirectional from sun to plants, plants to animals, animals to animals, organic remains to decomposers and dissipation as heat.
Pesticides: Pesticides are sprayed over crop plants in order to protect them from pests. They not only enter the crop plants but also pass into soil and reach water table as well as water bodies where they become part of food chain. With rise of trophic level the/ undergo biomagnification. Human beings obtain the pesticides from their food. They accumulate in human body in toxic amounts as human beings are long lived and continue to feed on pesticide contaminated foods.

Question 10.
Differentiate between biodegradable and non-biodegradable substances with the help of one example each. List two changes in habit that people must adopt to dispose non-biodegradable waste, for saving the environment. (CCE 2015)
Answer:
Differences :

Biodegradable Wastes

Non-biodegradable Wastes

1. Origin. They are biological in origin. They are commonly man-made.
2. Degradability. The wastes are degraded by microorganisms. They are not degraded by microorganisms.
3. Accumulation. They do not accumulate in nature. They pile up and accumulate in nature.
4. Biomagnification. The biodegradable wastes do not show biomagnification. The soluble non-degradable wastes enter food chains and undergo biomagnification.
5. Resource. The wastes can be converted into resource. Some wastes can be recycled.
Examples. Garbage, livestock wastes, sewage. Examples. Plastic, polythene, glass, nickel, cadmium, several pesticides.

Change in Habits :

  1. Reduce, reuse and recycle of non-biodegradable wastes can save the environment.
  2. Non-biodegradable materials which cannot be recycled are employed in sanitary land fills.
  3. Segregation of non-biodegradable wastes and putting them into separate dustbin (blue) for disposal.
  4. Use of cotton and jute bags for shopping, vegetables, fruits and other articles.

Question 11.
If all the wastes we generate are biodegradable, what effect will this have on the environment ? Write two values which will be imbibed if people are made to understand that generation of waste should be restricted to be biodegradable only. (CCE 2015)
Answer:
There will be no piling up of wastes nor any problem of their disposal. Bio-degradable wastes are natural and can be made to decompose naturally. Rather, it can produce useful materials like biogas and manure.
Values:

  1. No third pollution,
  2. Disappearance of many diseases.
  3. Greener earth and cleaner water.

Question 12.
After the examination, Rakesh with his friends went on a picnic to nearby park. All freinds carried cooked food packed in plastic bags or plastic cans. After eating the food, some freinds collected.the left over food and plastic bags, etc. and planned to dispose them off by burning. Rakesh inmediately checked them and suggested to segregated left over food and peels of fruits from plastic materials and respectively dispose them off separately in green and red dustbins placed into corner of the park.
(a) In your opinion, is burning plastic an eco-freindly method of waste disposal ? Why ? State the advantage of method suggested by Rakesh.
(b) How can we contribute in maintaining the parks and roads, neat and clean ? (CCE 2015)
Answer:
(a) No. Burning of plastic releases a number of toxic chemicals which are harmful to humans, animals and plants besides polluting the environment. Segregating the wastes and placing them in different bins (green for biodegradable and red for non-biodegradable wastes) is an eco-freindly disposal.
(b) Parks and roads can be kept neat and clean by keeping dust bins at selected places and asking the users to throw the wastes only in the bins meant for them.

Question 13.
Sita and Lata are neighbours in a colony. Sita maintains a compost pit by using bio-degradable household wastes. Lata throws the household waste in two separate dustbins.
(a) Whom do you support ? Why ?
(b) How is Sita justified.
(c) Maintaining two dustbins for bio-degradable and non-biodegradable wastes is a good idea.
How is Sita’s practice better than that of Lata ? (CCE 2015)
Answer:
(a) Sita. She is sparing the municipal committee of picking up biodegradable waste and transporting the same to disposable sites.
(b) Sita is producing her own compost for her home garden. She is not only saving money on purchase of manure and fertilizer but is also practising organic farming.
(c) Lata’s practice of keeping two separate bins of bio-degradable and non-biodegradable garbage is most suitable but Sita’s practice is better as it reduces the bulk of garbage and saves on money.

Question 14.
Give reason to justify the following :
(a) The existence of decomposers is essential in the biosphere.
(b) Flow of energy in a food chain is unidirectional. (CBSE Delhi 2016)
Answer:
(a)

  1. They function as saprophytes and cleanse the earth of organic remains.
  2. Decomposers release minerals tied up in organic remains. They thus help in recycling of biogeochemicals. Recycling of paper, metal, plastic and e-waste is done at most of the places.

(b) An ecosystem does not have its own source of energy. It receives the same from sun. Green plants or producers trap the solar energy and change it into chemical form during synthesis of food. Herbivores obtain energy from the food they take. A lot of energy dissipates during transfer and utilization of food energy by herbivores (10% law). From herbivores the food energy passes to primary carnivores. However, only about 10% of herbivore energy is passed into body mass of primary carnivores.
The rest is dissipated. From primary carnivores the energy passes into secondary carnivores (10%), etc. It is ultimately lost as heat.
Our Environment Class 10 Important Questions Science Chapter 15 image - 13
Since energy available decreases at every tophic level, very little of it is available at higher trophic levels. There is dissipation of energy at every step of its transfer and transformation. Hence it cannot flow in the reverse direction i.e., energy flow is unidirectional from sun to plants, plants to animals, animals to animals, organic remains to decomposers and dissipation as heat.

Question 15.
Your mother always thought that fruit juices are very healthy for everyone. One day she read in the newspaper that some brands of fruit juices in the market have been found to contain certain level of pesticides in them. She got worried as pesticides are injurious to our health.
(a) How would you explain to your mother about fruit juices getting contaminated with pesticides.
(b) It is said that when harmful pesticides enter our body as well as in the bodies of other organisms, they get accumulated and beyond a limit cause harm and damage to our organs. Name the phenomenon and write about it. (CBSE A.I. 2017)
Answer:
(a) During growth of plants and formation of fruits, the plants are often sprayed with pesticides to protect them from pests and pathogens.

  1. A small quantity of pesticides does enter the fruits and other parts of crop plants,
  2. A good quantity of pesticides seep into soil and reach the ground water. The pesticide contaminated ground water also enters the crop plants. It also causes contamination of fruit juices if such a water is used during preparation of juices.

(b) From fruit juices, other plant products and ground water the pesticides enter our bodies as well as bodies of other organisms which pass the same to humans through food chain. Beyond a certain level, the pesticides become toxic, harming our vital organs.
Definition. The increase in concentration of non-biodegradable substances in the bodies of organisms with time and rise in trophic level is called biomagnification.

Long Answer Questions

Question 1.
(a) What is ozone ? How is it formed in the atmosphere ? Explain with equation.
(b) How is ozone layer useful ?
(c) Name the substances responsible for the depletion of ozone layer. (CCE 2013)
Answer:
(a) Ozone is triatomic form of oxygen, O3. Ozone is formed in the upper atmosphere by the action of ultraviolet (UV) radiations over oxygen (O2)
Our Environment Class 10 Important Questions Science Chapter 15 image - 14

(b) The important ozone depleting substances or ODS are chlorofluorocarbons (CFC), methane, N2O, chlorine, halons and carbon tetrachloride.

Question 2.
(a) What are trophic levels in a food chain ?
(b) Explain the flow of energy through food chain.
(c) Write a four trophic level food chain and represented in the form of an ecological pyramid. (CCE 2013)
Answer:
(a) Trophic Levels. They are steps or divisions of food chain which are characterised by particular methods of obtaining food, e.g., producers (T1), herbivores (T2), primary carnivores (T3), etc.
Our Environment Class 10 Important Questions Science Chapter 15 image - 15
(b) Flow of Energy Through Food Chain. Energy enters a food chain through producers. Producers or green plants trap solar energy and convert it into chemical energy of food during photosynthesis. From producers energy passes into herbivores. A lot of energy dissipates during transfer and utilization of food energy by herbivores (10% law). From herbivores the food energy passes into primary carnivores, again with a lot of dissipation. Only about 10% of herbivore energy is passed into body mass of primary carnivores. From primary carnivores, nearly 10% energy passes into secondary carnivores and so on. It is ultimately lost as heat.
Our Environment Class 10 Important Questions Science Chapter 15 image - 16
(c) Aquatic Four Trophic Level Food Chain.
Phytoplankton ———> Zooplankton ———> Small Carnivorous Fish ———> barge Carnivorous Fish.

Hope given Previous Year Question Papers for CBSE Class 10 Science Chapter 15 Our Environment are helpful to complete your science homework.

If you have any doubts, please comment below. Learn Insta try to provide online science tutoring for you.

Acids Bases and Salts Class 10 Important Questions Science Chapter 2

Chapter 2 Acids Bases and Salts Class 10 Science Important Questions and Answers PDF will help you in scoring more marks. This consists of 1 mark Questions, 3 Mark Numericals Questions, 5 Marks Numerical Questions and previous year questions from Chemical Reactions and Equations Chapter.

Acids Bases and Salts Class 10 Important Questions and Answers Science Chapter 2

Very Short Answer Questions

Question 1.
Give the names and formulae of two
(i) strong monobasic acids
(ii) two weak dibasic acids.
Answer:
(i) hydrochloric acid (HCl), nitric acid (HNO3)
(ii) carbonic acid (H2CO3), oxalic acid (C2H2O4).

More Resources

Question 2.
How will you show that acetic acid is a monobasic acid ?
Answer:
When acetic acid is reacted with sodium hydroxide solution, only one H atom of the acid gets replaced and the product is sodium acetate and water. This shows that acetic acid is a monobasic acid.
Acids Bases and Salts Class 10 Important Questions Science Chapter 2 image - 1

Question 3.
Why alkalies like sodium hydroxide and potassium hydroxide should not be left exposed to air ?
Answer:
Because they are hygroscopic in nature and absorb moisture from atmosphere in which they ultimately dissolve.

Question 4.
The pH of an aqueous solution decreases from 3 to 2. What will happen to the nature of the solution ?
Answer:
The acidic character of the solution will further increase.

Question 5.
What happens to the crystals of washing soda when exposed to air ?
Answer:
They undergo efflorescence. As a result, washing soda (Na2CO3.10H2O) changes to washing powder (Na2CO3.H2O).

Question 6.
State whether an aqueous solution of washing soda is acidic or alkaline.
Answer:
An aqueous solution of washing soda is alkaline (turns red litmus blue). On dissolving in water, it forms NaOH (strong base) and carbonic acid (weak acid).
Acids Bases and Salts Class 10 Important Questions Science Chapter 2 image - 2
Therefore, resulting solution is alkaline or basic in nature.

Question 7.
What is the chemical name and chemical formula of baking soda ?
Answer:
The chemical name of baking soda is sodium hydrogen carbonate or sodium bicarbonate. Its chemical formula is NaHCO3.

Question 8.
When a few drops of phenolphthalein indicator were added to the solution of some compound A’, the solution became pink. What does it indicate ?
Answer:
This shows that the solution of compound A’ is of basic nature since phenolphthalein becomes pink in basic medium.

Question 9.
Which is a stronger acid ? A solution with pH 5 and a solution with pH 2 ?
Answer:
A solution with pH 2 is a stronger acid. In general, lesser the pH, more will be the acidic nature of the solution.

Question 10.
What is the nature of NaHCO3 salt ?
Answer:
It is an acidic salt since it has still one replaceable hydrogen atom present.

Question 11.
Give two examples of the salts belonging to the chloride family.
Answer:
Sodium chloride (NaCl) and potassium chloride (KCl).

Question 12.
What will be the colour acquired by a basic solution if a few drops of indicator methyl orange are added to it ?
Answer:
The solution will acquire a yellow colour.

Question 13.
Name the gas evolved when dilute HCl reacts with sodium hydrogen carbonate. How is it recognised ?
Answer:
The gas evolved is carbon dioxide (CO2). When the gas is bubbled through lime water, it becomes milky.

Question 14.
Arrange the following in increasing order of their pH values :
NaOH solution, blood, lemon juice
Answer:
Increasing order of pH values is : lemon juice < blood < NaOH solution

Question 15.
How does the pH change when the solution of base is diluted with water ?
Answer:
Upon diluting a solution of base with water, the number of OH’ ions in solution per unit volume decrease. The basic strength of the base decreases and pH of solution decreases.

Question 16.
Which one of these has a higher concentration of H+ ions ?
Answer:
IM HCl or IM CH3COOH.
Although both the acid solutions have the same molar concentration (lM) in aqueous solution, but HCl will release more H+ ions as compared to CH3COOH since it is a stronger acid.

Question 17.
Which bases are called alkalies ? Give an example of alkalies ?
Answer:
Water soluble bases are called alkalies. Sodium hydroxide (NaOH) is an example of alkalies.

Question 18.
Name the natural source of each of the following :
(a) Citric acid
(b) Oxalic acid
(c) Lactic acid
(d) Tartaric acid. (CBSE 2014)
Answer:
(a) Citrus fruits like lemons and oranges
(b) Tomatoes
(c) Milk
(d) Tamarind.

Question 19.
Write the name and chemical formula of the main product formed by heating baking soda.
Answer:
Baking soda is chemically sodium hydrogen carbonate (NaHCO3). Upon heating, it forms sodium carbonate (Na2CO3) as the main product.
Acids Bases and Salts Class 10 Important Questions Science Chapter 2 image - 3

Question 20.
Write the names and chemical formulae of the products formed by heating gypsum at 373 K.
Answer:
Gypsum upon heating to 373 K forms Plaster of Paris and water
Acids Bases and Salts Class 10 Important Questions Science Chapter 2 image - 4

Question 21.
A student tested the pH of distilled water and found that the colour of pH paper changed to light green.
He found the pH again after dissolving a pinch of common salt in it. What will be colour of pH paper ?
Answer:
Distilled water is neutral with pH close to 7. An aqueous solution of common salt is also neutral. This means that there will be no change in the pH. The colour of pH paper will remain the same i.e., light green.

Question 22.
The pH of rain water collected from two cities A and B was found to be 6 and 5 respectively. The water of which city is more acidic ?
Answer:
Rain water of city B with pH 5 is more acidic.

Question 23.
Why does an aqueous solution of alcohol fail to conduct electric current ?
Answer:
An aqueous solution of alcohol fails to conduct electric current since it does not release H+ ions in solution.

Question 24.
Name the chemical substance which constitutes bees sting.
Answer:
It is methanoic acid or formic acid (HCOOH).

Question 25.
Which substance constitutes the enamel coating of our teeth ?
Answer:
Calcium phosphate Ca3(PO4)2 constitutes the enamel coating of our teeth.

Question 26.
What happens when a base reacts with a non-metallic oxide. What would you infer about the nature of the non-metallic oxide ?
Answer:
A base reacts with a non-metal oxide to form salt and water. The non-metal oxide is, therefore, an acidic oxide. For example.
2 NaOH (aq) CO2 (g) ———> Na2CO3 (aq) + H2O (aq) .

Question 27.
Name the acids and bases from which the following salts may be obtained.
(i) Potassium sulphate
(ii) Calcium chloride
Answer:
(i) Potassium hydroxide (KOH), Sulphuric acid (H2SO4)
(ii) Calcium hydroxide Ca(OH)2, Plydrochioric acid (HCl)

Question 28.
What will be the pH of the following salt solutions.
(i) Salt made from strong acid and strong base.
(ii) Salt made from strong acid and weak base.
Answer:
(i) The solution will be neutral with pH close to 7 (e.g. NaCl).
(ii) The solution will be acidic with pH less than 7 (e.g. NH4Cl).

Question 29.
Give examples of two substances having water of crystallisation. Write their formulae also.
Answer:
Blue vitriol or hydrated copper sulphate : CuSO4. 5H2O.
Green vitriol or hydrated ferrous sulphate : FeSO4. 7H2O.

Question 30.
What are the pH values of distilled water and common salt solution ?
Answer:
Both are neutral and have pH close to 7.

Question 31.
Which one is a stronger acid, with = 5 or with pH = 2 ?
Answer:
The acid with pH = 2 is a stronger acid.

Question 32.
The pW of three solutions A, B and C are 4, 9 and 6 respectively. Arrange them in increasing order of acidic strength.
Answer:
The increasing order of acidic strength is : B < C < A.

Short Answer Questions

Question 33.
How will you find pH of lemon juice ?
Answer:
(a) Take about 5mL of the given sample of lemon juice in a test tube.
(b) Dip a strip of the universal pH paper in the tube.
(c) Take out the strip and note its colour. It will acquire a orange red colour.
(d) On comparison with pH paper chart, the pH of the solution falls in the range between 2 and 3.

Question 34.
A sample of bleaching powder was kept in an air tight container. After a month, it lost some of its chlorine content. How will you account for it ?
Answer:
Bleaching powder if kept even in an air tight container, will slowly decompose of its own and form calcium chlorate and calcium chloride. The reaction is called auto-oxidation. This will result in decrease in its chlorine contents.
Acids Bases and Salts Class 10 Important Questions Science Chapter 2 image - 5

Question 35.
An aqueous solution of sodium carbonate is basic and not acidic. Assign reason.
Answer:
Sodium carbonate reacts with water to form sodium hydroxide and carbonic acid.
Acids Bases and Salts Class 10 Important Questions Science Chapter 2 image - 6
Since the base is strong while acid is weak, the solution is basic and not acidic.

Question 36.
An old person complained of acute pain in the stomach. Doctor gave him a small antacid tablet and he got immediate relief. What actually happened ?
Answer:
The old person was suffering from acute acidity. Antacid tablet contains sodium hydrogen carbonate (NaHCO3). It reacts with the acid (HCl) formed because of acidity and neutralizes its effect. That is how the old person got relief.

Question 37.
A milkman adds very small amount of baking soda to fresh milk. What happens to its pW ?
Answer:
The pH of fresh milk is nearly 6. Baking soda is sodium hydrogen carbonate (NaHCO3). On adding it to fresh milk, the medium becomes alkaline and its pH therefore, increases.

Question 38.
A few drops of phenolphthalein indicator were added to an unknown solution A. It acquired pink colour. Now another unknown solution B was added to it dropwise and the solution ultimately became colourless. Predict the nature of the solutions A and B.
Answer:
The solution A is basic in nature and phenolphthalein has imparted pink colour to it. The solution B is of an acid which has ultimately made solution A colourless by neutralising its basic effect.

Question 39.
A compound which is prepared from gypsum has the property of hardening when mixed with proper quantity of water. Identify the compound. Write chemical equation to prepare the compound. Mention one important use of the compound.
Answer:
The compound is Plaster of Paris (CaSO4.½ H2O). It is formed from Gypsum (CaSO2.2H2O) upon heating to a temperature of 373 K and also changes back to Gypsum on adding water. Plaster of Paris is used for setting fractured bones.
Acids Bases and Salts Class 10 Important Questions Science Chapter 2 image - 7

Question 40.
The oxide of a metal M was water soluble. When a blue litmus strip was dipped in this solution, it did not undergo any change in colour. Predict the nature of the oxide.
Answer:
The metal oxide (MO) is of basic in nature. It dissolves in water to form metal hydroxide as follows :
MO + H2O ———-> M(OH)2
A blue litmus does not undergo any change in colour in the basic medium.

Question 41.
Does tartaric acid help in making cake or bread fluffy ? Explain.
Answer:
No, tartaric acid with the formula CH(OH)COOHCH(OH)COOH does not evolve any carbon dioxide during baking. Its role is to react with Na2CO3 formed when NaHCO3 decomposes.
Acids Bases and Salts Class 10 Important Questions Science Chapter 2 image - 8
If it is not done, Na2CO3 will impart a bitter taste to the cake.

Question 42.
A doctor applied surgical bandages on the fractured bones of changes are likely to occur ?
Answer:
Surgical bandages are made from Plaster of Paris. When applied on the fractured bones after making them wet, it changes into a hard mass called Gypsum.
Acids Bases and Salts Class 10 Important Questions Science Chapter 2 image - 9
The hard mass keeps the bones in proper position and the gap is slowly filled because of calcification that is taking place on the broken parts. This helps in uniting broken bones and they change to a single piece again.

Question 43.
A chemical compound having smell of chlorine is used to remove yellowness of white clothes in laundries. Name the compound and write the chemical equation involved in its preparation.
Answer:
The compound is bleaching powder (CaOCl2). It removes yellowness from clothes due to its bleaching action. For chemical equation,
Acids Bases and Salts Class 10 Important Questions Science Chapter 2 image - 10

Question 44.
Explain giving reasons :
(i) Tartaric acid is a component of baking powder used in making cakes.
(ii) Gypsum, CaSO4.2H2O is used in the manufacture of cement.
Answer:
(i) Role of tartaric acid in baking powder (mixture of tartaric acid and sodium hydrogen carbonate) is to neutralise sodium carbonate formed upon heating sodium hydrogen carbonate.
Acids Bases and Salts Class 10 Important Questions Science Chapter 2 image - 11
In case it is not done, cake will be bitter and sodium carbonate will also have injurious side effects.
(ii) The role of gypsum (CaSO4.2H2O) in the manufacture of cement is to slow down the process of setting of cement.

Question 45.
What happens when crystals of washing soda are exposed to air ?
Answer:
Washing soda undergoes efflorescence and as a result loses nine molecules of water to form white powder.
Acids Bases and Salts Class 10 Important Questions Science Chapter 2 image - 12

Question 46.
How is chloride of lime chemically different from calcium chloride ? Why does chloride of lime gradually lose its chlorine when kept exposed to air ?
Answer:
Chloride of lime is calcium oxy chloride [(Ca(OCl)Cl] also known as bleaching powder. Calcium chloride is CaCl2. Bleaching powder loses its chlorine on exposure to air because CO2 present in air reacts with it to evolve chlorine as follows :
Acids Bases and Salts Class 10 Important Questions Science Chapter 2 image - 13

Question 47.
State the chemical property in each case on which the following uses of baking soda are based :
(i) as an antacid.
(ii) as a constituent of baking powder.
Answer:
(i) It is weakly alkaline in nature and neutralizes acid (HCl) formed in the stomach.
NaHCO3 + HCl ———-> NaCl + H2O + CO2
(ii) It evolves CO2 in the form of bubbles when cake is made by baking. As a result, the cake becomes porous as well as fluffy.
Acids Bases and Salts Class 10 Important Questions Science Chapter 2 image - 14

Question 48.
Crystals of copper sulphate are heated in a test tube for some time.
(a) What is the colour of copper sulphate crystals (i) before heating (ii) after heating ?
(b) What is the source of liquid droplets seen on the inner upper side of the test tube during the heating process ?
Answer:
(a) Colour of crystals before heating : blue.
Colour of crystals after heating : white.
(b) The liquid droplets formed in the inner upper side of the test tube during the heating process are of water. It is released from the crystals of copper sulphate during heating.
Acids Bases and Salts Class 10 Important Questions Science Chapter 2 image - 15

Question 49.
A knife, which is used to cut a fruit, was immediately dipped into water containing drops of blue litmus solution.
If the colour of the solution is changed to red, what inference can be drawn about the nature of the fruit and why ?
Answer:
Since the colour of the blue litmus has changed to red, this means that the fruit juice is acidic in nature.

Question 50.
A person is suffering from indigestion due to the intake of hot spicy food. What remedy you will prescribe to the patient ?
Answer:
Give the name of a chemical that can give relief to him.
The spicy food has resulted in acidity in the stomach. An antacid is needed to cure it. Magnesium hydroxide Mg(OH)2 acts as an antacid.

Question 51.
(a) Give the chemical names of acids present in :

  1. ants
  2. lemon
  3. milk
  4. tomato.

(b) Write the chemical names of two salts belonging to sodium family.
Answer:
(a)

  1. Methanoic acid (Formic acid)
  2. Citric acid
  3. Lactic acid
  4. Oxalic acid.

(b) Sodium chloride (NaCl) and Sodium nitrate (NaNO3).

Long Answer Questions

Question 52.
(a) A solution has a pH of 7. Explain how you would you :
(i) increase its pH
(ii) decrease its pH
(b) If a solution changes the colour of the litmus from red to blue, what can you say about its pH ?
(c) What can you say about the pH of a solution that liberates carbon dioxide from sodium carbonate ?
Answer:
(a) The solution with pH 7 is neutral. Its pH can be increased by adding a small amount of base like sodium hydroxide. Basic solutions have pH more than 7. Similarly, pH can be decreased by adding small amount of acid like hydrochloric acid. Acidic solutions have pH less than 7.
(b) The change in colour of litmus from red to blue indicates that the solution is of basic nature with pH more than 7.
(c) Carbon dioxide can be liberated by reacting sodium carbonate solution with acid like dilute hydrochloric acid. This shows that the solution is of acidic nature with pH less than 7.

Question 53.
Explain why :
(i) Common salt becomes sticky during the rainy season
(ii) Blue vitriol changes to white upon heating
(iii) If bottle full of concentrated sulphuric acid is left open in the atmosphere by accident, the acid starts flowing out of the bottle of its own.
Answer:
(i) Common salt contains the impurity of magnesium chloride (MgCl2) which is of deliquescent nature. When exposed to atmosphere, it becomes moist. Therefore, common salt becomes sticky during the rainy reason.
(ii) Blue vitriol (CUSO4.5H2O) upon heating changes to anhydrous copper sulphate (CUSO4) which is white in colour.
(iii) Concentrated sulphuric acid is highly hygroscopic. It absorbs moisture from air and gets diluted. Since the volume increases, the acid starts flowing out of the bottle.

Question 54.
(a) Name the raw materials used in the manufacture of sodium carbonate by Solvay process.
(b) How is sodium hydrogen carbonate formed during Solvay process separated from a mixture of NH4Cl and NaHCO3 ?
(c) How is sodium carbonate obtained from sodium hydrogen carbonate ?
Answer:
(a) The raw materials used are : NaCl, lime stone or CaCO3 and NH3.
(b) Sodium hydrogen carbonate (NaHCO3) is sparingly soluble or less soluble in water and gets separated as a preciptate while NH4Cl remains in solution. The precipitate is removed by filtration.
(c) Sodium hydrogen carbonate is converted to sodium carbonate upon heating.
Acids Bases and Salts Class 10 Important Questions Science Chapter 2 image - 16

Question 55.
(a) What is the action of red litmus on

  1. dry ammonia gas
  2. solution of ammonia gas in water ?

(b) State the observations you would make on adding ammonium hydroxide to aqueous solution of

  1. ferrous sulphate
  2. aluminium chloride.

Answer:
(a)

  1. Red litmus has no action on dry ammonia gas because it does not release any hydroxyl ions (OH)
  2. When passed through water, ammonia (NH3) is converted to ammonium hydroxide (NH4OH). It dissociates to give hydroxyl ions (OH) and the solution is basic in nature. Red litmus acquires a blue colour.

(b)

  1. A green precipitate of ferrous hydroxide would be formed by double displacement reaction.
    Acids Bases and Salts Class 10 Important Questions Science Chapter 2 image - 17
  2. A white precipitate of aluminium hydroxide will be formed by double displacement reaction.
    Acids Bases and Salts Class 10 Important Questions Science Chapter 2 image - 18

Question 56.
(a) Why does an aqueous solution of an acid conduct electricity ?
(b) How does the concentration of hydrogen ions [H3O]+ change when the solution of an acid is diluted with water ?
(c) Which has a higher pH value ; a concentrated or dilute solution of hydrochloric acid ?
(d) What would you observe on adding dilute hydrochloric acid to

  1. sodium bicarbonate placed in a test tube ?
  2. zinc metal in a test tube ?

Answer:
(a) An aqueous solution of an acid conducts electricity because in water, an acid (e.g. HCl) dissociates to give ions. Since the current is carried by the movement of ions, an aqueous solution of acid conducts electricity.
(b) Upon dilution, more of acid dissociates into ions. Therefore, concentration of [H3O]+ ions increases upon dilution.
(c) Although more [H3O]+ ions are formed upon dilution, but the number of ions per unit volume decrease. Therefore, pH will increase upon dilution.
(d)

  1. Carbon dioxide gas would evolve accompanied by brisk effervescene.
    NaHCO3 (s) + HCl (aq) ———–> NaCl(aq) + CO2(g) + H2O(aq)
  2. Hydrogen gas would evolve accompanied by brisk effervescene.
    Zn(s) + 2HCl (aq) ———–> ZnCl2(ag) + H2(g)

Question 57.
(a) A gas is produced when cone. H2SO4 is added to solid sodium chloride taken in a test tube and the tube is heated. The gas coming out through the delivery tube is passed over a dry litmus paper and then over a moist litmus paper. What would you observe ? Explain your answer,
(b) Fresh milk has pH of 6. When it changes to curd (yogurt), will its pH value increase or decrease ? Why ?
(c) What will be the colour of blue litmus in a solution of sodium carbonate ?
Answer:
(a) Upon heating sodium chloride with cone. H2SO4, hydrogen chloride gas evolves.
NaCl(s) + H2SO4(aq) ———> NaHSO4 (aq) + HCl (g)
In the gaseous state, the acidic character is not shown because HCl does not release any H+ ions. In the presence of moisture (moist litmus paper), the gas changes to hydrochloric acid i.e., HCl(aq). The acid releases H+ ions and thus, shows acidic character. Therefore, moist blue litmus paper becomes red.
(b) When fresh milk changes to curd, the pH of the solution is likely to decrease. Actually, lactose present in milk gets converted to lactic acid when curd or yogurt is formed from milk. Therefore, the medium becomes more acidic and its pH decreases.
(c) The solution of sodium carbonate (Na2CO3) is of basic nature. Actually, the salt dissolves in water to produce NaOH (strong base) and H2CO3(weak acid). The blue litmus will not undergo any change in the basic medium. It will remain blue.
Acids Bases and Salts Class 10 Important Questions Science Chapter 2 image - 19

Question 58.
When electricity is passed through a common salt solution, sodium hydroxide is produced along with the liberation two gases ‘X’ and ‘Y’. The gas ‘X’ burns with a pop sound whereas ‘Y’ is used for disinfecting drinking water.
(i) Identify X and Y.
(ii) Give the chemical equation for the reaction stated above.
(iii) State the reaction of Y with dry slaked lime.
Answer:
(i) The gas ‘X’ is H2 and gas ‘Y’ is Cl2
(ii) The chemical equation for the reaction is :
Acids Bases and Salts Class 10 Important Questions Science Chapter 2 image - 20
(iii) Cl2 reacts with slaked lime to form bleaching powder.
Ca(OH)+ Cl2 ———–> CaOCl2 + H2O.

Question 59.
(i) What are strong acids and weak acids ? Give an example for each.
(ii) A dry pellet of a common base ‘B’ when kept in open absorbs moisture and turns sticky. The compound is also formed by Chloralkali process. Identify B. What type of reaction occurs when B is treated with dilute hydrochloric acid ? Write the chemical equation.
Answer:
(i) The strength of an acid is expressed in terms of its H+ ions releasing tendency in aqueous solution or in terms of its degree of dissociation
(α). Strong acids have large value of α (close to one) while weak acids have comparatively less value. For example, hydrochloric acid (HCl) is a strong acid while acetic acid (CH3COOH) is a weak acid.
(ii) The available information suggests that the base ‘B’ present in the pellet is sodium hydroxide (NaOH). It is of deliquescent nature. It absorbs moisture from atmosphere and becomes sticky. The base reacts with dilute hydrochloric acid to form salt and water. This reaction is known as neutralisation reaction.
NaOH (aq) + HCl(aq) ———–> NaCl (aq) + H2O(l)

Question 60.
Write the chemical name and formula of common salt. List two main sources of common salt in nature. Write any three uses of common salt. How is it connected to our freedom struggle ?
Answer:
Sodium chloride (NaCl) also called common salt or table salt is the most essential part of our diet. Chemically it is formed by the reaction between solutions of sodium hydroxide and hydrochloric acid. Sea water is the major source of sodium chloride where it is present in the dissolved form alongwith other soluble salts such as chlorides and sulphates of calcium and magnesium. It is separated by some suitable method. Deposits of the salt are found in different parts of the world and is known as rock salt. The formation of rock salt is due to the slow evaporation of sea water which takes ages. When pure, it is a white crystalline solid. However, it is often brown due to the presence of impurities.
• Sodium Chloride — Essential for Life
Sodium chloride is quite essential for life. Biologically, it has a number of functions to perform such as in muscle contraction, in conduction of nerve impulses in the nervous system and is also converted into hydrochloric acid in the stomach which helps in the digestion of food. When we sweat, there is loss of sodium chloride and some. Other salts alongwith water. This leads to muscle cramps. The loss has to be compensated suitably by giving certain salt preparations to the patients. These are called electrolytes Electral powder is a very popular electrolyte.
• Chemicals from Common Salt
Sodium chloride is also a very useful raw material for different chemicals. A few out of these are : hydrochloric acid (HCl), washing soda (Na2CO3-10H2O), baking soda (NaHCO3) etc. Upon electrolysis, a strong solution of the salt (brine), sodium hydroxide, chlorine and hydrogen are obtained.
Apart from these, it is used in leather industry for the leather tanning. In severe cold, rock salt is spread on icy roads to melt ice. It is also, a fertilizer for sugar beet.
Acids Bases and Salts Class 10 Important Questions Science Chapter 2 image - 21

Question 62.
State what happens when a concentrated solution of sodium chloride (brine) is electrolysed ? Name the process. Write the equation of the reaction involved. Write the names of the products obtained. Mention one use of each product.
Answer:
Sodium chloride (NaCl) also called common salt or table salt is the most essential part of our diet. Chemically it is formed by the reaction between solutions of sodium hydroxide and hydrochloric acid. Sea water is the major source of sodium chloride where it is present in the dissolved form alongwith other soluble salts such as chlorides and sulphates of calcium and magnesium. It is separated by some suitable method. Deposits of the salt are found in different parts of the world and is known as rock salt. The formation of rock salt is due to the slow evaporation of sea water which takes ages. When pure, it is a white crystalline solid. However, it is often brown due to the presence of impurities.
• Sodium Chloride — Essential for Life
Sodium chloride is quite essential for life. Biologically, it has a number of functions to perform such as in muscle contraction, in conduction of nerve impulses in the nervous system and is also converted into hydrochloric acid in the stomach which helps in the digestion of food. When we sweat, there is loss of sodium chloride and some. Other salts alongwith water. This leads to muscle cramps. The loss has to be compensated suitably by giving certain salt preparations to the patients. These are called electrolytes Electral powder is a very popular electrolyte.
• Chemicals from Common Salt
Sodium chloride is also a very useful raw material for different chemicals. A few out of these are : hydrochloric acid (HCl), washing soda (Na2CO3-10H2O), baking soda (NaHCO3) etc. Upon electrolysis, a strong solution of the salt (brine), sodium hydroxide, chlorine and hydrogen are obtained.
Apart from these, it is used in leather industry for the leather tanning. In severe cold, rock salt is spread on icy roads to melt ice. It is also, a fertilizer for sugar beet.
Acids Bases and Salts Class 10 Important Questions Science Chapter 2 image - 22

 

 

Hope given Previous Year Question Papers for CBSE Class 10 Science Chapter 2 Acids, Bases and Salts are helpful to complete your science homework.

If you have any doubts, please comment below. Learn Insta try to provide online science tutoring for you.

Metals and Non-metals Class 10 Important Questions Science Chapter 3

Chapter 3 Metals and Non-metals Class 10 Science Important Questions and Answers PDF will help you in scoring more marks. This consists of 1 mark Questions, 3 Mark Numericals Questions, 5 Marks Numerical Questions and previous year questions from Chemical Reactions and Equations Chapter.

Metals and Non-metals Class 10 Important Questions and Answers Science Chapter 3

Very Short Answer Questions

Question 1.
Name the metal which is most abundant in earth’s crust.
Answer:
Aluminium (Al) is the most abundant metal in the earth’s crust and is present to the extent of 8-1 per cent by mass.

More Resources

Question 2.
What is the difference between calcination and roasting ?
Answer:
Calcination is carried in the absence of air while roasting is done in excess of air.

Question 3.
What is the chemical formula of rust ?
Answer:
Rust is hydrated ferric oxide and its chemical formula is Fe2O3.xH2O.

Question 4.
Name the process used for the enrichment of sulphide ore.
Answer:
The process is called Froth Floatation process.

Question 5.
Out of zinc and iron, which evolves hydrogen more readily on reacting with dilute HCl ?
Answer:
Zinc evolves hydrogen more readily than iron on reacting with dilute HCl because it is placed above iron in the reactivity series.

Question 6.
How do alloys brass and bronze differ in composition ? (CBSE 2010)
Answer:
Constituents of brass are copper and zinc while those of bronze are copper and tin.

Question 7.
Does german silver contain silver in it ?
Answer:
German silver is an alloy of copper, zinc and nickel. It does not contain any silver in it.

Question 8.
Write the chemical formulae of the main ores of iron and aluminium.
Answer:
The main ore of iron is haematite (Fe2CO3) while that of aluminium is bauxite (Al2O3.2H2O).

Question 9.
Name the non-metal which can conduct electricity.
Answer:
Graphite, an allotropie form of carbon conducts electricity.

Question 10.
Write the names of two neutral oxides. (CBSE 2010)
Answer:
Two neutral oxides are : carbon monoxide (CO) and nitrous oxide (N2O).

Question 11.
Name the chemical formula of zinc blende and galena.
Answer:
Zinc blende is zinc sulphide (ZnS) while galena is lead sulphide (PbS).

Question 12.
Write one example each of :

  1. a metal having low melting point and a metal having high melting point.
  2. a metal which is a poor conductor of electricity and a non-metal which is a good conductor of electricity.

Answer:

  1. Gallium (Ga) is a metal with very low melting point (302 K). Diamond (carbon) is a non-metal with very high melting point. (4000 K)
  2. Metal lead (Pb) is a poor conductor of electricity whereas graphite (carbon) is a good conductor of electricity.

Question 13.
Which acts as anode in the electro-refining of metals ?
Answer:
A plate of impure metal acts as anode in the electro-refining of metals.

Question 14.
What is the name of the bond formed when a metal atom combines with the atom of a non-metal ? (CBSE 2010)
Answer:
Bond formed is ionic or electrovalent.

Question 15.
How will you account for the high melting points of salts ?
Answer:
The high melting points of salts are due to their closely packed structures and also due to stronger forces of attraction in the oppositely charged ions.

Question 16.
Name two metals which exist in the native or free state.
Answer:
Metals gold (Au) and platinum (Pt) exist in the free or native state.

Question 17.
What reaction takes place when manganese dioxide is heated with aluminium powder ?
Answer:
3MnO2(s) + 4Al(s) ————> 3Mn(l) + 2Al2O3(s)

Question 18.
Can rusting of iron nail occur in distilled water ?
Answer:
No, because distilled water has no dissolved oxygen in it.

Question 19.
Which metal is the best conductor of electricity ? (CBSE 2010)
Answer:
Silver (Ag) is the best conductor of electricity.

Question 20.
Which metal is used in amalgams ?
Answer:
Mercury (Hg) is used in amalgams that are also alloys in nature.

Question 21.
Why are metals conducting in nature ?
Answer:
The conductivity of metals is due to the movement of electrons. These are mobile even in the solid state.

Question 22.
Why do metals generally appear to be dull ?
Answer:
When metals are kept exposed to air for sometime, oxygen present in air slowly combines with the metal to form metal oxide. It is deposited as a layer on the surface of metals. They appear to be dull.

Question 23.
Name two non-metals which exist in the solid state and two non-metals which exist in the gaseous state.
Answer:
Solid State : Sulphur, phosphorus;
Gaseous state : Nitrogen, oxygen.

Question 24.
Name the metal whose foils are used for the packing of food materials.
Answer:
Aluminium foils are used for the purpose.

Question 25.
The electronic configuration of an elements ‘E’ (Z = 16) is 2, 8, 6. Will it lose six electrons or gain two electrons ?
Answer:
It will gain two electrons.

Question 26.
Alloys are used in electrically heating devices rather than pure metals. Give one reason.
(CBSE All India 2009)
Answer:
Alloys are generally the combination of two or more metals. Since metals are good conductors of electricity, a combination of metals i.e., alloy is expected to be a better conductor of electricity than the pure metal,

Question 27.
A shining metal ‘X’ on heating in air becomes black in colour. Name the black coloured compound formed and identify ‘X’.
Answer:
The black coloured compound is copper (II) oxide or cupric oxide. The metal ‘X’ is copper.
Metals and Non-metals Class 10 Important Questions Science Chapter 3 image - 1

Question 28.
Why do silver articles become black after some time ?
Answer:
Traces of hydrogen sulphide (H2S) gas are present in air/atmosphere. It slowly reacts with silver to form silver sulphide which is black. As a result, silver ornaments lose their shine after sometime.

Question 29.
Name a metal other than aluminium that is covered with a layer of oxide film.
Answer:
Iron (Fe) is also covered with a layer of its oxide (Fe2O3) when kept exposed to air for a long time.

Question 30.
What is the common feature in the electronic configuration of metal atoms ?
Answer:
The metal atoms in general have one, two or maximum of three valence electrons which they can easily lose to form cations or positive ions.

Question 31.
What are ionic compounds ?
Answer:
These are the compounds in which the constituent particles are ions (cation and anions) attracted to each other by strong forces of attraction.

Question 32.
Name one metal and one non-metal which exist in liquid state at room temperature ?
Answer:
Mercury (metal) and bromine (non-metal) exist as liquid at room temperature.

Question 33.
What changes do you observe in the iron nails and colour of copper sulphate solution if the nails are dipped in CuSO4 solution for 15 minutes ?
Answer:
Iron nails turn to brown and the solution becomes light green.

Question 34.
What are amphoteric oxides ? Give an example.
Answer:
These are the oxides which act both as acids and bases. For example, zinc oxide (ZnO).

Question 35.
Name a non-metal which is lustrous and a metal which is non-lustrous.
Answer:
Bromine (non-metal) is lustrous. Sodium (metal) is non-lustrous due to the formation of an oxide layer on its surface.

Question 36.
Give the electronic configuration of an element having atomic number 11. (CBSE 2010)
Answer:
The element with atomic number (Z) 11 is sodium (Na). Its electronic configuration is 2, 8, 1.

Question 37.
Why are metals good conductors of electricity while non-metals are not ? (CBSE 2010, 2012)
Answer:
The metal atoms can easily release electrons to conduct electric current. The atoms of non-metals are not in a position to do so and therefore, are not conducting.

Short Answer Questions

Question 38.
Which important properties of aluminium are responsible for its great demand in industry ?
Answer:
The properties of aluminium metal responsible for its great demand in industry are :

  1. The metal is a good conductor of electricity.
  2. The metal is not attacked by water.
  3. The metal is a powerful reducing agent.

Question 39.
Name an alloy of

  1. Aluminium used in construction of air crafts.
  2. Lead in joining metals for electric welding.
  3. Copper used in household vessels.

Answer:

  1. The alloy is duralumin : A1 (93%), Cu (4%), Mg (0.5%), Mn (0.5%).
  2. The alloy is solder : Pb (50%), Sn (50%)
  3. The alloy is brass : Cu (80%), Zn (20%)

Question 40.
All ores are minerals but all minerals are not ores. Justify.
Answer:
In the earth’s crust, metals are present in the form of minerals and there are more than one mineral for a particular metal. However, metal may not be extracted from all of them. The mineral from which a metal can be profitably and conveniently extracted is known as ore. This clearly means that all ores are minerals but all minerals are not ores. For example, the different minerals of iron are :
Haematite : Fe2O3 ;
Limonite : Fe2O3.3H2O;
Siderite : FeCO3 ;
Iron pyrites : FeS2
Iron is extracted from haematite (Fe2CO3). Haematite mineral is the ore of iron while other minerals are not the ores.

Question 41.
(a) An iron knife kept in blue copper sulphate solution turns the blue solution into light green. Explain.
(b) An athlete won a bronze medal in a race competition. After some days, he found that the medal had lost its lustre due to the formation of a greenish layer on it. Name the metals present in the medal. What is the reason for the appearance of a greenish layer on its surface ?
Answer:
(a) Iron lies above copper in the activity series. This means that iron or iron knife will displace copper from copper sulphate solution. As a result of the reaction, ferrous sulphate will be formed and the solution will be light green in colour.
Metals and Non-metals Class 10 Important Questions Science Chapter 3 image - 2
(b) The bronze medal is an alloy and the constituting metals are copper and tin.
The loss of lustre by the medal is due to the formation of a coating of green layer. This layer is at basic copper carbonate.

Question 42.
Why is titanium called a strategic metal ? Mention two of its properties which make it so special.
Answer:
Titanium is called strategic metal because it is used for making certain war equipments. The properties which make the metal so special are :

  1. It is light in weight but at the same time stronger than the other metals.
  2. It is not affected by corrosion even if kept in the open for a very long time.

Question 43.
A copper plate was dipped into a solution of AgNO3. After sometime, a black layer was deposited on the copper plate. State the reason for it. Write the chemical equation for the reaction involved.
Answer:
Copper lies above silver in the activity series. This means that copper is more reactive than silver. Therefore, copper had replaced silver from AgNO3 solution. Silver got deposited on the copper plate and changed to black after sometime because silver and also some salts of silver are sensitive to light. They readily become blackish on standing or on exposure to air.
Metals and Non-metals Class 10 Important Questions Science Chapter 3 image - 3

Question 44.
On placing a piece of zinc metal in a solution of mercuric chloride, it acquires a silvery surface but when it is placed in a solution of magnesium sulphate, no change is observed. State the reason for the behaviour of zinc metal.
Answer:
Zinc lies above mercury in the activity series and can easily replace it from mercuric chloride solution. Mercury formed in the reaction gets deposited on the surface of zinc to give it a silvery look.
Metals and Non-metals Class 10 Important Questions Science Chapter 3 image - 4
But zinc is placed below magnesium in the activity series. Therefore, no chemical reaction occurs between zinc and magnesium sulphate solution.

Question 45.
Which method of concentration of ore is preferred in the following cases and why ?

  1. The ore has higher density particles mixed with a large bulk of low density impurities.
  2. The ore consists of copper sulphide intermixed with clay particles.
    Give an example of amalgam.

Answer:

  1. The concentration of ore can be done by gravity separation method.
  2. The concentration of ore is done by Froth Floatation process.
    An amalgam of mercury with silver or gold called dental alloy is used to fill cavities in the teeth.

Question 46.
Name an ore of zinc other than zinc oxide. By which process can this ore be converted into zinc oxide ?
Answer:
The ore of zinc other than zinc oxide (zincite) is zinc carbonate (calamine). It has the formula ZnCO3 Calamine is converted into zinc oxide by calcination i.e., by heating strongly in the absence of air.
Metals and Non-metals Class 10 Important Questions Science Chapter 3 image - 5

Question 47.
Give reasons for the following :
Metals replace hydrogen from dilute acids whereas non-metals do not. (CBSE 2011)
Answer:
Metals are electropositive in nature. Their atoms readily lose electrons to form positive ions. The electrons are accepted by H+ ions of the acid to evolve hydrogen gas. For example,
Zn(s) ———-> Zn2+(aq) + 2e ;
2H+(aq) + 2e ————> H2(g)
Non-metals are electronegative in nature. This means that their atoms can take up electrons and cannot lose them. Therefore, they do not evolve hydrogen on reacting with dilute acids.

Question 48.
(a) Why is ZnO called an atmospheric oxide? Name another atmospheric oxide?
(b) Whar are alkalies? Give one exampleof alkalies?
Answer:
(a)
Metals and Non-metals Class 10 Important Questions Science Chapter 3 image - 6
Aluminium oxide (Al2O3) is another amphoteric oxide.
(b) Water soluble hydroxides of metals are known as alkalis. For example, NaOH.

Question 49.
(a) What is the activity series of metals ? Arrange the metals Zn, Mg, Al, Cu and Fe in a decreasing order of reactivity.
(b) What would you observe when you put

  1. some zinc pieces into blue copper sulphate solution ?
  2. some copper pieces into green ferrous sulphate solution ?

(c) Name a metal which combines with hydrogen gas. Name the compound formed.
Answer:
(a) We find that zinc occupies a much higher position in the acitivity series as compared to copper. It is expected to displace copper present in the aqueous solution of its salt (e.g. CuSO4).
Metals and Non-metals Class 10 Important Questions Science Chapter 3 image - 7
(b)

  1. Blue colour of copper sulphate solution would slowly disappear.
  2. No change would be noticed.

(c) Sodium combines with hydrogen to form sodium hydride.
Metals and Non-metals Class 10 Important Questions Science Chapter 3 image - 8

Question 50.
(a) Are all pure liquids bad conductors of electricity ?
Name a liquid which is a good conductor of electricity but does not undergo electrolysis on passing electric current.
If pure water is used, no electrolysis takes place. Why ?
Answer:
Name one practical application based on the phenomenon of electrolysis.
No, there are exceptions also. Mercury in pure state a good conductor of electricity.
Mercury is a good conductor of electricity but does not undergo electrolysis.
Pure water (H2O) does not dissociate into ions on passing electric current.

Question 51.
What is the main ore of mercury ? How is mercury obtained by this ore?
Answer:
The main ore of mercury is cinnabar (HgS). Mercury is obtained from it by heating with excess of air or oxygen.
Metals and Non-metals Class 10 Important Questions Science Chapter 3 image - 9

Question 52.
(a) Using a simple experiment, how can you prove that magnesium is placed above zinc in the reactivity ?
(b) Why cannot copper metal liberate hydrogen on reacting with dil. HCl ?
Answer:
(a) In a glass tube, take about 10 mL of aqueous solution of zinc sulphate. It is colourless. Dip a small and dry piece of magnesium ribbon in the solution. It slowly dissolves and greyish mass gets deposited at the bottom of the tube. This shows that magnesium is more reactive than zinc or it is placed above zinc in the activity series.
Metals and Non-metals Class 10 Important Questions Science Chapter 3 image - 10
(b) Copper lies below hydrogen in the reactivity series and cannot lose electrons to H+ ions of the acid. This means that hydrogen gas cannot be liberated.

Question 53.
The way metals like sodium, magnesium and iron react with air and water, is an indication of their relative positions in the ‘reactivity series’. Is this statement true ? Justify your answer with examples. (CBSE 2014)
Answer:
Yes, the statement is true. We can have an idea about the relative positions of these metals in the reactivity series. For example,
(a) Sodium reacts violently even with cold water and with air or oxygen it readily combines.
(b) Magnesium reacts with hot water and with air or oxygen upon heating.
(c) Iron reacts with steam only and with air it reacts very slowly
This shows that the relative positions of these metals in the activity series are : sodium, magnesium, iron.

Question 54.
Metallic compound A reacts with dilute hydrochloric acid to produce effervescence and a gas B. The gas B extinguishes a burning candle and also turns lime water milky. Identify A and B. Write balanced chemical equations for the reactions involved.
Answer:
The available information suggests that the gas B is CO2 since it turns lime water milky. The compound A is the carbonate or bicarbonate of some metal (e.g. calcium earbonate) The equations for the reactions involved are given :
Metals and Non-metals Class 10 Important Questions Science Chapter 3 image - 11

Question 55.
Identify the oxides from the following which turn blue litmus into red.
CO2, Na2O, CaO, SO2, NO2.
What is the nature of these oxides ?
Answer:
These are the oxides of non-metals and are CO2, SO2 and NO2. These are called acidic oxides since they form acids when dissolved in water. Their aqueous solution in water turns blue litmus red.

Question 56.
Name the chemical compounds formed on the surface of silver, copper and iron metals when exposed for sometime to atmosphere.
Answer:

  1. On the surface of silver : Black silver sulphide (Ag2S).
  2. On the surface of copper : Green basic copper carbonate (Cu(OH)2-CuCO3)
  3. On the surface of iron : Brown rust i.e., Hydrated ferric oxide (Fe2O3.xH2O).

Long Answer Questions

Question 57.
When the powder of a common metal is heated in an open china dish, its colour turns black. However, when hydrogen gas is passed over the hot black substance formed, it regains its original colour. Based on this information, answer the following questions :

  1. What type of chemical reaction takes place in each of the two given steps ?
  2. Name the metal initially taken in the powder form. Write balanced chemical equations for both these reactions.

Answer:

  1. The available information suggests the metal is copper. In open air, its is oxidised to form copper (II) oxide which is black in colour. The reaction is known as oxidation reaction. On passing hydrogen gas over the hot substance, the original colour of the metal is regained. It is an example of reduction reaction.
  2. The balanced chemical equations for the reactions are :
    Metals and Non-metals Class 10 Important Questions Science Chapter 3 image - 12

Question 58.
(a) Which of the following metals would give hydrogen when added to dilute hydrochloricacid?

  1. iron
  2. copper
  3. magnesium ?

(b)Explain why do surfaces of some metals acquire a dull appearance when exposed to air for a long lime.
Answer:
(a) Both iron (Fe) and magnesium (Mg) will evolve hydrogen on reacting with dilute hydrochloric acid. These are active metals and are placed above hydrogen in the activity series. As copper is placed below hydrogen in the series, it will not evolve hydrogen.
(b) Surfaces of some metals acquire a dull appearance when exposed to air for a long time and they lose their lustre. This is due to the formation of layer of oxides, hydroxides, carbonates etc. on the surface For example, surface of aluminium metal becomes dull white due to the formation of coating oi aluminium oxide (Al2O3). Similarly, the surface of copper acquires a greenish colour since a layer oi basic copper carbonate with the formula Cu(OH)2CuCO3 is deposited on the surface.

Question 59.
How will your demonstrate that the ionic compounds do not conduct electricity in the solid state and can do so in solution.
Answer:

  1. In a glass beaker, take small amount of solid sodium chloride.
  2. Dip two graphite rods (electrodes) in the solution.
  3. Connect these rods to a battery through a bulb and a switch.
  4. Switch on the battery. The bulb will not glow. This show that no current has passed through the solid sodium chloride.
  5. Now, add some water to the salt so that it may dissolve.
  6. Repeat the operation. The bulb will immediately glow showing that current has passed through the salt solution.
    Metals and Non-metals Class 10 Important Questions Science Chapter 3 image - 13

Explanation: Sodium chloride (NaCl) is a crystalline solid and the current is carried by the mobility (movement) of ions. Since the ions do not move in the solid state, the salt is not conducting. In aqueous solution, both Na+ and Cl- ions can move and the salt will be conducting in the solution. That is why the bulb glows.

Question 60.
With a suitable activity show that sulphur burns in air to form a compound which is acidic in nature.
Answer:

  1. Take a small amount of sulphur powder on a spatula.
  2. Now burn this powder by placing a tube in a inverted position over the spatula as shown in the figure.
  3. The fumes produced as a result of burning of sulphur will get collected in the tube.
  4. Place the tube in vertical position and immediately add some water to it.
  5. Shake the tube so that the fumes may completely dissolve.
  6. Add a few drops of blue litmus to a portion of the solution. It will acquire red colour which shows that it is of acidic nature.
  7. To another portion, add a few drops of red litmus solution. No colour change will be noticed. This shows that the solution is not acidic.
    Metals and Non-metals Class 10 Important Questions Science Chapter 3 image - 14

Explanation : Sulphur burns in air to form sulphur dioxide which escapes from the tube as fumes with pungent and suffocating smell. The gas produced readily dissolves in water to form sulphurous acid (H2SO3). The solution is therefore, acidic. It will change the colour of blue litmus to red.
Metals and Non-metals Class 10 Important Questions Science Chapter 3 image - 15

Question 61.
(a) Define corrosion; what is the nature given to corrosion of iron ?
(b) Name the colour of coating formed on silver and copper when exposed to air.
(c) List two damages caused by corrosion and suggest, how these can be prevented.
Answer:
(a) For definition of corrosion: The process of slow eating up of a metal by the gases and water vapours present in air due to formation of certain chemical compounds. Corrosion of iron is known as rusting.
(b) Coating deposited on the surface of silver metal is of silver sulphide (Ag2S). It is black in colour. The coating deposited on copper surface is of basic copper carbonate Cu(OH)2CuCO3. It is green in colour.
Metals and Non-metals Class 10 Important Questions Science Chapter 3 image - 16
(c) Corrosion of metals particularly the rusting of iron is very harmful. The structures made from iron are generally placed in the open. These are slowly corroded or rusted. This reduces their strength gradually. They become prone to accidents and are therefore, quite dangerous. A lot of care and money is involved in their maintenance. However, corrosion of aluminium has advantage. The metal placed high in the activity series is quite reactive. It combines with the oxygen present in air to form aluminium oxide (Al2O3).

Question 62.
Give reasons for the following :

  1. Zinc can displace copper from copper sulphate solution.
  2. Silver articles become black after sometime when exposed to air.
  3. A metal sulphide is converted to its oxide to extract the metal from sulphide ore.

Answer:

  1. Zinc is placed above copper in the activity series. Therefore, it can easily displace copper from copper sulphate solution.
    Zn(s) + CuSO4(aq) ————> ZnSO4(aq) + Cu(s)
  2. Air contains traces of hydrogen sulphide (H2S) gas. Silver has a tendency to combine with H2S to form silver sulphide (Ag2S) which is black in colour. On account of this, silver articles become black after some time when kept exposed to air.
  3. A metal sulphide is normally converted into oxide by heating with excess of air or oxygen. This process is called roasting. Actually, the oxide of metal which is formed cap be easily reduced to the metallic form by reduction with carbon or some electropositive element. For example,
    Metals and Non-metals Class 10 Important Questions Science Chapter 3 image - 17

Question 63.
(a) Distinguish between ‘roasting’ and ‘calcination’. Which of the two is used for sulphide ores and why ?
(b) Write a chemical equation to illustrate the use of aluminium for joining cracked railway lines.
(c) Name the anode, the cathode and the electrolyte used in the electrolytic refining of impure copper.
Answer:
(a) For distinction between calcination and roasting,

Calcination

Roasting

(i) Calcination is carried in absence of air or oxygen. Roasting is carried in the presence of excess of air.
(ii) As a result of calcination, the carbonate ore is converted to the oxide form. As a result of roasting, the sulphide ore is converted to the oxide form.
ZnCO3(s) —— > ZnO(s) + CO2(g) 2ZnS(s)+3O2(g)—– > 2ZnO(s)+2SO2(g)

For the sulphide ores, the process of roasting is commonly used. It is carried by heating the ore helow its melting point with excess of air. As a result, the sulphide ore is converted to its oxide form. For example,
Metals and Non-metals Class 10 Important Questions Science Chapter 3 image - 18
(b) Cracked railway lines can be joined or welded with the help of thermit welding. Thermit is a mixture of ferric oxide and aluminium powder. The chemical equation involved is :
Metals and Non-metals Class 10 Important Questions Science Chapter 3 image - 19
(c) In the electrolytic refining of copper ;
Anode : A rod of impure copper.
Cathode : A rod of pure copper.
Electrolyte : An aqueous solution of copper sulphate containing a small amount of sulphuric acid.

Question 64.
(a) Give an example of a metal which

  1. is a liquid at room temperature.
  2. is kept immersed in kerosene for storing.
  3. is both malleable and ductile.
  4. is the best conductor of heat.

(b) Name the process of obtaining a pure metal from an impure metal through electrolysis. Suppose you have to refine copper using this process, then explain with the help of a labelled diagram the process of purification, mentioning in brief the materials used as (i) anode (ii) cathode and (iii) electrolyte.
Answer:
(a)

  1. Mercury (Hg) is liquid at room temperature :
  2. Sodium (Na) is kept immersed in kerosene for storing.
  3. Aluminium (Al) is malleable and ductile
  4. Silver (Ag) is the best conductor of heat.

(b) The process is known as electro-refining. For the electro-refining of copper,
The conversion of a crude metal into pure metal is known as metal refining.
The refining can be done in a number of ways but the most common among these is the electro-refining and is discussed.
This method is commonly used for the purification of the metals like Cu, Ag, Zn, Ni etc. The impure metal is converted into a block which is made anode in an electrolytic cell in which a plate of pure metal acts as the cathode as shown in the Figure 3.16.
Metals and Non-metals Class 10 Important Questions Science Chapter 3 image - 20The electrolyte is the solution of the soluble salt of the same metal, preferably a double salt. On passing electric current, metal ions from the electrolyte are reduced to the metal which is deposited on the cathode. An equivalent amount of the pure metal from the anode gets oxidised and the metal ions (or cations) go into the solution. This keeps on till the whole of the metal from the anode dissolves and deposits on cathode, leaving behind impurities in the form of a mud called anode mud.
Metals and Non-metals Class 10 Important Questions Science Chapter 3 image - 21
For example, in the electro-refining of crude copper, impure metal is made anode and a plate of pure copper acts as the cathode. These are connected through a battery in the external circuit as shown in the figure. The electrolyte is aqueous solution of copper sulphate containing a small amount of sulphuric acid. On passing current, the following changes occur.

Question 65.
(a) Write the balanced chemical equations for the extraction of copper metal from its ore. What is the reducing agent used ?
(b) Which reducing agent can be used in the extraction of metals placed at the top of the reactivity series ? Give the name of the process also.
(c) What is the chemical substance formed as green coating when copper reacts with atmospheric gases in moist conditions ?
Answer:
(a) Copper is isolated from its sulphide ore known as copper glance (Cu2S) by heating with excess of air or oxygen.
Metals and Non-metals Class 10 Important Questions Science Chapter 3 image - 22
Cuprous oxide (Cu2O) acts as reducing agent and this process is known as auto-reduction.
(b) These metals (K, Na, Ca, Mg etc.) can be isolated by carrying out the process of electrolysis (electrolytic reduction) from their molten salts.
(c) The green coating is of basic copper carbonate. It is formed as follows :
Metals and Non-metals Class 10 Important Questions Science Chapter 3 image - 23

Question 66.
(a) Which method will you use to reduce the following ? Explain by giving a suitable example.
(i) Oxides of less reactive metals
(ii) Oxides of moderately reactive metals
(iii) Oxides of highly reactive metals.
(b) The reaction between metal ‘X’ and Fe2O3 is highly exothermic and is used to join railway tracks.
(i) Identify metal ‘X’ and name the reaction.
(ii) Write the chemical equation of its reaction with Fe2O
Answer:
(a) (i) Oxides of less reactive metals can be reduced either by auto-reduction or upon heating. For example,
Metals and Non-metals Class 10 Important Questions Science Chapter 3 image - 24
(ii) Oxides of moderately reactive metals can be reduced with coke. This is known as smelting. For example,
Metals and Non-metals Class 10 Important Questions Science Chapter 3 image - 25
Metals and Non-metals Class 10 Important Questions Science Chapter 3 image - 26

Question 67.
(a) Most metals do not react with bases but zinc metal does. Suggest a reason. Write an equation for the reaction between Zn and NaOH.
(b) When a metal X is treated with cold water, it gives a base Y with molecular formula XOH (Molecular mass = 40) and liberates a gas Z which easily catches fire. Identify X, Y and Z.
Answer:
(a) We know that zinc oxide (ZnO) is of amphoteric nature. The metal zinc also behaves similarly. It reacts with both acids and alkalies. For example,
Metals and Non-metals Class 10 Important Questions Science Chapter 3 image - 27
(b) Molecular mass of base Y = 40 Atomic mass of X = 40 – (16 + 1) = 23
The metal X is sodium (Na). The salt Y is NaOH and liberated gas Z is, hydrogen.
Metals and Non-metals Class 10 Important Questions Science Chapter 3 image - 28

Question 68.
With reference to electrorefining of impure copper, answer the following :
(a) Draw a neat and labelled diagram required for the purpose of electrorefining.
(b) What is the electrolyte used ?
(c) Name the cathode and anode used.
(d) What happens at cathode and anode ?
Answer:
(a) For the labelled diagram,
Metals and Non-metals Class 10 Important Questions Science Chapter 3 image - 29
(b) An aqueous solution of copper sulphate containing a small amount of sulphuric acid is used as the
Metals and Non-metals Class 10 Important Questions Science Chapter 3 image - 30

 

 

Hope given Previous Year Question Papers for CBSE Class 10 Science Chapter 3 Metals and Non-metals helpful to you.

If you have any doubts, please comment below. We try to provide online math tutoring for you.

Heredity and Evolution Class 10 Important Questions Science Chapter 9

Chapter 9 Heredity and Evolution Class 10 Science Important Questions with Answers PDF will help you in scoring more marks. This consists of 1 mark Questions, 3 Mark Numericals Questions, 5 Marks Numerical Questions and previous year questions from Chemical Reactions and Equations Chapter.

Heredity and Evolution Class 10 Important Questions and Answers Science Chapter 9

Very Short Answer Questions

Question 1.
Who proposed the theory of inheritance of acquired characters ?
Answer:
Jean Baptiste Lamarck (1809).

More Resources

Question 2.
Give an example of a vestigial organ present in human body.
Answer:
Vermiform appendix.

Question 3.
Who proposed the theory of natural selection ?
Answer:
Charles Darwin (1859) proposed the theory of natural selection.

Question 4.
In terms of evolution, what is the significance of homology between a human hand and a wing of a bird ?
(CBSE Foreign 2004)
Answer:
Homology indicates that there is common ancestry between a human hand and a wing of a bird. They have the same fundamental structure but are different in external morphology and functions.

Question 5.
Name the scientist who established the laws of inheritance.
Answer:
Gregor Johann Mendel.

Question 6.
Define inheritance.
Answer:
The transmission of characters from parents to offspring is known as inheritance.

Question 7.
What is the function of genes in an organism ?
Answer:
Genes are the carrier of the genetic information for body functions and passage from one generation to another.

Question 8.
What is gene ? (CBSE Delhi 2006 C, 2007, CCE 2014)
Answer:
Gene is a unit of inheritance which consists of a linear segment of chromosome or DNA that takes part in expressing a particular character.

Question 9.
What is speciation ?
Answer:
Speciation: It is the formation of newer species from the pre-existing ones due to accumulation of variations through various processes like isolation, stoppage of gene flow, genetic drift, and natural selection that lead to inability to interbreed.

Question 10.
List any two factors that could lead to speciation.
Answer:
It is the formation of newer species from the pre-existing ones due to accumulation of variations through various processes like isolation, stoppage of gene flow, genetic drift, and natural selection that lead to inability to interbreed.

Question 11.
What are homologous organs ?
Answer:
Homologous Organs: They are organs which have similar origin, similar development and similar internal structure but have different forms and functions.
Examples: Fore-limbs of Horse, human hand, flipper of whale, wing of bird or bat.

Question 12.
Give the respective scientific terms for studying

  1. The mechanism by which variations are created and inherited
  2. The development of new type of organisms from the existing ones.

Answer:

  1. Genetics,
  2. Speciation.

Question 13.
Write the contribution of Charles Darwin in the field of ‘evolution’.
Answer:
In 1859, he proposed the “Theory of Natural Selection”.

Question 14.
No two individuals are absolutely alike in a population. Why ?
Answer:
Due to appearance of variations caused by reshuffling of genes, mutations and acquired traits.

Question 15.
Where are genes located ?
Answer:
Genes are located over the chromosomes/DNA as linear segments.

Question 16.
What is heredity ?
Answer:
Heredity: It is the transmission of genetic traits from one generation to the next with the help of genes.

Question 17.
The first trophic level in a food chain is always a green plant. Why ?
Answer:
A food chain as well as an ecosystem is sustained by food energy which is build up only by green plants.

Question 18.
In F1 generation what does F1 stand for ? (CCE 2015)
Answer:
First filial generation (generation of hybrids).

Question 19.
A bacterial cell is different from cells of other organisms. Name the feature which makes it different from others. (CCE 2015)
Answer:
Prokaryotic nature while eukaryotic nature (having organized nucleus) is found in other organisms.

Question 20.
In case of round yellow and green wrinkled, which is dominant trait set ? (CCE 2015)
Answer:
Round yellow.

Short Answer Questions (2 Marks Each)

Question 1.
What are fossils ? How do they tell us about process of evolution ? (CBSE AI. 2008, 2008 C)
Answer:
Fossils: They are remains or impressions of past organisms that lie hurried in the rocks and other structures belonging to various ages.
Fossils Indicate Evolution

  1. Different types of organisms appeared in different ages. Many of them have later on disappeared. Some gave rise to other organisms while a few are persisting even now.
  2. Early forms were simple. Most of the later forms became more and more complex.
  3. Fossils of different ages indicates the path of evolution,
    Heredity and Evolution Class 10 Important Questions Science Chapter 9 image - 1
  4. Some fossils have characteristics intermediate between two groups, e.g., Archaeopteryx between reptiles and birds. They indicate the path of evolution.
  5. Phylogeny of some organisms has been worked out with the help of fossils e.g., Horse.

Question 2.
Describe briefly four ways in which individuals with a particular trait may increase in population.
(CBSE Foreign 2008)
Answer:
The individuals with a particular trait will increase in number if the trait provides :

  1. More Food: The trait helps in obtaining more food that leads to increased growth and reproduction.
  2. Useful Variations: The trait helps the individuals to adapt to environment and achieve greater success in struggle for existence.
  3. Genetic Drift: It causes genetic fixation of a trait which, therefore, occurs, in whole of the progeny.
  4. Differential Reproduction: The trait gives extra benefit to the individuals in survival and reproduction.

Question 3.
“Variations that confer an advantage to an individual organism only will survive in a population.” Justify.
(CBSE Delhi 2008 C, CCE 2011)
Answer:
Useful variations give advantage to individuals in obtaining more food, adaptation to environmental changes and higher success in the struggle for existence. They give benefit in survival and reproduction. Differential reproduction increases the useful variations in the populations. Other individuals with harmful variations will be eliminated. For example, some bacteria have ability to tolerate high temperature. In warm environment non-tolerant bacteria will be killed. Others with tolerance to high temperature will survive and multiply.

Question 4.
“The sex of the children are determined by what they inherit from their father and not the mother.” Justify. (CBSE Delhi 2008 C, CCE 2011)
Answer:
Ovum produced by would-be-mother is always of one type (22 + X). Sperms produced by would-be father are of two types, gynosperms (22 + X) and androsperms (22 + Y). If gynosperm (22 + X) fertilizes the ovum (22 + X), the sex of the child will be female (44 + XX). If androsperms (22 + Y) fuses with the ovum (22 + X), the child born will be boy (44 + XY). Therefore, only father is responsible for the sex of the children.

Question 5.
Give one example of each of the characters that are inherited and the ones that are acquired in humans.
Mention the difference between the inherited and the acquired characters. (CBSE 2010)
Answer:
Inherited Trait: Fused and Free ear lobes.
Acquired Trait: Muscular body of a wrestler.
Difference: Acquired trait develops during the life time of an individual which affects somatic parts and dies with the death of the individual. Inherited trait is obtained from the parents, influences genes or germ cells and is passed on to the next generation.

Question 6.
(a) Write foil form of DNA.
(b) Why are variations essential for the species ? (CCE 2011)
Answer:
(a) DNA. Deoxyribose nucleic acid.
(b) Many of the variations have no immediate benefit to the species. They function as preadaptations which can be beneficial under certain environmental conditions like heat tolerance variation if the temperature of the area rises.

Question 7.
How do sexual and asexual reproduction lead to spéciation ? Give one point for each. (CCE 2011)
Answer:

  1. Sexual reproduction produces a lot of variations due to reshuffling of chromosomes and crossing over.
    Variations help in natural selection and spéciation.
  2. Asexual reproduction also develops variations occasionally due to errors in DNA replication. These variations help in natural selection and speciation.

Question 8.
List four tools used to study evolutionary relationships. (CCE 2011)
Answer:

  1. Study of fundamental and correlated characters.
  2. Study of homologous organs.
  3. Study of fossil ancestors.
  4. Molecular phylogeny.

Question 9.
State the importance of chromosomal difference between sperms and eggs of humans. (CCE 2013)
Answer:
Human eggs are of one type with a chromosomal complement of 22 + X. Human sperms are of two types with chromosomal complements of 22 + X and 22 + Y. Sex of the child will be determined by which sperm type fuses with the egg. Sex of the child will be male if 22 + Y sperm fuses with the egg (22 + Y, 22 + X). It will be female if 22 + X sperm fuses with the ovum (22 + X, 22 + X).

Question 10.
Insects, octopus, planaria and vertebrates possess eyes. Can we group these animals together on the basis of eyes that they possess ? Justify your answer giving reason. (CCE 2014)
Answer:
No. Eyes of the above four types of animals are structurally quite different. They are analogous structures.

Question 11.
In an area A, the leaf material available to beetles was very less. What are the two consequences seen in these beetles ? (CCE 2014)
Answer:

  1. Average weight of adult beetles decreases,
  2. There is decrease in the number of beetles.

Question 12.
Explain how do organisms create an exact copy of themselves. (CCE 2014)
Answer:
Organisms create an exact copy of themselves in the form of offspring by passing their genetic traits to them. This is done through propagules in asexual reproduction and gametes in sexual reproduction.

Short Answer Questions (3 Marks Each)

Question 1.
Explain how the sex of the child is determined genetically at the time of conception in human beings.
(CBSE A.I. 2009, CCE 2011, 2012)
Answer:
In human beings sex is determined by a pair of chromosomes called sex chromosomes. Sex complement of a female is XX while that of a male is XY. The complement is formed at the time of fertilization of the ovum by the sperm, i.e. conception. The ovum is always of one type, 22 + X. Sperms are of two types, gynosperms (22 + X) and androsperms (22 + Y). Fusion of an androsperm (22 + Y) with an egg (22 + X) produces a zygote (44 + XY) that will develop into male baby. Fertilization of an ovum (22 + X) with a gynosperm (22 + X) will form a zygote (44 + XX) that grows into a female baby. Sex of the child cannot be changed afterwards by any method. It is determined at the time of conception.

Question 2.
Distinguish between acquired and inherited traits, giving one example of each. Why are the traits acquired during life time of an individual not inherited ? (CBSE A.I. 2009 C, 2014, 2017, Delhi 2016, 2017)
Answer:
Differences between Acquired and Inherited Traits

Acquired Traits

 Inherited Traits

1.     Development. The traits develop during life time of an individual.

2.     Nature. They are somatic variations.

3.     Cause. Acquired traits develop due to direct effect of environment, use and disuse and conscious efforts.

4.     Fate. They die with the death of the individual.

Ex. Muscular body of a wrestler.

The traits are obtained from the parents.

They are genetic variations.

The traits develop due to mutations and reshuffling of genetic material.

They are passed on to the next generation.

Ex. Fused and free ear lobes.

(b) Non-inheritance of Acquired Traits: Traits acquired during life time of an individual influence only the non-reproductive organs. There is no influence on the DNA of germ cells. Only the germ cells transfer traits from parents to offspring. Non-reproductive organs have no such role. Traits acquired by them die with the death of the individual.

Question 3.
Name the organism Mendel used for his experiments. Explain about F1 and F2 progeny obtained by Mendel when he bred tall and short varieties of the organism he experimented with.
(CBSE A.I. 2010, CCE 2012)
Answer:
Organism: Garden or Edible Pea (Pisurn sativum).
Heredity and Evolution Class 10 Important Questions Science Chapter 9 image - 2

Question 4.
Name two homologous structures in vertebrates. Why are they so called ? How do such organs help in understanding an evolutionary relationship ? (CBSE A.I. 2010)
Answer:
Fore limbs of Horse and Man are homologous structures which have similar origin, similar development and similar internal structure but have different external forms and functions. Homologous structures indicate that similar structures can be modified to perform different functions or undergo evolution.

Question 5.
With the help of a suitable example, explain natural selection. (CBSE Foreign 2010)
Answer:
Natural selection is preferential survival and differential reproduction of individuals of a population which possess variations that provide better adaptability to the existing environment. Peppered Moth of England has two forms, light grey and dark grey. Prior to industrial revolution, tree trunks in the forests around
Manchester were light greyish green due to presence of lichens. Most of the Peppered Moth found in the area were light coloured with dark spots which could not be spotted easily by predator birds. During 1845 to 1890, air pollution killed the lichen flora. The deposition of soot changed the colour of the tree trunks to blackish one. Peppered Moth of the area also exhibited switch over to melanic or blackish form.
It provided better survival value against dark background. The light grey form largely disappeared as it could be easily spotted by predator birds and devoured.

Question 6.
Genotype of a plant bearing purple flowers is PP and one with white flowers is pp. When these are crossed :
(a) What colour of the flowers would you find in F1 progeny ?
(b) Give the percentage of white flowers if F1 plants are self pollinated.
(c) In what ratio would you find PP and Pp in F2 progeny ? Draw flow chart in support of your answer.
(CCE 2011)
Answer:
(a) Purple
(b) 25%
(c) 1:2
Heredity and Evolution Class 10 Important Questions Science Chapter 9 image - 3

Question 7.
(a) What are fossils ?
(b) Are the wings of a butterfly and wings of a bat analogous organs or homologous organs ? Justify your answer. (CCE 2011)
Answer:
(a) Fossils: Fossils are remains, traces and impressions of the past organisms that are found in rocks and other structures of different ages.
(b) Analogous: Though performing a similar function, the wings of the two are fundamentally different in their origin and structure. Wings of a butterfly are integumentary = outgrowths while they are modified fore-limbs in bat.

Question 8.
(a) In a monohybrid cross of tall Pea plants denoted by TT and short pea plants denoted by tt, Preeti obtained only tall plants (denoted by Tt) in F1 generation. However, in F2 generation she obtained both tall and short plants. Using the above information, explain the law of dominance.
(b) What is genetic drift ? (CCE 2011)
Answer:
(a) Appearance of trait of shortness in F2 generation shows that the trait was present in F1 generation but was not expressed while the trait of tallness expressed itself. The trait which expresses itself in the presence of its contrasting form is called dominant. The other trait which is unable to express its effect in the presence of its contrasting trait is known as recessive.
(b) Genetic Drift: It is random change in gene frequency in small isolated population owing to factors other than natural selection that results in fixation of certain alleles and elimination of some others.

Question 9.
(a) State any two factors that could lead to the rise of a new species.
(b) How do analogous organs provide evidence in favour of evolution ? (CCE 2011)
Answer:
(a) Natural selection/geographical isolation, mutations/genetic drift leading to reproductive isolation.
(b) Analogous organs, though quite different in basic structure and development have been modified or undergone evolution to form similar functional structures, e.g., wings of butterfly (outgrowths of integument) and bird (modification of fore limbs).

Question 10.
(a) Why traits such as intelligence and knowledge connot be passed on to next generation ?
(b) How can we say that birds are closely related to reptiles and have evolved from them ?. (CCE 2011, 2014)
Answer:
(a) Traits like intelligence and knowledge are acquired characters. They do not modify the DNA of germ cells. Therefore, they are not passed on to progeny.
(b) Cleidoic eggs and scales are found in both reptiles and birds, indicating their close relationship. Birds have evolved from reptiles as they have developed completely four-chambered heart (instead of incompletely four-chambered heart of reptiles), a toothless beak, fore-arms modified into wings and covering of feathers (as found in dromaesaurs).

Question 11.

  1. “Organs or features may be adapted to perform new function during evolution.” Justify this statement by giving an example.
  2. “Older, body designs are not inefficient”. Give a suitable example in support of this view. (CCE 2011)

Answer:

  1. Many organs and features have been formed through modification of existing structures. Limbs have been evolved from lobed fins of lung fishes. Wings have evolved from fore limbs in birds and bats. Feathers which became part of wings and body covering in birds had already been developed in dromaesaurs.
  2. Bacteria continue to live comfortably and competitively in most of the habitats though their body design is very old and very simple as compared to more modern and elaborate body design of aquatic insects or fish. Therefore, older body designs are not inferior or inefficient.

Question 12.
Why are some Pea plants tall and others short in nature ? Explain with reference to role of genes in controlling characteristics. (CCE 2011)
Answer:
Genes control characters through the synthesis of specific proteins. The proteins take part in formation of body structures, enzymes, hormones and other biochemicals. In case of height in Pea, the protein takes part in producing hormone for growth in height. If the protein is working efficiently, more hormone would be produced and Pea plant becomes tall. However, if the protein is less efficient, small quantity of hormone would be formed and the Pea plant will remain short.

Question 13.
Distinguish between analogous organs and homologous organs. Identify the analogous and homologous organs amongst the following : Wings of an insect, wings of a bat, fore-limbs of frog, fore-limbs of human.
(CCE 2011, 2012)
Answer:
Difference:

Homologous Organs                       

Analogous Organs

1.     External Appearance. It is usually different.

2.     Function. They generally perform different functions.

3.     Basic Plan and Origin. They are similar.

4.     Relationships. They occur in related organisms.

5.     Evolution. Homologous organs show adaptive radiation or divergent evolution.

Example. Forelimbs of Frog, Lizard, Bird and Human.

It is generally similar.

They have a similar function.

They are different.

They occur in unrelated organisms.

Analogous organs show convergent evolution.

Wings of Insects, Bat and Bird.

Identification:

  1. Analogous Organs: Wings of an insect and a bat.
  2. Homologous Organs: Fore-limbs of Frog and Human.

Question 14.
Study the given data and answer the questions that follow :

1

2

3

Parental plants cross fertilized and seed collected F1 generation offspring F2 generation offspring after self pollination of F1 hybrid
Male Parent-Round Green seeds Female Parent-Wrinkled Yellow seeds All seeds Round Yellow 314-Round Yellow, 110-Round Green, 102-Wrinkled Yellow, 32-Wrinkled Green.

Answer:

  1. The data indicates that in F1 generation only dominant traits (round seed, yellow seed) are observed while the recessive ones remain unexpressed.
  2. The genes of the two characters (shape of seed and colour of seed) assort independently, show recombination and give an F2 ratio of 9 (both dominant) : 3 (one dominant) : 3 (second dominant) : 1 (both recessive).

Question 15.
(a) Place the following in correct sequence : Natural selection, migration, new species and gene flow.
(b) Why are wings of Bat and wings of bird called analogous organs ?
(c) Evolution of Cauliflower, Broccoli, Cabbage, Red Cabbage are all from Wild Cabbage. Is this an example of natural selection or artificial selection ? Justify. (CCE 2011)
Answer:
(a) Migration — Gene flow — Natural selection —New species.
(b) Wings of Bat contain long fingers and a covering of patagia or skin folds. Wings of Bird contain reduced fingers and a covering of feathers.
(c) Artificial selection, as the various forms have been created’ by farmers by selectively picking up mutations found in cultivated plants.

Question 16.
(a) Explain giving examples how artificial selection has helped in the formation of newer varieties of Cauliflower/ vegetables.
(b) List the steps involved in the formation of new species.
(c) How different races of human beings belong to the same species. (CCE 2011, 2012)
Answer:
(a) During long history of cultivation of wild cabbage, newer varieties have been formed due to picking up of selected variations by the farmers. It is called artificial selection, e.g., Cabbage (closer leaves), Kale (large leaves), Kohlrabi (swollen stem), Brussel’s Sprout (large axillary buds), Broccoli (immature green flowers), cauliflower (cluster of strile flowers), Red cabbage (cabbage with red leaves).
(b) Steps in Formation of New Species. Separation of a subpopulation (spatial or geographical isolation), Stoppage of gene flow, genetic drift, accumulation of variations, natural selection, reproductive isolation.
(c) Different races of human beings belong to the same species because they can interbreed among themselves and produce fertile offspring.

Question 17.
(a) Explain the terms analogous and homologous organs with examples.
(b) How does homologous organs explain the process of evolution. (CCE 2011)
Answer:
(a) Analogous Organs: They are organs which have similar appearance and function but are quite different in their origin, development and anatomy.
Examples: Wings of Butterfly (integumentary outgrowths) and bird (modified fore-limbs).
Homologous Organs: They are organs which have similar origin, similar development and similar internal structure but have different forms and functions.
Examples: Fore-limbs of Horse, human hand, flipper of whale, wing of bird or bat.
(b) Homologous organs show how structures with similar internal structure and similar origin have been modified or evolved to become different externally for performing different functions like flying in birds, swimming in whale and grasping in humans by fore-limbs.

Question 18.
Explain how Mendel’s experiment shows that traits are inherited independently.
(CCE 2011, CBSE AI. 2016)
Answer:
Mendel performed crosses, e.g., round yellow seeded and wrinkled green seeded pea plants. Fj plants were round yellow seeded (both dominant traits). On self breeding, F2 plants were found to be of four types — round yellow (9), round green (3), wrinkled yellow (3) and wrinkled green (1). Out of these, two types are recombinations (round green, wrinkled yellow) which can develop only if the traits of the two characters assorted independently.
Heredity and Evolution Class 10 Important Questions Science Chapter 9 image - 4

Question 19.
Briefly explain the role of natural selection and genetic drift in spéciation by citing an example.
(CCE 2011, CBSE Foreign 2016)
Answer:
Natural selection is preferential survival and differential reproduction of individuals of a population which possess variations that provide better adaptability to the existing environment. In a beetle population of mostly red colour, a few green beetles appear due to variation. While red beetles are eaten by crows, the green beetles are spared. The number of green beetles will gradually rise while that of red beetles will decline and ultimately disappear. Here, natural selection is being exerted by crows resulting in a new type of beetle population.
Genetic drift is random change in gene frequency in a small isolated population, fixing some alleles and eliminating others. Suppose in the red beetle population some blue beetles appear due to mutation. An elephant tramples the bush and kills all the red beetles. The surviving small population of beetles will be of blue colour though it has no selective advantage.

Question 20.
(a) What is spéciation ? Mention the factors due to which this can happen. (CCE 2012)
(b) Explain whether the traits like eye colour and height are genetically inherited or not.
(c) Do power to lift weight and reading French also belong to same category ? Justify your answer.
(CCE 2 011)
Answer:
(a) Speciation. It is the formation of newer species from the pre-existing ones due to accumulation of variations through various processes like isolation, stoppage of gene flow, genetic drift, and natural selection that lead to inability to interbreed.
(b) Yes. Traits like eye colour and height are genetically inherited. Like other inherited traits they are passed from one generation on to the next and so on.
(c) No. Power to lift weight or read French are acquired characters. They are not passed from one generation to the next.

Question 21.
(a) Write two factors which could lead to rise of new species.
(b)

  1. What is the scientific term of the organs shown here ?
  2. How do these organs provide evidence in support of evolution ? (CCE 2011)

Heredity and Evolution Class 10 Important Questions Science Chapter 9 image - 5
Answer:
(a) Spatial or geographical isolation, accumulation of variations and natural selection.
(b)

  1. Homologous organs,
  2. They are fore limbs which have the same basic plan and anatomy but have undergone evolution and become modified to perform different functions.

Question 22.
One plant with dominant tall height bearing purple flowers crossed with another plant with recessive dwarf and white flowers.
(a) What do the plants of F1 generation look like ?
(b) What type of cross is it ?
(c) What is the phenotypic ratio in F2 generation and name the type of plants obtained according to phenotypic ratio. (CCE 2011)
Answer:
(a) All tall and purple flowered
(b) Dihybrid cross,
(c) Nine tall and purple flowered : Three tall and white flowered :Three dwarf and purple flowered : One dwarf and white flowered.

Question 23.
(a) Why a mouse whose tail has been removed by surgery does not produce tailless mice ?
From the set of figures, make a pair of homologous and analogous organs each and give one reason in case of both to justify your answer. (CCE 2011, 2012)
Heredity and Evolution Class 10 Important Questions Science Chapter 9 image - 6
Answer:
Taillessness of mouse is an acquired character. It is not based in genes of germ cells. Therefore, it is not passed on to the next generation.

  1. Homologous Organs — Fore limb of humans and wing of bird/bat. They have the same body plan being made of humerus, radioulna and hand.
  2. Analogous Organs — Wing of Bat and wing of bird. In bird the fingers are reduced and the wing is covered by feathers.

Question 24.
In Bat the fingers are elongated and the wing is covered by patagium or fold of skin.
(a) “Recent fossils are found closer to the earth’s surface.” Comment on the statement.
(b) List two factors which could lead to the rise of new species. (CCE 2011)
Answer:
(a) Fossils occur in sedimentary rocks which have been formed through sedimentation of mud and silt at the
bottom of sea and deep lake. Naturally older fossils will lie embedded deep down while the recent fossils would be found in the upper layers near the surface.
(b) Genetic drift, accumulation of variations and natural selection.

Question 25.
(a) Name the sex chromosomes present in human male and human female.
(b) With the help of a flow chart determine genetically in human beings the sex Female Male of the offspring if the sperm carrying X-chromosome fertilizes the egg.(CCE 2011)
Heredity and Evolution Class 10 Important Questions Science Chapter 9 image - 7
Answer:
(a) Human Male —XY.
Human Female – XX.
(b) Female offspring.

Question 26.
Guinea pig having black colour when crossed with guinea pig having same colour produced 100 offspring, out of which 75 were black and 25 were white. Now find out
(a) What is the possible genotype of the guinea pig ?
(b) Which trait is dominant and which is recessive ?
(c) What is this cross called as and what is the ratio of F2 progeny obtained from this cross ? (CCE 2011)
Answer:
(a) Genotypes —Bb, Bb.
(b) Black colour (B) is dominant while white colour (b) is recessive.
(c) Monohybrid cross: Phenotypic ratio – 3 : 1.

Question 27.
(a) Name an animal which can change sex. What does it indicate ?
(b) Explain the importance of fossils in evolutionary relationship. (CCE 2011)
Answer:
(a) Ophyotrocha — male in young state and female later on. Change is sex indicates that it is not determined genetically.
(b) Significance in Evolution

  1. Flora and Fauna:. Fossils depict the flora and fauna of different ages. The fossils of early ages were of very simple plants and animals. The fossils of more and more complex plants and animals belong to subsequent times.
  2. Descent with Modification: Study of fossils shows that plants and animals of one age seem to be descendants of plants and animals of previous age.
  3. Missing Links: Study of fossils has shown that how birds have developed from reptiles or how seed plants have evolved from ferns.
  4. Fossils have revealed the evolutionary stages of some organisms,

Question 28.
Give appropriate terms for the following : (a) The trait which can express itself in next generation.
(b) The trait an organism has due to inheritance.
(c) Origin of a new species from pre-existing one. (CCE 2011)
Answer:
(a) Dominant trait.
(b) Inherited trait.
(c) Speciation.

Question 29.
Answer the following questions :
(a) What enables bacteria to survive better in a heat wave ?
(b) How is the stability of DNA of the species ensured ?
Which type of organisms will have more variations, sexually or asexually reproducing organisms ? Justify your answer. (CCE 2011)
Answer:
A pre-adaptation to tolerate higher temperature will enable bacteria to survive better in a heat wave. DNA is stable because of its double stranded nature, semi-conservative replication during reproduction and transcription for cellular activités.
Sexually reproducing organisms show more variations due to reshuffling of chromosomes and crossing over alongwith errors of DNA replication. Very few variations occur in asexually reproducing organisms which are caused by only occasional errors in DNA replication.
Mendel selected Pea Plant for his experiments. List two reasons.

Question 30.
State the meaning of recessive and dominant genes. (CCE 2011)
Answer:
Appearance of dwarf plants in F2 generation indicates that F1 plants contained the traits of both tallness and dwarfness. However, only the trait of tallness expressed itself. The trait which expresses itself in the hybrid is called dominant while the other which is unable to express itself in the presence of dominant trait is called recessive trait.

  1. Recessive Gene: It is an allele of a gene which is unable to express its effect in the presence of its contrasting allele (e.g., t)
  2. Dominant Gene: It is an allele of a gene which can express its effect whether present in homozygous or heterozygous state (e.g., T in TT or Tt).

Question 31.
What are fossils ? How are they formed ? Write their one significance. (CCE 2011)
Answer:
(a) Definition: Fossils are remains, traces and impressions of the past organisms that are found in rocks and other structures of different ages.
(b) Formation: Fossil formation or fossilisation occurs in bogs, lava and in sediments at the bottom of deep waters where there is little oxygen and rate of decay is slow or absent. Dead bodies settle down at the bottom which get covered by sand and silt. Under acidic conditions some silica can penetrate cells of dead organism and form perfect fossil. In other cases, softer parts decay ultimately and hard parts persist as fossils. Impressions, moulds and casts develop if all parts decay after some time. The sedimented mud and
sand harden to form sedimentary rock which may come to the surface due to upheavals in earth. This exposes the fossils.
(c) Significance in Evolution

  1. Flora and Fauna: Fossils depict the flora and fauna of different ages. The fossils of early ages were of very simple plants and animals. The fossils of more and more complex plants and animals belong to subsequent times.
  2. Descent with Modification: Study of fossils shows that plants and animals of one age seem to be descendants of plants and animals of previous age.
  3. Missing Links: Study of fossils has shown that how birds have developed from reptiles or how seed plants have evolved from ferns.
  4. Fossils have revealed the evolutionary stages of some organisms, e.g., Horse.

Question 32.
(a) Define heredity.
(b) Which of the following traits cannot be passed to the progeny ? Justify. (CCE 2011)

  1. Rudimentary eyes of Planaria.
  2. Absence of tail in a mouse (after surgical removal).
  3. Low weight of starving beetle.

(c) Name the vegetables that have been obtained from wild cabbage by artificial selection when farmers opted for

  1. Arrested flower development of wild cabbage
  2. Swollen parts of wild cabbage. (CCE 2011)

Answer:
(a) Heredity: It is the transmission of genetic traits from one generation to the next with the help of genes.
(b)

  1. Rudimentary Eyes of Planaria. Transmitted to next generation as it is a genetic trait.
  2. Absence of Tail in Mouse. It is an acquired character and is not passed to progeny due to absence of connection to genes of germ cells,
  3. Low weight of Starving Beetle. Acquired character which cannot pass to the next generation.

(c)

  1. Arrested Flower Development. Cauliflower
  2. Swollen Parts. Kohlrabi.

Question 33.
(a) Name the scientist who gave the idea of evolution of species by natural selection
(b) What conclusion did Mendel draw from his experiments about traits ?
(c) Arrange the following according to evolution : Cockroach, Mango Tree, Gorilla, Fish. (CCE 2011)
Answer:
(a) Charles Darwin (1859)
(b) Unit characters, Paired factors, Dominance, Principle or law of segregation (purity of gametes). Principle or law of independent assortment.
(c)

  1. — Mango Tree —
  2. Cockroach —> Fish —> Gorilla.

Question 34.
State how evolutionary relationships can be traced by the study of homologous organs. (CCE 2011)
Answer:
Homologous organs have similar internal body plan and anatomy. Fore limbs of all tetrapods have pentadactyl structure being made of humerus, radioulna, carpals, metacarpals and phalanges. However, they perform different functions in different tetrapods like absorbing shock of jumping in Frog, creeping in lizard, flying in birds or grasping in humans. These organs clearly indicate a common ancestry from which different modifications occurred that suited them in their habitats.

Question 35.
Fill in the blanks.
Heredity and Evolution Class 10 Important Questions Science Chapter 9 image - 8
Answer:
(a) — await round
(b) —Tr.
(c) — tR
(d) — TtRr.
(e) — tall round.

Question 36.
(a) Giving reasons, state whether the following are homologous or analogous organs :

  1. Wing of a bat and wing of a bird.
  2. Fore limbs of human and bird.

(b) Define variation. (CCE 2012)
Answer:
(a)

  1. Wing of Bat and Wing of Bird. They are analogous. Wing of bat has long digits and a fold of skin called patagium. Wing of bird has reduced digits and is covered by feathers.
  2. Fore Limb of Human and Bird. They are homologous as they have a similar origin and similar internal structure or body plan (humerus, radio-ulna, hand).

(b) Variation: It is the difference in morphology, physiology and other traits that occurs amongst individuals of the same parentage, breed, race and species.

Question 37.
In a cross between plants with purple flowers and plants with white flowers, the offspring of F1 generation had all white flowers. When F1 generation individuals were self-bred, the F1 generation gave rise to 100 individuals, 75 of which had white flowers. Make a cross and answer the following :
(a) What are the genotypes of F2 individuals ?
(b) What is the ratio of white to purple flowered plants in F2 generation ?
Answer:
Heredity and Evolution Class 10 Important Questions Science Chapter 9 image - 9
(a) Genotype of F2 Progeny: 1WW : 2Ww : 1 ww
(b) Ratio: 3 white : 1 purple.

Question 38.
(a) Explain geographical isolation.
(b) State with reasons whether the following are homologous or analogous organs :

  1. Wings of butterfly and wings of a bat.
  2. Fore limbs of frog and human. (CCE 2012)

Answer:
(a) Geographical Isolation: Prevention of mating between breeding groups due to geographical or physical barriers (e.g., Valley, Mountain, Water body) is called geographical isolation. The isolated populations develop different variations and changes in physiology and behaviour to form new species.
(b)

  1. Wings of butterfly are integumentary outgrowths while wings of bat are modified fore limbs. The two are analogous structures.
  2. Fore limbs of frog and human are homologous structures as both have the same body plan and internal structure which in frog are modified to absorb shock during fall on ground while in human they take part in grasping.

Question 39.
Look at the picture and write its name after identifying it. Also give its significance (two points)
(CCE 2012)
Heredity and Evolution Class 10 Important Questions Science Chapter 9 image - 10
Answer:
(a) Fossil dinosaur skull (Rajasaurus).
(b) Significance:

  1. The fossil indicates that different types of organisms lived in different periods on earth.
  2. The study of fossils indicates that organisms of one age are descendents of organisms of previous age.

Question 40.
A husband has 46 chromosomes. His wife has 46 chromosomes. Then why do not their offspring has 46 pairs of chromosomes which is obtained by the fusion of male and female gametes ? Support your answer with a neat illustration. (CCE 2012)
Answer:
Gametes do not possess the same number of chromosomes as are present in individuals. Meiosis occurs prior to formation of gametes. This reduces the number of chromosomes to one half in gametes. In humans, the gametes carry only 23 chromosomes (one half of 46). Fusion of two gametes restores the number of 46 chromosomes in the zygote. Therefore, the human offspring does not have 46 pairs of chromosomes.
Heredity and Evolution Class 10 Important Questions Science Chapter 9 image - 11

Question 41.
(a) What is meant by evolution of species ?
(b) List and describe any two evidences for evolution. (CCE 2012)
Answer:
(a) Evolution of Species. It is accumulation of inherited variations in a section of existing species that ultimately leads to the formation of a new species.
(b)

  1. Galapagos islands have 14 different species of finches which have evolved from a small population of birds migrating from mainland into these islands.
  2. Similarly Porto Scento Rabbits have developed into new species.

Question 42.
“It is a matter of chance whether a couple will give birth to a boy or a girl.” Justify the statement and support your answer with a neat illustration. (CCE 2012, 2014)
Answer:
Mother produces only one type of eggs, 22 + X. Father produces two types of sperms, gynosperms 23 + X and androsperms 22 + Y. The two are produced in equal proportion. It is a matter of chance that an androsperm (22 + Y) or gynosperm (22 + X) first reaches the egg (22 + X) and fuses with it to form a male or female offspring.
Heredity and Evolution Class 10 Important Questions Science Chapter 9 image - 12

Question 43.
(a) “Our teeth and an elephant’s tusks are homologous organs”. Justify this statement.
(b) What do the analogous organs indicate ? (CCE 2012)
Answer:
(a) Elephants tusks are modified incisor teeth which are used for digging, fighting and tearing bark from trees. For this they come out of mouth. Human teeth remain inside the mouth. Human incisors are used for biting. Since, the two types of teeth have the similar origin and composition they are homologous in nature which perform different functions.
(b) Analogous organs are structurally different organs which have been modified to appear similar and perform similar function, e.g., wings of insects and wings of birds.

Question 44.
“Red beetles live in bush with green beetles. Eventually, the number of green beetles increases as compared to red beetles.”
(a) Give reason for this increased number of green beetles.
(b) State two advantages of variations. (CCE 2012)
Answer:
(a) Red beetles arc quite conspicuous in green bushes. They are picked up by crows for feeding. Green beetles are not easily distinguishable from green leaves of bushes. Therefore, they are not devoured by crows. Population of green beetles will, therefore, increase while that of red beetles will decrease.
(b) Advantages of Variations,

  1. Variations function as preadaptations to help the organisms to survive in adverse conditions.
  2. They help individuals in struggle for existence and natural selection.

Question 45.
(a) Define inherited traits.
(b) “Inherited traits are capable of directing evolution”. Justify the statement and support your answer by giving two reasons. > (CCE 2012)
Answer:
(a) Inherited Traits: They are genetically controlled traits which are passed from parents to offspring,
generation after generation.
(b) Evolution: Since, genetic material or genes have a tendency to mutate and form alleles, a number of inherited or genetically controlled variations occur in the traits. The variations which are useful in a given environment are helpful to the individuals to survive and reproduce resulting in natural selection. For example, feather covered fore limbs helped some early dinosaurs to glide and then fly. The forelimbs also got modified to suit this flight. This resulted in evolution of wings as are found in birds.

Question 46.
Name two homologous structures in vertebrates. Why are they so called ? How these organs help in understanding an evolutionary relationship ? (CCE 2012)
Answer:
Paddle of whale and wing of a bird are two homologous organs which have similar basic plan and internal structure. They are externally quite dissimilar and perform different functions, swimming in whale and flying in bird. Their similar internal structure points to their common ancestry. Modification or evolution occurred in them to produce present forms.

Question 47.
(a) Define fossil.
(b) Identify this fossil of invertebrate from this diagram and write its name.
(c) What evidence does it provide in favour of evolution ? (CCE 2012)
Answer:
(a) Fossil: It is remains, trace or impression of a past organism that occurs in the rocks of older ages.
(b) Ammonite, a cephalopod mollusc that occurred on earth some 200 million years ago and underwent mass extinction
Why do traits of thin and low body weight not inherited to the next generation. Answer in detail along with dinosaurs.
(c) Evidence for Evolution: Different types of organisms appeared on earth, flourished and then disappeard leaving their modified descendants and relatives to repeat the process.
It is evolution or descent with change.

Question 48.
Study the given diagram and answer the following question : (CCE 2012)
Heredity and Evolution Class 10 Important Questions Science Chapter 9 image - 13
Heredity and Evolution Class 10 Important Questions Science Chapter 9 image - 14
Answer:
Due to lesser availability of nourishment, beetles of second generation remain small and thin. However, it is not an inherited trait but an acquired character. The acquired character is not transferred to the progeny. The progeny (third generation) developed into normal weight and size individuals when food became plenty.

Question 49.
A round seeded plant (RR) is crossed with a wrinkled seeded plant (rr). Find out the phenotype and genotype of F1 and F2 generations. (CCE 2012)
Answer:
Heredity and Evolution Class 10 Important Questions Science Chapter 9 image - 15
Phenotypic Ratio : 3 round seeded : 1 wrinkled seeded.
Genotypic Ratio : 1 pure round seeded (RR) : 2 hybrid round seeded (Rr). 1 wrinkled seeded (rr).

Question 50.
Define the following with one example of each
(a) Genetic drift
(b) Natural selection
(c) Reproductive isola-tion. (CCE 2012)
Answer:
(a) Genetic Drift: It is random change in gene frequency in small isolated population, fixing some alleles and eliminating others. Suppose in a population of red coloured beetles, some blue coloured beetles appear due to mutation. If all the red coloured beetles are eliminated due to trampling by an elephant, the surving beetles will be all of blue colour, though blue colour has no selective advantage.
(b) Natural Selection: It is survival and preferential reproduction by those individuals which show better adaptation to existing environment. In a population of red and green beedes, crows eat more of red beedes. Green beedes are spared due to their colour which is of adaptive advantage against the background of green foliage.
(c) Reproductive Isolation: It is absence of interbreeding between members of different species. Reproductive
isolation maintains the sanctity of a species. It is also basic to the formation of new species from an isolated population. The latter accumulates variations that prevent mating between it and the parent population.

Question 51.
Mendel studied the inheritance pattern of traits in a Pea plant. According to this study, he obtained 9 : 3 : 3 : 1 ratio of certain traits in progeny of F2 generation. Based on it answer these questions :

  1. What trait did he study ? How do they represent themselves. .
  2. What was the trait of F1 progeny ?
  3. Which rule does this inheritance pattern suggest ? (CCE 2012)

Answer:
(a) Tall and round seeded plant (TTRR) was crossed with dwarf and wrinkled seeded plant (ttrr).
(b) Plants of F1 generation were all tall and round seeded (TtRr).
Progeny of F1 that is F2 generation, contained tall and round seeded, tall wrinkled seeded, dwarf round seeded and dwarf wrinkled seeded plants in the ratio of 9 : 3 : 3 : 1. Appearance of dwarf round seeded and tall wrinkled seeded plants shows recombination of traits of the two characters. The phenomenon is called principle of independent assortment.

Question 52.
A cross was carried out between a pure bred tall Pea plant and a pure bred dwarf Pea plant and F1 progeny was obtained. Later the F1 progeny was selfed to obtain F2 progeny. Answer the following questions :
(a) What is the phenotype of the F1 progeny and why ?
(b) Give the phenotypic ratio of the F2 progeny.
(c) Why is the F2 progeny different from F1 progeny ? (CCE 2013)
Answer:
(a) Tall, as the trait for tallness is dominant over the trait for dwarfness,
(b) 3 tall : 1 dwarf,
(c) Sagregation of alleles for the two traits and their random fusion during the formation of F2 progeny (TxT, Txt, Txt, txt).

Question 53.
Tabulate two distinguishing features between acquired traits and inherited traits with one example of each.
(CCE 2013)
Answer:

Acquired Traits

 Inherited Traits

1.     Development. The traits develop during life time of an individual.

2.     Nature. They are somatic variations.

3.     Cause. Acquired traits develop due to direct effect of environment, use and disuse and conscious efforts.

4.     Fate. They die with the death of the individual.

Ex. Muscular body of a wrestler.

The traits are obtained from the parents.

They are genetic variations.

The traits develop due to mutations and reshuffling of genetic material.

They are passed on to the next generation.

Ex. Fused and free ear lobes.

Question 54.
“Sex of a new born is a matter of chance and none of the parents may be considered responsible for it”. Justify this statement with the help of flow chart showing determination of sex of a new born. (CCE 2013)
Answer:
Sex of the child is determined by the gametes that fuse to form zygote which later grows into offspring. Human females (44 + XX) produce only one type of ova (22 + X). Human males (44 + XY) form two types of sperms, androsperms (22 + Y) and gynosperms (22 + X). Both are formed in equal number. It is a chance factor whether an androsperm or a gynosperm fuses with egg to form 44 + XY or 44 + XX child. A child that obtains an X-chromosome from father will be girl and the one who inherits a Y-chromosome will be boy.
Heredity and Evolution Class 10 Important Questions Science Chapter 9 image - 16

Question 55.
Marriage between cousins is a taboo in most of the countries of the world except in some Asian countries
(a) Why should the marriage between close cousins be prevented ?
(b) Which measures will you take to prevent such practices ? (CCE 2013)
Answer:
(a) Marriage between close cousins is similar to inbreeding. The recessive traits (of genetic defects) present in such families will become homozygous and cause the incurable diseases.
(b) Measures :

  1. Marking the families where cousin marriages are common,
  2. Selecting their school going children and holding seminar or discussion about ill effects of marriage in close relatives in which such children are made to participate.
  3. Cousin marriages often occur where early marriages are practised. The families should be advised to allow dieir children’to get higher education. Such educated persons will themselves come to know about the defects in marriages among close cousins.

Question 56.
How can you say that in Mendel’s monohybrid cross, the F2 dominants are not all the same ? (CCE 2013)
Answer:
allowing them to self breed. One third of the dominants will breed true and produce offspring with only dominant trait. Two third of the dominants will behave as hybrids (like F1 individuals) producing both dominant and recessive individuals in the ratio of 3:1.

Question 57.
A cross was made between pure breeding pea plants one with round and green seeds and the other with wrinkled and yellow seeds.
(a) Write the genotype of F1 progeny. Give reason for your answer.
(b) Write the different types of F2 progeny obtained alongwith their ratios when F1 progeny was selfed.
(CCE 2014)
Heredity and Evolution Class 10 Important Questions Science Chapter 9 image - 17
Answer:
(a) The phenotype is due to nonexpression of recessive alleles in the presence of their dominant alleles.
(b) F2: 9 round yellow, 3 round green , 3 wrinkled yellow, 1 wrinkled green.

Question 58.
(a) Mendel, in one of his experiments with pea plants, crossed a variety having round seeds with one having wrinkled seeds. Write his observations giving reasons of F1 and F2 progeny.
(b) List any two contrasting characters other than roundness of pea seeds that Mendel used in his experiments with pea plants. (CCE 2014)
Answer:
(a) Heredity and Evolution Class 10 Important Questions Science Chapter 9 image - 18
Phenotypic Ratio: 3 round seeded : 1 wrinkled seeded.
Genotypic Ratio: 1 pure round seeded (RR) : 2 hybrid round seeded (Rr). 1 wrinkled seeded (rr).
The reason for all rounded seeds in F1 generation and 75 % rounded seeds in F2 generation is the inability of recessive trait of wrinkled seeds to express itself in the presence of dominant trait of round seesds.
(b) TT and tt (height), YY and yy (seed colour).

Question 59.
“A trait may be inherited but may not be expressed.” Justify this statement with the help of a suitable example. (CCE 2014, CBSE A.I. 2016, 2017)
Answer:
A cross between parents with pure dominant (say TT) and pure recessive (say tt) traits produces hybrids or F1 individuals with dominant trait only but on self fertilization the F2 generation comes to have both individuals with dominant and recessive traits in the ratio of 3:1. Obviously F1 individuals have received the recessive trait but the same is unable to express itself in the presence of dominant trait.

Question 60.
(a) Which type of organs are shown in the figure.
(b) Which type of origin and structure do these organs have ?
(CCE 2014)
Heredity and Evolution Class 10 Important Questions Science Chapter 9 image - 19
Answer:
(a) Wings of Dragon fly and wing of bird.
(b) Wings of Dragon fly are extensions of integument while wing of bird is modified fore limb. The two are analogous structures.

Question 61.
An organ like wing in birds is an advantage to the organism. Did it appear in different stages or was formed due to a single sudden change. (CCE 2014)
Answer:
Organs like wings appeared in different intermediate stages and not through sudden change. Wings were preceded by feathers in small extinct dinosaurs called dromaesaurs. They were also present on the fore limbs. The feathered fore limbs helped the small animals in longer jumps. It was followed by gliding and then flying.
There are two interbreeding groups of a population in a particular area.

Question 62.
In situation A, population groups reach each other, in B they cannot.
(a) In which situation new species will not be formed and why ?
(b) Which kind of fossils retain the minute details ? (CCE 2014)
Answer:
(a) In situation A, due to free flow of genes between population groups.
(b) Petrifications where silica and other minerals penetrate the dead bodies and replace their contents molecule by molecule.

Question 63.
Explain with an example for each, how the following provides evidences in favour of evolution in organisms :
(a) Homologous organs
(b) Analogous organs
(c) Fossils. (CCE 2015, CBSE Delhi 2017)
Answer:
(a) Homologous organs: Homologous organs have similar internal body plan and anatomy. Fore limbs of all tetrapods have pentadactyl structure being made of humerus, radioulna, carpals, metacarpals and phalanges. However, they perform different functions in different tetrapods like absorbing shock of jumping in Frog, creeping in lizard, flying in birds or grasping in humans. These organs clearly indicate a common ancestry from which different modifications occurred that suited them in their habitats.
(b) Analogous organs: Analogous organs, though quite different in basic structure and development have been modified or undergone evolution to form similar functional structures, e.g., wings of butterfly (outgrowths of integument) and bird (modification of fore limbs).
(c) Fossils: They are remains or impressions of past organisms that lie hurried in the rocks and other structures belonging to various ages.

Question 64.
Explain :
(a) Speciation
(b) Natural selection (CCE 2015)
Answer:
(a) Speciation: It is the formation of newer species from the pre-existing ones due to accumulation of variations through various processes like isolation, stoppage of gene flow, genetic drift, and natural selection that lead to inability to interbreed.
(b) Natural Selection: Natural selection is preferential survival and differential reproduction of individuals of a population which possess variations that provide better adaptability to the existing environment. In a beetle population of mostly red colour, a few green beetles appear due to variation. While red beetles are eaten by crows, the green beetles are spared. The number of green beetles will gradually rise while that of red beetles will decline and ultimately disappear. Here, natural selection is being exerted by crows resulting in a new type of beetle population.
In an experiment, Mendel obtained 1014 plants out of which 787 were having round seeds and 227 had wrinkled seeds in F2 generation.

Question 65.
(a) What is the approximate ratio obtained in F2 generation ?
(b) Under which law do you find this ratio ?
(c) Why is this law so called ? (CCE 2015)
Answer:
(a) 3:1
(b) Law of segregation or principle of purity of gametes.
(c) Law of segregation is known so because the two factors or alleles of a character separate and pass to different gametes at the time of gametogenesis. As a result a gamete contains only one factor of a character. Homologous organs are different from analogous organs.

Question 66.
(a) Mention the two characteristics that decides about analogy and homology between two organs.
(b) On what basis is the classification of organisms into prokaryotes and eukaryotes done ? (CCE 2015)
Answer:
(a)

  1. Origin of the organ and its basic plan of structure.
  2. Analogous organs have similar functions and appearance. Homologous organs have different functions and appearance. The same are caused by evolution.

(b) Presence (eukaryotes) and absence (prokaryotes) of nuclear organisation.

Question 67.
Who was Gregor John Mendel ? What was his contribution to heredity ? (CCE 2015)
Answer:
Gregor Johann Mendel (1822 – 1884) is known as father of genetics as he discovered the mechanism of transmission of characters from one generation to the next. Mendel was born in Silician, a village in Heinzendorf (now part of Czech Republic) on July 22, 1822 to a farmer’s family. He was a brilliant student. After graduation, Mendel joined monastery at Brunn (then in Austria, now Brno in Czechoslovakia) in 1843 at the age of 21. He became priest in 1847. In 1851, Mendel went to University of Viena for study of Science and Mathematics. He returned to Brunn as substitute teacher (because he failed to clear his examination for teaching certificate). Mendel served as teacher for 14 years. Later he was made abbot of the monastery.
Humans have cultivated the wild cabbage for thousands of years. Then by artificially selecting the traits a variety of plants have been obtained. Write the characteristics feature of each of the following :

Question 68.
(a) Kohlrabi, Cauliflower, Broccoli, Cabbage.
(b) Since how long cabbage has been cultivated for ? (CCE 2015)
Answer:
(a)

  1. Kohlrabi: Swollen stem.
  2. Cauliflower: Sterile condensed inflorescence.
  3. Broccoli: Green immature flowers in bunches.
  4. Cabbage: Terminal enlarged bud.

(b) Cabbage has been in cultivation for over 2000 years.

Question 69.
Explain the formation of sub-population in neighbourhood by taking the example of beetle. (CCE 2015)
Answer:
Beetles have a tendency to remain restricted to a few nearby bushes on which they live, feed and reproduce. In a large population of beetles spread over a mountain range, a number of separate segments of population will occur depending upon the spread of groves of bushes. As there is little gene flow among separated segments of population, they develop and accumulate their own variations and form sub-populations. A sub-population can further evolve into reproductively isolated population if natural barrier develops between it and other sub-populations, e.g., a glacier, water body, mountain cut.

Question 70.
(a) Planaria, insects, octopus and vertebrates all have eyes. Can we group eyes of these animals together to establish a common evolutionary origin ? Justify your answer.
(b) “Birds have evolved from reptiles”. State evidence to prove the statement. (CCE 2015)
Answer:
Answer:
(a) Eyes of the above four types of animals are structurally quite different. They are analogous structures.
(b) Cleidoic eggs and scales are found in both reptiles and birds, indicating their close relationship. Birds have evolved from reptiles as they have developed completely four-chambered heart (instead of incompletely four-chambered heart of reptiles), a toothless beak, fore-arms modified into wings and covering of feathers (as found in dromaesaurs).

Question 71.
At what stage is sex determined in human beings ?
Answer:
At the time of conception.
In human beings sex is determined by a pair of chromosomes called sex chromosomes. Sex complement of a female is XX while that of a male is XY. The complement is formed at the time of fertilization of the ovum by the sperm, i.e. conception. The ovum is always of one type, 22 + X. Sperms are of two types, gynosperms (22 + X) and androsperms (22 + Y). Fusion of an androsperm (22 + Y) with an egg (22 + X) produces a zygote (44 + XY) that will develop into male baby. Fertilization of an ovum (22 + X) with a gynosperm (22 + X) will form a zygote (44 + XX) that grows into a female baby. Sex of the child cannot be changed afterwards by any method. It is determined at the time of conception.

Question 72.
What will happen if both the characters present in F1 generation pass together in F2 generation ? (CCE 2015)
Answer:
They will remain linked together. There will be no recombination. The F2 phenotypic ratio will be 3 : 1 as in monohybrid cross.

Question 73.
A child questioned his teacher that why do organisms resemble their parents more as compared to grand parents. In which way will teacher explain to the child ? (CCE 2015)
Answer:
A child receives two chromosomes of each type, one from each parent (50 : 50). These chromosomes have been inherited from only one of the two paternal grand parents and one of the two maternal grand parents. Hence, resemblance with grand parents will be lesser than resemblance with immediate parents.

Question 74.
A boy of 15 years has attached ear lobes and weight of 65 kg. Which of these is an acquired character and which is inherited ? Give reason for your choice.
Answer:
Attached Ear Lobes. Inherited character. Body Weight. Acquired character. There is no effect of environment on attached ear lobe while acquired character of weight can vary. Inherited trait is obtained from parents and is passed on to next generation. Acquired trait develops during life time of the individual. It is neither inherited nor passed on to next generation.

Question 75.
Rohit will be out of station for a week. He gave his aquarium to Raju, a friend in the neighbourhood for that
(a) Why did Rohit do that ?
(b) What does Rohit expect from Raju ?
(c) What will happen to the aquarium if left for a week unattended ?
(d) Why was Rohit keen on leaving the aquarium with his friend ? ( CCE 2015)
Answer:
(a) So, that the aquarium is looked after.
(b) To feed the fishes, change water and keep the instrument for aeration working.
(c) The fish will die.
(d) Rohit had full faith in his freind’s sincerity.

Question 76.
(a) “Males are heterogametes”, Why ?
(b) Differentiate between inherited and acquired characters by giving two points. (CCE 2015)
Answer:
(a) Human males produce two types of sperms (22+X and 22+Y). Therefore, they are called heterogametic.
(b)

Acquired Traits

 Inherited Traits

1.     Development. The traits develop during life time of an individual.

2.     Nature. They are somatic variations.

3.     Cause. Acquired traits develop due to direct effect of environment, use and disuse and conscious efforts.

4.     Fate. They die with the death of the individual.

Ex. Muscular body of a wrestler.

The traits are obtained from the parents.

They are genetic variations.

The traits develop due to mutations and reshuffling of genetic material.

They are passed on to the next generation.

Ex. Fused and free ear lobes.

Question 77.
In one of his experiments with Pea plants, Mendel observed that when a pure tall Pea plant is crossed with a pure dwarf Pea plant, in F, or first generation only tall plants appear,
(a) What happens to the trait of the dwarf plants in this case ?
(b) When the F1 generation plants were self fertilized, he observed that in the plants of second generation (F2) both tall and dwarf plants were present. Why it happened ? Explain briefly.
(CBSE Delhi 2016)
Answer:
A number of different types of variations develop in a population. All of them do not have survival value. However, some of them are pre-adaptations which can be beneficial under certain environmental conditions. For example, in a heat wave most of the bacteria will die but a few having pre-adaptation or variation to tolerate heat wave will survive and multiply. Actually selection of variants by different environmental factors constitutes the basis for evolution.

Question 78.
In a monohybrid cross between tall Pea plants (TT) and short Pea plants (tt), a scientist observed only tall Pea plants (Tt) in the F1 generation. However, on selfing the F1 generation Pea plants he obtained both tall and short plants in F2 generation. On the basis of above observations with other angiosperms also, can the scientist arrive at a law ? If yes, explain the law. If not, give justification for your answer. (CBSE Delhi 2016)
Answer:
Yes, The scientist would arrive at the law of dominance. The law states that when both the alleles of a character are present together in an individual, only one expresses its trait. It is called dominant trait. The other trait which remains suppressed though its allele is present is called recessive. This happens in F1 generation. However, due to segregation and chance’coming together of the two alleles, both the dominant and recessive traits appear in F2 generation.

Question 79.
List two differences in tabular form between dominant and recessive traits. What percentage/proportion of the plants in F2 generation/progeny were round in Mendel’s cross between round and wrinkled seeded Pea plants ? (CBSE Foreign 2016)
Answer:
Differences:

Dominant Factor or Allele

Recessive Factor or Allele

1. Expression: It is able to express its effect even in the presence of recessive factor. Recessive factor is unable to express its effect in the presence of dominant factor.
2. Protein: It produces an effective protein for expressing its effect. It produces a defective or incomplete protein.
3. Occurrence: Dominant trait appears in more members of the population. Recessive trait appears in fevwer individuals.

The trait of rounded seed is dominant over wrinkled seed. In F2 generation the rounded seed appears in 75% of the population as the phenotypic ratio is 3 : 1 duration.

Question 80.
List three factors that provide evidence in favour of evolution in organisms and state the role of each in brief. (CBSE Foreign 2016, 2017)
Answer:

  1. Homologous organs: They are organs with similar internal structure and similar origin which have bacome modified or evolved to perform different fractions, e.g., fore limbs used for flying in birds, swimming in whale and grasping in humans.
  2. Analogous Organs: They are organs which have different internal structure and different origin but have evolved to perform similar function, e.g, wings in birds and moth.
  3. Fossils: They are remains or impressions of past organisms. Fossils indicate that different organisms lived in different periods and that organisms of one age have evolved from organisms of previous age.

Question 81.
Explain Mendel’s experiment with peas on inheritance of characters considering only one visible contrasting character. (CBSE Foreign 2016)
Answer:
Mendel crossed Garden Pea plants having contrasting visible traits, e.g., tall and dwarf, violet and white flowered.
In F1 generation there were no halfway characteristics. A cross between pure tall and pure dwarf plants yielded only tall plants in F1 generation. There were no medium height plants. When F1 plants were self bred, the F2 plants were not all tall plants. Instead, both tall and dwarf plants appeared in ratio of 3 : 1. It means that the trait for dwarfness was present in F1 generation but was not expressed while the trait for tallness expressed itself.
Heredity and Evolution Class 10 Important Questions Science Chapter 9 image - 20
The trait of tallness which expresses itself in the presence of its contrasting form is called dominant. The other trait of dwarfness which is unable to express its effect in the presence of its contrasting trait is known as recessive.

Question 82.
“Evolution and classification of organisms are interlinked”. Give reasons to justify this statement.
(CBSE A.I. 2017)
Answer:

  1. Classification divides organisms into groups and subgroups on the basis of their similarities and dissimilarities. In a large group, all the organisms possess some similar basic or ancestral characters. In its subgroups, each subgroup has some common derived characters. They are different from other subgroups. The derived characters have developed only through evolution.
  2. Classification helps in tracing the evolutionary relationships amongst organisms by studying the basic and derived traits.
  3. The more characters two species have in common, more closely are they related, e.g., leopard and tiger.

Long Answer Questions (5 Marks each)

Question 1.

  1. What is genetics ?
  2. Give the common name of the plant on which Mendel performed his experiments.
  3. What for did Mendel use the term factors and what are these factors called now ?
  4. What are genes ? Where are the genes located ? (CBSE Delhi 2006)

Answer:

  1. Genetics: It is the branch of biology that deals with the study of heredity and variations.
  2. Garden or Edible Pea.
  3. Factors: They are particulate inheritable entities which control the expression of traits of a character, e.g, T for tallness, t for dwarfness. The factors are now called genes.
  4. Genes: They are units of inheritance that take part in expression of particular characters. Genes are located over the chromosomes as linear segments.

Question 2.
(i) What are chromosomes ? Where are they seated ? (CBSE Foreign 2008)
(ii) What is a sex chromosome ?
(iii) Explain the mechanism of sex determination in human beings.
Answer:
(i) In case of asexually reproducing organisms, there is no gametogenesis and fertilization. Chance separation and chance pairing of genes and their chromosomes are absent. Therefore, asexually developed individual carries the same genes and their chromosomes as are present in its parent.
(ii) Allosomes (Gk. alios— other, soma—boay) or sex chromosomes are those chromosomes which determine the sex of the individual in unisexual organisms. Human beings have 23 pairs of chromosomes.
(iii) Establishment of male and female individuals through differential development of their sex organs is called sex determination. In some organisms sex is determined by environmental conditions. In others including human beings, it is determined genetically.
Environmental Determination of Sex.

  1. Crepidula (marine mollusc) and Bonellia (marine worm) develop into females if growing alone. In the company of a female, they develop into males.
  2. In turtle, Chrysema picta an incubation temperature above 33°C produces females while a temperature below 28°C produces only males.
  3. In lizard, Agama agama, high incubation temperature produces male offspring.
  4. Annelid Ophryotrocha is male in young state and female later on. Snails are also known to change sex.

Question 3.
(a) What is geographical isolation ?
(b) Illustrate formation of a species with the help of an example where individuals are very different from each other and are capable of reproduction among themselves. (CCE 2011)
Answer:
(a) Geographical Isolation. Prevention of mating between breeding groups due to geographical or physical barriers (e.g., Valley, Mountain, Water body) is called geographical isolation. The isolated populations develop different variations and changes in physiology and behaviour to form new species.
(b) Over 160 breeds of dogs have come up due to selective breeding and artificial selection. Similarly, there are about 800 breeds of cattle. They differ in size, height, features, behaviour, colour and other traits. However, all dogs belong to one species of Canis familiaris while all cattle belong to one species of Bos indiens. Despite their structural and behaviour differences all the breeds belonging to the same species can interbreed and produce fertile offspring. However, if interbreeding is prevented by spatial isolation these different breeds can develop reproductive isolation and form new species, e.g., Porto Santo rabbits, Galapogos finches.

Question 4.
Name any five vegetables generated from a common ancestor through artificial selection rather than natural selection. Also mention the features for which each vegetable is selected. (CCE 2011)
Answer:
Artificial Selection in Wild Cabbage. The plant has been under cultivation for more than 2000 years as food plant. Artificial selection carried out at different times have given rise to following vegetables.

  1. Closer leaves provided more value to the food plant. Artificial selection of variants in this direction has given rise to a large terminal bud being used as vegetable. It is cabbage.
  2. Selection of larger leaves for enhancing food value of the plant has produced the leafy vegetable of kale.
  3. Swollen stem parts could increase food value. It resulted in selection of swollen stem in Kohlrabi.
  4. Brussel’s Sprout. The large axillary buds are used as a vegetable.
  5. The plant with immature green flowers has been selected as a vegetable.
  6. Here selection has been for a cluster of sterile flowers.

Question 5.
a) Define evolution.
(b) Mention any four ways by which individuals with -a particular trait may increase in a population. (CCE 2013)
Answer:
(a) Evolution: It is the formation of newer types of organisms from the pre-existing ones through modification, i. e., descent with change or modification.
(b) Fossils Indicate Evolution

  1. Different types of organisms appeared in different ages. Many of them have later on disappeared. Some gave rise to other organisms while a few are persisting even now.
  2. Early forms were simple. Most of the later forms became more and more complex.
  3. Fossils of different ages indicates the path of evolution,
  4. Some fossils have characteristics intermediate between two groups, e.g., Archaeopteryx between reptiles and birds. They indicate the path of evolution.
  5. Phylogeny of some organisms has been worked out with the help of fossils e.g., Horse.

Question 6.
(i) What is meant by traits of an individual ?
(ii) Explain inherited trait and acquired trait.
(iii) Define spéciation. List the factors which could lead to rise of new species. (CCE 2013)
Answer:
(i) Traits: They are distinguishable expressions of well defined morphological or physiological features of an individual, e.g., tall and dwarf in height.
(ii) Inherited Trait: It is genetically controlled trait which is passed from parents to the offspring, generation after generation, .e.g, fused or free ear lobe.
Acquired Trait: It is variation which an individual develops during its life time due to effect of environmental factors, use and disuse of organs and conscious efforts, e.g., education, music.
(iii) Speciation: It is the formation of newer species from the pre-existing ones through modifications and reproductive isolation.
Factors:

  1. Absence of gene flow amongst sub-populations due to the presence of physical barriers, long distance, differences in habitats, environmental and climatic conditions.
  2. Accumulation of different variations in the different sub-populations of the species.
  3. Natural selection of particular traits in a particular environment.
  4. Genetic Drift. Separation of a small population, changes in its allele frequency, new mutations and adaptations to new habitat.
  5. Reproductive Isolation. Accumulation of different variations and genetic drift result in absence of interbreeding in the previous subpopulations of a species. This results in the formation of new species. e.g., Finches of Galapogos islands.

Question 7.
(a) Distinguish between acquired traits and inherited traits.
(b) What is speciation ? What are the factors responsible for it ? (CCE 2013)
Answer:
(a)

Acquired Traits

 Inherited Traits

1.     Development. The traits develop during life time of an individual.

2.     Nature. They are somatic variations.

3.     Cause. Acquired traits develop due to direct effect of environment, use and disuse and conscious efforts.

4.     Fate. They die with the death of the individual.

Ex. Muscular body of a wrestler.

The traits are obtained from the parents.

They are genetic variations.

The traits develop due to mutations and reshuffling of genetic material.

They are passed on to the next generation.

Ex. Fused and free ear lobes.

(b) Speciation: It is the formation of newer species from the pre-existing ones through modifications and reproductive isolation.
Factors:

  1. Absence of gene flow amongst sub-populations due to the presence of physical barriers, long distance, differences in habitats, environmental and climatic conditions.
  2. Accumulation of different variations in the different sub-populations of the species.
  3. Natural selection of particular traits in a particular environment.
  4. Genetic Drift. Separation of a small population, changes in its allele frequency, new mutations and adaptations to new habitat.
  5. Reproductive Isolation. Accumulation of different variations and genetic drift result in absence of interbreeding in the previous subpopulations of a species. This results in the formation of new species. e.g., Finches of Galapogos islands.

Question 8.
What are fossils ? How are they formed ? Explain how fossils support evolution. (CCE 2013)
Answer:
Fossils: They are remains or impressions of past organisms that lie hurried in the rocks and other structures belonging to various ages.
Formation: Fossil formation or fossilisation occurs in bogs, lava and in sediments at the bottom of deep waters where there is little oxygen and rate of decay is slow or absent. Dead bodies settle down at the bottom which get covered by sand and silt. Under acidic conditions some silica can penetrate cells of dead organism and form perfect fossil. In other cases, softer parts decay ultimately and hard parts persist as fossils. Impressions, moulds and casts develop if all parts decay after some time. The sedimented mud and
sand harden to form sedimentary rock which may come to the surface due to upheavals in earth. This exposes the fossils.
Fossils indicate Evolution:

  1. Different types of organisms appeared in different ages. Many of them have later on disappeared. Some gave rise to other organisms while a few are persisting even now.
  2. Early forms were simple. Most of the later forms became more and more complex.
  3. Fossils of different ages indicates the path of evolution,
  4. Some fossils have characteristics intermediate between two groups, e.g., Archaeopteryx between reptiles and birds. They indicate the path of evolution.
  5. Phylogeny of some organisms has been worked out with the help of fossils e.g., Horse.

Question 9.
Define the following :

  1. Gene
  2. Genetic drift
  3. Recessive trait
  4. Evolution
  5. Genetics. (CCE 2014)

Answer:

  1. Gene: They are units of inheritance that take part in expression of particular characters. Genes are located over the chromosomes as linear segments.
  2. Genetic Drift: It is random change in gene frequency in small isolated population owing to factors other than natural selection that results in fixation of certain alleles and elimination of some others.
  3. Recessive Trait: It is a trait which is unable to express its effect in the presence of its contrasting trait.
  4. Evolution: It is the formation of newer types of organisms from the pre-existing ones through modification, i. e., descent with change or modification.
  5. Genetics: It is the branch of biology that deals with the study of heredity and variations.

Question 10.
In organisms, some changes pertain to body cells and are not inherited whereas some changes pertain to germ * cells and are inherited.
(a) Name the two types of variations respectively.
(b) Explain the two ways by which individuals with a particular trait may increase in a population.
(CCE 2014)
Answer:
(a) Body Cells: Somatic variations. They die with the death of the individual.
Germ Cells: Germinal variations. They are passed on to the next generation and are, therefore, inherited.
(b)

Acquired Traits

 Inherited Traits

1.     Development. The traits develop during life time of an individual.

2.     Nature. They are somatic variations.

3.     Cause. Acquired traits develop due to direct effect of environment, use and disuse and conscious efforts.

4.     Fate. They die with the death of the individual.

Ex. Muscular body of a wrestler.

The traits are obtained from the parents.

They are genetic variations.

The traits develop due to mutations and reshuffling of genetic material.

They are passed on to the next generation.

Ex. Fused and free ear lobes.

Question 11.
How do Mendel’s experiments show that the
(a) Traits may be dominant or recessive,
(b) Traits are inherited independently.
(CCE 2015, CBSE Delhi 2017)
Answer:
(a) Dominant and recessive traits can be proved by monohybrid cross. A cross between pure tall Pea plant with a pure dwarf Pea plant yields only tall plants in F1 generation. Self pollination in F1 plants results in appearance of both tall and dwarf plants in the ratio of 3 : 1. Absence of dwarf plants in F1 generation and their reappearance in F2 generation in 25% population shows that the trait for dwarfness is recessive. It does not express its effect in the presence of allele for tallness. The factor for tallness is dominant over the factor for dwarfness.
(b) That traits are inherited independently can be proved by a dihybrid cross like RRYY and rryy. In F1 generation all the plants were having round seeds with yellow colour. On self pollination, the F2 generation has 4 types of plants—round yellow (9), round green (3), wrinkled yellow (3) and wrinkled green (1). While round yellow and wrinkled green are parental types, the other two (round green and wrinkled yellow) are recombinants. Recombinants can appear only if the traits are inherited independently.

Question 12.
What are fossils ? How are they formed ? Describe in brief two methods of determining the age of fossils. State any one role of fossils in the study of process of evolution. (CCE 2015, CBSE Foreign 2016, 2017)
Answer:
Fossils: They are remains or impressions of past organisms that lie hurried in the rocks and other structures belonging to various ages.
Formation: Fossil formation or fossilisation occurs in bogs, lava and in sediments at the bottom of deep waters where there is little oxygen and rate of decay is slow or absent. Dead bodies settle down at the bottom which get covered by sand and silt. Under acidic conditions some silica can penetrate cells of dead organism and form perfect fossil. In other cases, softer parts decay ultimately and hard parts persist as fossils. Impressions, moulds and casts develop if all parts decay after some time. The sedimented mud and
sand harden to form sedimentary rock which may come to the surface due to upheavals in earth. This exposes the fossils.
Age of Fossils: Age of Fossil Organisms,

  1. Relative Dating. Fossils closer to the surface are more recent than the ones present midway which in turn are more recent than the ones present in deeper layers of rocks.
  2. Radioactive or Absolute Dating. Fossil or piece of fossil containing rock is analysed for radioactive decay
    (uranium —> lead, radioactive Potassium —> argon, l4C content) to calculae the age.

Role of Fossils in Study of Evolution:

  1. Different types of organisms appeared in different ages. Many of them have later on disappeared. Some gave rise to other organisms while a few are persisting even now.
  2. Early forms were simple. Most of the later forms became more and more complex.
  3. Fossils of different ages indicates the path of evolution,
  4. Some fossils have characteristics intermediate between two groups, e.g., Archaeopteryx between reptiles and birds. They indicate the path of evolution.
  5. Phylogeny of some organisms has been worked out with the help of fossils e.g., Horse.

Question 13.
Give differences :
(a) Heredity and variations
(b) Dominant and recessive traits,
(c) Natural and artificial selection. (CCE 2015)
Answer:
(a) Differences Between Heredity and Variations

Heredity

Variations

1.    Nature. It is the transmission of characters from parents to offspring.

2.     Cause. Heredity occurs due to passage of chromosomes or DNA from parents to offspring.

3.     Use. It keeps the identity of population intact.

They are differences in combination of traits amongst members of a species.

They are caused by reshuffling of genes, mutations as well as environment.

They help in adaptations to changing environment as well as natural selection.

(b) Differences Between Dominant and Recessive Factors

Dominant Factor or Allele

Recessive Factor or Allele

1. Expression. It is able to express its effect even in the presence of recessive factor. Recessive factor is unable to express its effect in the presence of dominant factor.
2. Protein. It produces an effective protein for expressing its effect. It produces a defective or incomplete protein.
3. Occurrence. Dominant trait appears in more members of the population. Recessive trait appears in fevwer individuals.

(c) Differences Between Natural Selection and Artificial Selection

Natural Selection

Artificial Selection

1.   Organisms. It operates over all organisms.

2.   Agency. It is carried out by nature.

3.    Traits. The selected traits have adaptive value.

4.    Care. Products of natural selection do not require human care or protection.

5.   Rapidity. It is a slow process.

It operates on some selected organisms.

It is carried out by humans.

The selected traits are important to human beings. Organisms undergoing artificial selection require human protection.

It is a faster process.

Question 14.
(a) Why do we say that homozygous plants produce pure progeny ?
(b) Define heterozygous.
(c) Explain how the process of speciation takes place. (CCE 2015)
Answer:
(a) Homozygous Plants: They possess identical alleles of a character (e.g., IT ). All their gametes come to have the same type of allele (e.g., T) so that fusion of two such gametes produce the genetic make up (TT) similar to the parent. This will continue for generations so that such plants are called pure lines.
(b) Heterozygous: It is an individual having both the contrasting alleles of a character (e.g., Tt). Heterozygous individuals is called hybrid.
(c) Speciation: It is formation of newer species from pre-existing ones due to reproductive isolation of segments of their population. Scpeciation is of two types, sympatric and allopatric.
Sympatric speciation occurs in the same area due to mutations in a section of population that result in its reproductive isolation from the rest of population.
Allopatric speciation: It occurs in sub-population occurring in different and mutually exclusive areas of distribution due to physical barriers (e.g., valley, mountain, water body), ends of a long range and genetic drift. They accumulate different variations and become transformed into different species.

Question 15.
Given here is a schematic diagram showing Mendel’s experiment on pea plants with yellow round and green wrinkled seeds. Answer the following questions :
(a) Complete the diagram by filling numbers 1-6.
(b) Write the phenotypes of F1 progeny,
(c) Name the phenotypes produced in F2 progeny upon self pollination of F1 progeny. (CCE 2015)
Heredity and Evolution Class 10 Important Questions Science Chapter 9 image - 21
Answer:
(a)

  1. 1- YR,
  2. 2-YR,
  3. 3-yr,
  4. 4-YyRr,
  5. 5-YyRr,
  6. 6-YyRr.

(b) Yellow round seeded.
(c) Yellow round seeded 3 : Green wrinkled seeded 1.

Question 16.
(a) How many pairs of chromosomes are present in human beings ? Out of these how many are sex chromosomes ? How many types of sex chromosomes are found in human beings ?
(b) “The sex of a new born child is a matter of chance and none of the parents may be considered responsible for it.” Draw a flow chart showing determination of sex of new born to justify this statement. (CCE 2015)
Answer:
(a) 23 pairs. Out of them one pair are sex chromosomes or allosomes. In females, both the sex chromosomes are similar and are called XX. In males, the two sex chromosomes are different, X and Y.
(b) Sex of the child is determined by the gametes that fuse to form zygote which later grows into offspring. Human females (44 + XX) produce only one type of ova (22 + X). Human males (44 + XY) form two types of sperms, androsperms (22 + Y) and gynosperms (22 + X). Both are formed in equal number. It is a chance factor whether an androsperm or a gynosperm fuses with egg to form 44 + XY or 44 + XX child. A child that obtains an X-chromosome from father will be girl and the one who inherits a Y-chromosome will be boy.
Heredity and Evolution Class 10 Important Questions Science Chapter 9 image - 22

Question 17.
(a) Observe the ears of students of your class. Which variations do you observe related to ear ? What do you conclude ?
(b) Why did Mendel choose Pea plant for his expeirments ? Give 3 reasons. (CCE 2015)
Answer:
(a) Ear lobes: Attached and Free Ear Lobes
Observe the lower part of pinna or ear lobe of your class mates. Find out that there are two types of ear lobes, free (hanging separately) and attached (non-hanging). Out of 50 students, the students with attached ear lobes are fewer, say 8. The remaining students (42 here) have free ear lobes. Calculate the percentage of free ear lobes and attached ear lobes.
Heredity and Evolution Class 10 Important Questions Science Chapter 9 image - 23
Heredity and Evolution Class 10 Important Questions Science Chapter 9 image - 24
Now find out the ear lobes of the parents of your class mates. Attached ear lobes often occur in cases where one of the two parents of children having attached ear lobes. Free lobes always oscur in those cases where one or both the parents have free lobes. This is possible only when the trait of ear lobe is represented in an individual by two factors or alleles, E and e. Persons with free ear lobes have EE and Ee. Persons with attached ear lobes have ee. The two alleles separate at the time of gametogenesis, so that a sperm or egg has only one allele £ or e but not both. The two alleles come together during fertilization.
Heredity and Evolution Class 10 Important Questions Science Chapter 9 image - 25
(b) Mendel’s Experimental Material:
Mendel chose Garden Pea or Edible Pea (Pisum sativum) as his experimental material because of

  1. Easy availability of detectable contrasting traits of several characters,
  2. Flower structure normally allows self fertilization but cross fertilization can also be carried out easily.
  3. Annual nature of the plant,
  4. Formation of a large number of seeds by each plant,
  5. Requirement of little care except at the time of cross breeding.

Mendel selected seven visible characters, each with two contrasting traits (Figure 4.5). They were given symbols, dominant with capital alphabet symbol (e.gtallness T) while the recessive were given small alphabet symbol (e.g., dwarfness t). All the plants were pure breeding. They formed the parent (P) generation.
Heredity and Evolution Class 10 Important Questions Science Chapter 9 image - 26

Question 18.
(a) “Evolution has occurred in stages”. Justify the statement.
(b) Differentiate between eye and eyespots. Which animal possesses eye spots ? (CCE 2015)
Answer:
(a) Evolution does not proceed continuously in one direction. A number of stages occur with each stage giving rise to one or more branches. Both humans and chimpanzee are closely related but neither of them has given rise to the other. Rather they have evolved from a common ancestor which neither gave rise to modern day chimpanzee nor modern human in one step. Instead, descendants of this ancestor gave rise to various forms. One of them gave rise to chimpanzee. Another gave rise to humans. A third one formed great apes.
(b) Eye is an organ of the body that forms images of the surroundings. Eye spot is a light sensitive area of the body surface where images are not formed but sensitivity about the surrounding is perceived, e.g., Planaria.

Question 19.
Give reason for the following :
(a) Traits acquired during lifetime of an individual are not inherited.
(b) All humans belong to a single species.
(c) Variations keep on accumulating during reproduction and do not disappear in next generation.
(CCE 2015)
Answer:
(a) Acquired variations influence only the somatic cells. They die with the death of the individual.
(b) Delimitation of a species is based on the presence of a common gene pool, free inbreeding and reproductive isolation. Differences in size, colour and looks are based on preponderance of specific alleles and their interactions with the environment. All human beings, despite presence of different races, belong to same species (Homo sapiens) because they share the same gene pool, can marry amongst themselves and produce fertile offspring.
(c) They are inherited variations. Most of them are produced during reproduction due to reshuffling of chromosomes, recombinations, and some due to mutations. Inherited variations are passed on to next generation.

Question 20.
What is meant by spéciation ? List four factors that could lead to spéciation. Which of these cannot be a major factor in the spéciation of self-pollinating plant species. Give reason to justify your answer.
(CBSE Delhi 2016)
Answer:
Speciation: It is the formation of newer species from the pre-existing ones through modifications and reproductive isolation.
Factors:

  1. Absence of gene flow amongst sub-populations due to the presence of physical barriers, long distance, differences in habitats, environmental and climatic conditions.
  2. Accumulation of different variations in the different sub-populations of the species.
  3. Natural selection of particular traits in a particular environment.
  4. Genetic Drift. Separation of a small population, changes in its allele frequency, new mutations and adaptations to new habitat.
  5. Reproductive Isolation. Accumulation of different variations and genetic drift result in absence of interbreeding in the previous subpopulations of a species. This results in the formation of new species. e.g., Finches of Galapogos islands.

Self Pollinating Plants: Geographical isolation has little role in spéciation of self pollinating plant species because there is already no gene flow among members of the species. Pea or Wheat which is self pollinated (due to pollination in bud condition) is not affected by any type of isolation. However, self pollinated plants can accumulate variations due to mutations and other factors and form new species.

Question 21.
(a) Why did Mendel choose Garden Pea for his experiments ? Write two reasons,
(b) List two contrasting visible characters of Garden Pea, Mendel used for his experiments
(c) Explain in brief how Mendel interpreted his results to show that the traits may be dominant or recessive. (CBSE Foreign 2016)
Answer:
(a) Garden Pea As Experimental Material:

  1. Availability of true breeding varieties,
  2. Both self and cross pollination are possible.
  3. Small size, short life cycle, easy to grow and maintain.

(b) Contrasting Traits:

  1. Height: Tall and dwarf,
  2. Seed Shape: Round and wrinkled
  3. Seed Colour.
  4. Yellow and green.

(c) Interpretation by Mendel: Mendel crossed Garden Pea plants having contrasting visible traits, e.g., tall and dwarf, violet and white flowered.
In F1 generation there were no halfway characteristics. A cross between pure tall and pure dwarf plants yielded only tall plants in F1 generation. There were no medium height plants. When F1 plants were self bred, the F2 plants were not all tall plants. Instead, both tall and dwarf plants appeared in ratio of 3 : 1. It means that the trait for dwarfness was present in F1 generation but was not expressed while the trait for tallness expressed itself.
Heredity and Evolution Class 10 Important Questions Science Chapter 9 image - 27
The trait of tallness which expresses itself in the presence of its contrasting form is called dominant. The other trait of dwarfness which is unable to express its effect in the presence of its contrasting trait is known as recessive.

Question 22.
Define evolution. How does it occur ? Describe how fossils provide us evidence in support of evolution.
(CBSE A.I. 2016)
Answer:
Evolution: It is the formation of newer types of organisms from the pre-existing ones through modifications or accumulation of variations.
Mechanism:

  1. Absence of gene flow amongst sub-populations due to the presence of physical barriers, long distance, differences in habitats, environmental and climatic conditions.
  2. Accumulation of different variations in the different sub-populations of the species.
  3. Natural selection of particular traits in a particular environment.
  4. Genetic Drift. Separation of a small population, changes in its allele frequency, new mutations and adaptations to new habitat.
  5. Reproductive Isolation. Accumulation of different variations and genetic drift result in absence of interbreeding in the previous subpopulations of a species. This results in the formation of new species. e.g., Finches of Galapogos islands.

Fossils As Evidence of Evolution:
Fossils: They are remains or impressions of past organisms that lie hurried in the rocks and other structures belonging to various ages.
Fossils Indicate Evolution

  1. Different types of organisms appeared in different ages. Many of them have later on disappeared. Some gave rise to other organisms while a few are persisting even now.
  2. Early forms were simple. Most of the later forms became more and more complex.
  3. Fossils of different ages indicates the path of evolution,
  4. Some fossils have characteristics intermediate between two groups, e.g., Archaeopteryx between reptiles and birds. They indicate the path of evolution.
  5. Phylogeny of some organisms has been worked out with the help of fossils e.g., Horse.

Hope given Previous Year Question Papers for CBSE Class 10 Science Chapter 9 Heredity and Evolution are helpful to complete your science homework.

If you have any doubts, please comment below. Learn Insta try to provide online science tutoring for you.

Magnetic Effects of Electric Current Class 10 Important Questions Science Chapter 13

Chapter 13 Magnetic Effects of Electric Current Class 10 Science Important Questions with Answers PDF will help you in scoring more marks. This consists of 1 mark Questions, 3 Mark Numericals Questions, 5 Marks Numerical Questions and previous year questions from Chemical Reactions and Equations Chapter.

Magnetic Effects of Electric Current Class 10 Important Questions and Answers Science Chapter 13

Very Short Answer Questions

Based on magnet and magnetic field

Question 1.
Identify the poles of a magnet in the figure.
Magnetic Effects of Electric Current Class 10 Important Questions Science Chapter 13 image - 1
Answer:
Magnetic Effects of Electric Current Class 10 Important Questions Science Chapter 13 image - 2

More Resources

Question 2.
What is the direction of magnetic field lines outside a bar magnet ?  (CBSE 2010, 2011)
Answer:
From North pole to South pole.

Question 3.
What does crowding of magnetic field lines indicate ? (CBSE 2010, 2011)
                                             Or
What does the degree of closeness of magnetic field lines near the poles signify ? (CBSE 2012)
Answer:
Crowding of magnetic field lines indicates that magnetic field in that region is strong.

Question 4.
At what place of the magnet are the magnetic field lines denser ? [CBSE (All India) 2007]
Answer:
Near the poles of the magnet.

Question 5.
What is meant by magnetic field ? [CBSE (Delhi) 2007, 2009, 2014]
Answer:
The space around a magnet or current carrying conductor within which its influence can be felt by a magnetic substance like iron is called magnetic field.

Question 6.
How is the direction of magnetic field at a point determined ? [CBSE (Delhi) 2007]
Answer:
Direction of magnetic field is determined by a compass needle. The direction of magnetic field is towards the north pole of the compass needle at a point.

Question 7.
What is SI unit of magnetic field ?
Answer:
tesla (T).

Question 8.
What is the direction of magnetic field lines inside a bar magnet ?
Answer:
From South pole to the North pole.

Question 9.
Define a magnetic field line ? (CBSE (All India) 2006, 2010, 2015)
                                        Or
What are magnetic field lines ? (CBSE 2011, 2013)
Answer:
It is a curve around a magnet or a current carrying straight conductor such that the tangent at any point on the curve gives the direction of magnetic field at that point.

Question 10.
Give two uses of a magnetic compass. (CBSE 2013)
Answer:

  1. It is used to determine the direction of north and south of earth.
  2. It is used to draw the magnetic field lines around a bar magnet.

Based on magnetic field due to current through a straight conductor

Question 11.
How is the strength of the magnetic field around a wire related to the strength of the electric current flowing in the wire ? (CBSE 2004)
Answer:
The strength of magnetic field B increases with the increase in the electric current I and vice-versa. That is, Bocl.

Question 12.
How can it be shown that magnetic field exists around a wire through which direct current is passing ?
[C.B.S.E; (Delhi) 2004]
Answer:
By placing a magnetic compass near the wire. If magnetic compass needle shows the deflection magnetic field exists around the wire.

Question 13.
What is the nature of magnetic field lines around a current carrying wire ?
Answer:
Concentric circles centred at the wire.

Question 14.
State the rule used to determine the direction of magnetic field produced around a straight conductor carrying current. [CBSE (Delhi) 2009; CBSE (All India) 2009, 2011, 2012, 2015]
Answer:
This rule is used to find the direction of the magnetic field produced by the current carrying conductor around it.
Statement : If a current carrying conductor is imagined to be held in the right hand such that the thumb points in the direction of the current, then the curled fingers of the hand indicate the direction of magnetic field (Figure 14).
Magnetic Effects of Electric Current Class 10 Important Questions Science Chapter 13 image - 3
If current in a conductor flows in the upward direction, then the direction of magnetic field around the conductor is in anticlockwise direction. On the other hand, if current in a conductor flows in the downward direction, then the direction of the magnetic field around the conductor is in clockwise direction.

Question 15.
State the rule to determine the direction of a force experienced by a current-carrying straight conductor placed in a magnetic field which is perpendicular. (CBSE 2013, 2014, 2015)
Answer:
Fleming’s left hand rule
Statement : Stretch the left hand such that the thumb, first finger and the central finger are mutually perpendicular to each other. If the First finger points in the direction of the magnetic Field and the Central finger points in the direction of Current, then the thumb will point in the direction of Motion (or Force) as shown in figure 24.
Magnetic Effects of Electric Current Class 10 Important Questions Science Chapter 13 image - 4
Thus, in Fleming’s left hand rule, first finger shows the direction of the magnetic field. The central finger shows the direction of electric current flowing in the conductor. Thumb shows the direction of force on the conductor or the direction of motion of the conductor

Question 16.
A compass needle shows deflection when brought near a current carrying conductor. Why ? (CBSE 2015)
Answer:
A compass needle is a small magnet. When it is brought near a current carrying’ conductor, it experiences a magnetic force due to the magnetic field around the current carrying conductor. Hence, it gets deflected due to this magnetic force.

Question 17.
Draw a sketch of the pattern of field lines due to a current flowing through a straight conductor.
[CBSE (Delhi) 2009, 2011]
Answer:
Magnetic Effects of Electric Current Class 10 Important Questions Science Chapter 13 image - 5

Based on magnetic field due to current passing through a circular wire or loop

Question 18.
Draw the magnetic field lines through and around a single loop of wire carrying electric current.
(CBSE 2015)
Answer:
Magnetic Effects of Electric Current Class 10 Important Questions Science Chapter 13 image - 6

Question 19.
Draw the pattern of magnetic field lines of the field produced by a current carrying circular loop.
(C.B.S.E 2010, 2011, 2012)
Answer:
Magnetic Effects of Electric Current Class 10 Important Questions Science Chapter 13 image - 7

Based on magnetic field due to current in a solenoid

Question 20.
What is a solenoid ? (CBSE (Delhi) 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013, 2015)
Answer:
A solenoid is a long, helically wound coil of insulated copper wire.

Question 21.
Write one application of magnetic field of current carrying solenoid. (CBSE Sample Paper)
Answer:
Magnetic field of current carrying solenoid is used to make soft iron as an electromagnet.

Question 22.
Draw the pattern of field lines of magnetic field through and around a current carrying soleniod.
(CBSE (Delhi) 2009, 2011, 2012, 2013, 2015)
Answer:
Magnetic Effects of Electric Current Class 10 Important Questions Science Chapter 13 image - 8

Question 23.
What does the direction of thumb indicate in the right hand thumb rule ?
Answer:
Direction of the flow of current.

Question 24.
How is an electromagnet made ?
Answer:
An electromagnet is made by placing a soft iron bar in a current carrying solenoid.

Based on force on a current carrying conductor placed in a magnetic field

Question 25.
Write an expression for the force acting on a conductor of length l carrying current (I) and placed perpendicular to the magnetic field (B).
Answer:
F = BIl

Question 26.
State the rule to determine the direction of a force experienced by a current-carrying straight conductor placed in a magnetic field which is perpendicular. (CBSE 2013, 2014, 2015)
Answer:
Fleming’s left hand rule
Statement : Stretch the left hand such that the thumb, first finger and the central finger are mutually perpendicular to each other. If the First finger points in the direction of the magnetic Field and the Central finger points in the direction of Current, then the thumb will point in the direction of Motion (or Force) as shown in figure 24.
Magnetic Effects of Electric Current Class 10 Important Questions Science Chapter 13 image - 36
Thus, in Fleming’s left hand rule, first finger shows the direction of the magnetic field. The central finger shows the direction of electric current flowing in the conductor. Thumb shows the direction of force on the conductor or the direction of motion of the conductor.

Based on electric motor

Question 27.
What is electric motor ? (CBSE 2012)
Answer:
A device which converts electrical energy into mechanical energy.

Question 28.
What is the principle of electric motor ? (CBSE 2012)
Answer:
A current carrying conductor placed perpendicular to the magnetic field experiences a force.

Based on Electromagnetic Induction.

Question 29.
Define electromagnetic induction. (CBSE 2011, 2012, 2015)
Answer:
The phenomenon of producing induced current in a closed coil due to the changing magnetic field is called electromagnetic induction.

Question 30.
State the rule of determine the direction of current induced in a coil due to its rotation in a magnetic field.
(CBSE 2015)
Answer:
Fleming stated a rule to determine the direction of induced current in a conductor. This rule is known as Fleming’s Right hand rule.
Fleming’s Right hand Rule: “Stretch the right hand such that the first finger, the central finger and the thumb are mutually perpendicular to each other. If the First finger points along the direction of the field (magnetic field) and the Thumb points along the direction of Motion of the conductor, then the direction of induced. Current is given by the direction of the Central finger (Figure 30).
Magnetic Effects of Electric Current Class 10 Important Questions Science Chapter 13 image - 10
Thus, in right hand rule, first finger shows the direction of the magnetic field. The central finger shows the direction of induced current in the conductor. The thumb shows the direction of motion of the conductor in the magnetic field.
Note : Fleming’s Right hand rule is also known as Dynamo Rule.

Question 31.
How is induced current in a secondary coil related to current in a primary coil ? [CBSE (All India) 2009)]
Answer:
When current in a primary coil changes, induced current in the secondary coil is set up.

Question 32.
Name any one method to induce current in a coil. (CBSE 2015)
Answer:
Electromagnetic induction.

Based on Direct current and Alternating current

Question 33.
What is frequency of AC in India ? (CBSE 2010, 2011, 2013)
                                       Or
State the frequency of power supply generated in India. (CBSE 2012)
Answer:
50 Hz

Question 34.
What is the frequency of direct current (D.C) ? (CBSE 2013)
Answer:
Zero.

Question 35.
What is the meaning of the term “frequency” of an alternating current ? What is its value in India ?
(CBSE Sample Paper, CBSE 2014, 2015)
Answer:
Frequency of an alternating current means how many cycles it makes in one second. In India, frequency of AC is 50Hz or cycle/second.

Question 36.
Why is an alternating current considered to be advantageous over direct current for long range transmission of electric energy 1 (CBSE Sample Paper, 2012, 2014)
                                                       Or
State one advantage of A.C. over D.C. (CBSE 2011, 2014, 2015)
Answer:
AC can be transmitted to long distant places without much loss of electric energy with the help of a transformer.

Question 37.
How is the type of current that we receive in domestic circuit different from the one that runs a clock ?
(CBSE 2015)
Answer:
The current received in domestic circuit is alternating current and the one that runs a clock is direct current. Alternating current varies in magnitude and changes its direction periodically. However, magnitude of direct current may or may not change with passage of time but its direction remains the same.

Based on electric generator

Question 38.
What is electric generator ?
Answer:
A device used to convert mechanical energy into electrical energy.

Based on Domestic Electric Circuits

Question 39.
Out of three wires live, neutral and earth, which one goes through ON/OFF switch ? (CBSE 2013, 15)
Answer:
Live wire.

Question 40.
In a domestic electric circuit, mention the potential difference between live wire and neutral wire and frequency of A.C. (CBSE 2013)
Answer:
220 V and 50 Hz.

Question 41.
Mention the colour convention for live, neutral and earth wires. (CBSE 2015)
Answer:
Live wire is covered with an insulation of red or brown colour. Neutral wire is covered with an insulation of black colour and earth wire is covered with an insulation of green or yellow colour.

Question 42.
What do you understand by the current rating of an electric fuse ? (CBSE 2012)
Answer:
The maximum amount of current that can be passed through the fuse wire without melting it.

Question 43.
Name the material generally used to make electric fuse. (CBSE 2006, 2012, 2013, 2014, 2015)
Answer:
Copper or alloy of lead and tin.

Question 44.
An alternating current has frequency of 50 Hz. How many times does it change its direction in one secotid ? [CBSE (Delhi) 2004 (S), 2012, 2013]
                                                                               Or
How many times does AC used in India change direction in one second ? (CBSE Sample Paper)
Answer:
Since frequency is 50 Hz, so a.c. completes 50 cycles in 1 second. Therefore, it reverses its direction 100 times in one second.

Question 45.
List two characteristics of the material to be used in fuse wire. (CBSE 2014, 2015)
Answer:

  1. Melting point of the material used to make fuse wire should be low.
  2. Resistance should be low.

Question 46.
State the function of a ‘fuse’ in a circuit. How is it connected in the domestic circuit ? (CBSE 2013, 2014)
Answer:
Fuse is a safety device which prevents the damage of an electric, appliance connected in a circuit. It is connected in series in the domestic circuit.

Question 47.
Name the electric device that converts mechanical energy into electric energy.(CBSE Sample Paper 2017-18)
Answer:
Electric generator.

Question 48.
What is the function of earth wire in electrical instruments ? (CBSE Sample Paper 2017-18)
Answer:
Earth wire in electrical instruments save us from electric shocks.

Question 49.
Explain what is short circuiting of an electric supply. (CBSE Sample Paper 2017-18)
Answer:
When live wire and neutral wire of an electric circuit comes in direct contact accidently, then short circuiting takes place.

Question 50.
What is the usual current rating of the fuse wire in the line to feed
(a) lights and fans ?
(b) Appliances of 2 kW or more power ? (CBSE Sample Paper 2017-18)
Answer:
(a) 5 A
(b) 15 A.

Short Answer Questions (2 & 3 Marks)

Based on magnet and magnetic field

Question 1.
In the figure below, identify the poles marked P and Q as North Pole or South pole. Give reason for your answer. (CBSE 2010)
Magnetic Effects of Electric Current Class 10 Important Questions Science Chapter 13 image - 11
Answer:
Both P and Q are North poles. Magnetic field lines emerge from North pole.

Based on magnetic field due to current through a straight conductor

Question 2.
State the factors on which the strength of magnetic field at a point due to a current carrying conductor depends. State the rule which gives the direction of magnetic field. (CBSE 2010, 2013)
Answer:
The strength of magnetic field at a point due to current carrying conductor depends on

  1. strength of electric current flowing in the conductor.
  2. the distance of the point from the conductor.
    Right hand thumb rule: If a current carrying conductor is imagined to be held in the right hand such that the thumb points in the direction of the current, then the curled fingers of the hand indicate the direction of magnetic field (Figure 14).
    Magnetic Effects of Electric Current Class 10 Important Questions Science Chapter 13 image - 12

Question 3.
Describe an activity to show that magnetic field is generated around straight current carrying wire.
[CBSE (All India) 2008, 2010, 2011, 2013, 2015]
                                                                                 Or
With the help of a labelled circuit diagram describe an activity to illustrate the pattery of the magnetic field lines around a straight current carrying long conducting wire. (CBSE Sample Paper 2017-2018)
Answer:
Describe an activity to plot the magnetic field around a straight conductor carrying current.
Magnetic Effects of Electric Current Class 10 Important Questions Science Chapter 13 image - 13

  1. Take the thick piece of wire consisting of ten turns of insulated copper wire and a card board.
  2. Pass this thick wire through a hole in the card board placed horizontally as shown in  Fig 13.a
    Magnetic Effects of Electric Current Class 10 Important Questions Science Chapter 13 image - 14
  3. Now pass electric current (about 4 A) through the wire by pressing the key and sprinkle some iron filings on the card board around the wire.
  4. Tap the card board gently.

Observation : We find that the iron filings are arranged in concentric circles around the wire as shown in figure 13(a). If magnetic compass is placed near the current carrying wire and at different positions, we get concentric circles around the wire as shown in figure 13(b). These concentric circles around the wire carrying current represent the magnetic field around the wire.

Question 4.
A horizontal power line carries current in east to west direction.What is the direction of the magnetic field due to the current in the power line at a point above and at a point below the power line ?
(CBSE 2013, 2015)
Answer:
According to right-hand thumb rule :

  1. the direction of magnetic field at a point above the power line is from south to north,
  2. the direction of magnetic field at a point below the power line is from north to south.
    Magnetic Effects of Electric Current Class 10 Important Questions Science Chapter 13 image - 15

Question 5.
A magnetic compass is placed near a current carrying wire. What will you observe

  1. When current in the wire is increased,
  2. When the magnetic compass is displaced away from the wire ?
                                                                         

                                                               Or
A magnetic compass shows a deflection near a current carrying wire. How will the deflection of the compass get affected if current in the wire is increased ? Support your answer with reason.
(CBSE Sample Paper 2012, 2013)
Answer:

  1. We observe that the deflection of the needle of the magnetic compass increases. This is because the magnetic field strength due to a current carrying wire increases, when current in the wire is increased.
  2. We observe that the deflection of the needle of the magnetic compass decreases. This is because the magnetic field strength due to a current carrying wire decreases with the increase of the distance from the wire.

Question 6.
Draw a diagram to show how a magnetic needle deflects when it is placed above or below a straight conductor carrying current de¬pending on the direction of the current in the conductor.
(CBSE 2010)
Magnetic Effects of Electric Current Class 10 Important Questions Science Chapter 13 image - 16
Answer:
Direction of deflection of magnetic needle due to the current pass¬ing through a conductor can be found using Ampere’s swimming rule as shown in figure A.

Question 7.
A student performs an experiment to study the magnetic effect of current around a current carrying conductor with the help of a magnetic compass. He reports that :

  1. The degree of deflection of the magnetic compass increases when the compass is moved away from the conductor.
  2. The degree of deflection of the magnetic compass increases when the current through the conductor is increased

Which of the above observations of the student appears to be wrong and why ? (CBSE 2010, 2011)
Answer:
Observation

  1. is incorrect. Degree of deflection of magnetic compass depends on the strength of the magnetic field produced by the current carrying conductor. Magnetic field increases with the increase in the current through the conductor and hence degree of deflection of the magnetic compass increases.
  2. Magnetic field decreases with the increase in the distance from the conductor and hence degree of deflection of the magnetic compass decreases when the compass is moved away from the conductor.

Question 8.
With the help of a diagram describe an activity to show that an electric current can affect a magnet.
(CBSE 2014)
Answer:
When a straight conductor carries electric current (dc), a magnetic field is set up around the conductor. This magnetic field causes the deflection in the needle of the magnetic compass.
Describe an activity to plot the magnetic field around a straight conductor carrying current.

  1. Take the thick piece of wire consisting of ten turns of insulated copper wire and a card board.
  2. Pass this thick wire through a hole in the card board placed horizontally as shown in  Fig 13.a.
    Magnetic Effects of Electric Current Class 10 Important Questions Science Chapter 13 image - 17
  3. Now pass electric current (about 4 A) through the wire by pressing the key and sprinkle some iron filings on the card board around the wire.
  4. Tap the card board gently.

Observation : We find that the iron filings are arranged in concentric circles around the wire as shown in figure 13(a). If magnetic compass is placed near the current carrying wire and at different positions, we get concentric circles around the wire as shown in figure 13(b). These concentric circles around the wire carrying current represent the magnetic field around the wire.

Based on force on a current carrying conductor placed in a magnetic field

Question 9.
Why does a current carrying conductor kept in a magnetic field experience force ? What is the direction of force acting on the conductor ? (CBSE 2010, 2011, 2015)
Answer:
A current carrying conductor contains moving negatively charged particles (i.e., electrons). Each electron experiences a force (= Bev). The total force experienced by electrons is equal to the force experienced by the conductor. This force acts perpendicular to both the magnetic field and the direction of current in the conductor. The direction of the force acting on the conductor is determined by Fleming’s left hand rule.
A proton enters a magnetic field at right angles to it as shown in figure.

Question 10.
What is the direction of the force acting on the proton ?
Magnetic Effects of Electric Current Class 10 Important Questions Science Chapter 13 image - 18
Answer:
According to Fleming’s left hand rule, the force acting on a current
carrying conductor placed at right angles to a magnetic field is perpendicular to the directions of current {i.e. flow of positive charges) and the magnetic field.
The arrow showing the direction of proton represents the direction of current in a conductor, therefore, the force acting on the conductor is perpendicular to the plane of the paper and in upward direction.

Question 11.
State the rule to determine the direction of force experienced by a current carrying conductor in a magnetic field. How will this force get affected on :

  1. Doubling the magnitude of current ?
  2. Reversing the direction of current flow ? (CBSE 2010)

Answer:
Fleming’s left hand rule:
Statement : Stretch the left hand such that the thumb, first finger and the central finger are mutually perpendicular to each other. If the First finger points in the direction of the magnetic Field and the Central finger points in the direction of Current, then the thumb will point in the direction of Motion (or Force) as shown in figure 24.
Magnetic Effects of Electric Current Class 10 Important Questions Science Chapter 13 image - 19
Thus, in Fleming’s left hand rule, first finger shows the direction of the magnetic field. The central finger shows the direction of electric current flowing in the conductor. Thumb shows the direction of force on the conductor or the direction of motion of the conductor
Force, F = B I l.

  1. When magnitude of current is doubled, the magnitude of the force is also doubled.
  2. The direction of the force is reversed, when the direction of the current flow is reversed.

Question 12.
A student while studying the force experienced by a current carrying conductor in a magnetic field records the following observations :

  1. The force experienced by the conductor increases as the current is increased.
  2. The force experienced by the conductor decreases as the strength of the magnetic field is increased.

Which of the two observations is correct and why ? (CBSE 2010, 2011)
Answer:
Force experienced by a current carrying conductor in a magnetic field is given by F = B I l, where B is magnetic field, I is current and l is the length of the conductor.
Observation

  1. is correct because F increases with increase in I. However, observation
  2. is incorrect because F increases with increase in B.

Question 13.
Describe with the help of a labelled diagram an activity to demonstrate the force acting on a current carrying conductor due to magnetic field. (CBSE 2014, 2015)
Answer:
Describe an activity to show that a current carrying conductor placed perpendicular to the magnetic field experiences a force.

  1. Fix a horse shoe magnet on the top of the table.
  2. Place a long and thin strip of aluminium on two wooden supports such that it passes between the North and South poles of the magnet.
  3. Connect a battery across the ends of the aluminium strip through a key (K) as shown in Figure 23(a).
    Magnetic Effects of Electric Current Class 10 Important Questions Science Chapter 13 image - 20
  4. Now close the key so that current (I) flows through the strip. [Figure 23 (b)].

Observation: When current flows through the aluminium strip, it moves upward. If the direction of current is reversed, the aluminium strip moves downward.
Conclusion: A current carrying conductor (aluminium strip) placed in a magnetic field experiences a force in a direction perpendicular to the direction of the magnetic field. Due to this force, the current carrying conductor is displaced from its rest position.

Question 14.
An α-particle enters a uniform magnetic field at right angles to it as shown in figure. Stating the relevant principle, explain in which direction will this α.-particle move ? (CBSE 2014)
Magnetic Effects of Electric Current Class 10 Important Questions Science Chapter 13 image - 21
Answer:
According to Fleming’s left hand rule, the force acting on a current carrying conductor placed perpendicular to a magnetic field is perpendicular to the direction of current (i. e., flow of positive charges) and the magnetic field. Here, direction of α-particle (i.e., positive charge) is the direction of current. Hence, according to Fleming’s left hand rule, the direction of force acting on α-particle is perpendicular to both the direction of motion of α-particle and the direction of magnetic field. Hence, α-particle will move perpendicular to the plane of the paper and in downward direction.

Question 15.
State whether an alpha particle will experience any force in a magnetic field if (alpha particles are positively charged particles)

  1. it is placed in the field at rest.
  2. it moves in the magnetic field parallel to field lines.
  3. it moves in the magnetic field perpendicular to field lines.

Justify your answer in each case. (CBSE 2015)
Answer:
Force acting a particle having charge q moving with velocity u in a magnetic field B is given by
F = qv B sin θ …………..(i)
where θ is the angle between velocity V and magnetic field B.

  1. When alpha particle is at rest i.e. V = 0, then
    F = 0 (No force)
  2. When alpha particle moves parallel to the magnetic field, θ = 0°, then
    F = qvB sin 0° = 0 (No force)
  3. When alpha particle moves perpendicular to magnetic field, θ = 90°, then
    F = qvB sin 90° = qvB (maximum force) on magnetic field due to current passing through a circular wire or loop

Question 16.
How does the strength of the magnetic field at the centre of a circular coil of a wire depends on
(a) radius of the coil
(b) number of turns of the wire of the coil ? (CBSE 2010, 2011, 2012, 2015)
Answer:
The strength of magnetic field at the centre of the circular coil is
(a) inversely proportional to the radius of the coil and
(b) directly proportional to the number of turns of the wire of coil.

Question 17.
The magnetic field produced by a current carrying circular coil having n turns is equal to n times the magnetic field produced by a current carrying circular coil having a single turn. Explain, why ? (NCERT Question Bank)
Answer:
As the direction of the current flowing in each turn of the coil is same, so the direction of the magnetic field produced by each turn is also the same. The magnetic field produced by each turn will therefore get added up to give the magnetic field produced by a coil of n turns. Hence, magnetic field produced by a coil of n turns = n times the magnetic field produced by a coil having a single turn.

Question 18.
Current is flowing clockwise in a circular coil lying in the plane of a table. Using Right Hand Thumb rule, state the direction of the magnetic field inside and outside the coil.
Magnetic Effects of Electric Current Class 10 Important Questions Science Chapter 13 image - 22
                                                                                               Or
Consider a circular loop of wire lying in the plane of a table. Let the current pass through the loop clockwise. Apply the right hand rule to find the direction of the magnetic field inside and outside the loop. [CBSE (Delhi) 2009]
Answer:
Magnetic field inside the coil is perpendicular to the plane of the table and in the downward
direction. However, outside the coil, the magnetic field is perpendicular to the plane of the table and in the upward direction.

Question 19.
How will the magnetic field be produced in a current carrying circular coil change if we

  1. increase the value of current
  2. increase the distance from the coil
  3. increase the number of turns of the coil. (CBSE 2010, 2011)

Answer:
Magnetic field will

  1. increase with the increase in the value of current
  2. decrease with the increase in the distance from the coil and
  3. increase with the increase in the number of turns of the coil.

Question 20.
Describe an activity to show that magnetic field is produced by an electric current flowing through a circular coil of a wire. [CBSE (Foreign) 2008, 2010]
Answer:
Describe an activity to plot the magnetic field around a current carrying circular coil of a wire.

  1. Take a thick copper wire in the form of a circular loop. Pass this circular wire through a cardboard supported over a table in the horizontal position (Figure 17).
    Magnetic Effects of Electric Current Class 10 Important Questions Science Chapter 13 image - 23
  2. Now connect the ends of this wire with a battery through a key (K), rheostat and ammeter (A).
  3. Allow the current to flow through the circular wire by closing the key K.
  4. Now plot magnetic field lines around the wire with the help of a magnetic compass needle.

Observations: Magnetic field lines as shown by dotted circles are observed. This shows that a magnetic field is produced by an electric current flowing through a circular coil of a wire. The size of these circles increases as we move away from the wire. At the centre of the circular wire, the field lines become straight and perpendicular to the plane of the coil.

Based on magnetic field due to current in a solenoid

Question 21.
On what factors does the magnetic field produced by a current carrying solenoid depend?
(CBSE 2011, 2012, 2013)
Answer:

  1. the strength of the current flowing through the solenoid.
  2. the number of turns of the wire of the solenoid.
  3. the nature of the material inside the solenoid.

Based on Electromagnetic Induction

Question 22.
Name the scientist who discovered that a moving magnet can be used to generate electric current. With which name is this phenomenon known ? (CBSE 2011, 2015)
Answer:
Michael Faraday. Electromagnetic Induction.

Question 23.
What is an electromagnet ? Mention any two uses of an electromagnet. (CBSE 2013)
Answer:
A soft iron placed inside a current carrying solenoid acts as an electromagnet. Electromagnet is used in electric bells, telephone receivers, microphones, to lift iron pieces etc.

Question 24.
Give three differences between an electromagnet and a permanent magnet. (CBSE 2015)
Answer:

Electromagnet

Permanent Magnet

1. It behaves as a magnet as long as electric current passes through the solenoid surrounding it. It is demagnetised when electric current stops passing through the solenoid. Thus, electromagnet is a temporary magnet. 1. It cannot be demagnetised easily. It can be demagnetised either by heating it or throwing it times and again on the floor from certain height.
2. Electromanget gives a strong mangetic field and the strength of the magnetic field produced by the electromagnet can be increased or decreased by increasing or decreasing electric current through the solenoid. 2. Magnetic field of a permanent magnet is weak. The strength of magnetic field of the permanent magnet cannot be changed.
3. The polarity (i.e. North and South poles) of an electromagnet can be reversed by reversing the direction of electric current through the solenoid. 3. The polarity of a permanent magnet cannot be reversed.

Question 25.
What are permanent magnet and electromagnet ? Give two uses of each.
Answer:
Permanent magnet has fixed north and south pole. The strength of the magnetic field of a permanent magnet cannot be changed.
When a soft iron rod is placed inside a current carrying solenoid, it becomes an electromagnet. The strength of the magnetic field of an electromagnet can be increased or decreased by increasing or decreasing the current flowing in the solenoid. The polarity of electromagnet can be changed by changing the direction of current through the solenoid.
Uses of permanent magnet : Permanent magnets are used in loudspeakers and simple electric motors.
Uses of electromagnet : Electromagnets are used in electric bells, electric horns, television etc.

Question 26.
Explain the meaning of the word “electromagnetic” and “induction” in the term electromagnetic induction.
(CBSE Sample Paper, CBSE 2014)
Answer:
“Electromagnetic” means production of induced current in a closed coil due to the change in magnetic field. “Induction” means the induced current is produced without the actual contact of the closed coil and the moving magnet.

Question 27.
A coil of insulated wire is connected to a galvanometer. What would be seen if a bar magnet with its south pole towards one face of the coil is
(a) moved quickly towards it ?
(b) moved quickly away from it ?
(c) placed near its one face ?
(d) name the phenomena involved. (CBSE 2010)
Answer:
(a) There is deflection in the needle of the galvanometer.
(b) There is deflection in the needle of the galvanometer but in opposite direction.
(c) There is no deflection in the needle of the galvanometer.
(d) Electromagnetic induction.

Question 28.
A coil made of insulated copper wire is connected to a galvanometer. What will happen to the deflection of the galvanometer if this coil is moved towards a stationary bar magnet and then moved away from it ? Give reason for your answer and name the phenomenon involved. (CBSE 2010, 2011)
Answer:
When coil is moved towards a stationary bar magnet, magnetic field linked with coil increases. Hence, induced current is produced in the coil. Due to this current, needle of galvanometer deflects. When coil is moved away from the coil, magnetic field linked with the coil decreases, Hence, induced current is again produced in the coil but in opposite direction. Thus, needle of galvanometer deflects but in opposite direction.
Phenomenon : Electromagnetic induction.

Based on Direct current and Alternating current

Question 29.
Current-time graphs from two different sources are shown in the following diagrams.
Magnetic Effects of Electric Current Class 10 Important Questions Science Chapter 13 image - 24
Now answer the following questions.

  1. Name the type of current shown by graph A and graph B.
  2. Name any one source of the current shown by graph A and graph B.
  3. What is the frequency of current in case B ?
  4. Write two difference between the current shown by graphs A and B. (CBSE 2010)

Or
Write one difference between A.C. and DC. (CBSE 2012, 2013, 2015)
Answer:

  1. Graph A represents direct current (DC). Graph B represents alternating current (AC).
  2. A dry cell is the source of current shown by graph’A. An AC generator is the source of current shown by the graph B.
  3. From graph B, time period, T = 0.02 s. Therefore, frequency of current,
    Magnetic Effects of Electric Current Class 10 Important Questions Science Chapter 13 image - 25
  4. Direct current

    Alternating current

    1. The magnitude of direct current is constant and flows in one direction only.

    2. Direct current cannot be used for large scale supply of electricity for household purpose.

    3. The frequency of direct current is zero.

    1.      The magnitude of AC changes with time and direction of alternating current reverses periodically.

    2.      Alternating current is used to run electrical appliances like electric bulb, electric heater, electric iron, refrigerator etc.

    3.       Frequency of alternating current in India is 50 Hz.

Question 30.
What is the basic difference between AC generator and DC generator ?
Answer:

  1. In AC generator, slip-ring type commutator is used and in DC generator split-ring type commutator is used.
  2. AC generator converts mechanical energy into electrical energy in the form of alternating current. DC generator converts mechanical energy into electrical energy in the form of direct current.

Based on Domestic Electric circuit

Question 31.
List two safety measures commonly used in electric circuits. Explain the main function of each.
(CBSE 2015)
Answer:
Alternating current flowing through a wife is dangerous if the wire is touched bare footed. Moreover, when current flowing through the wire exceeds a certain limit, it can burn the electric circuit. So, we have to take safety measures while using electricity.
These safety measures are given below :

      1. Electric Fuse. An electric fuse is a safety device used to save the electrical appliances like electric bulbs, electric, tubes, T.V. etc. from burning when large current flows in the circuit. Electric fuse is a wire made of copper or aluminium or tin-lead alloy. The melting point of the material of which the electric fuse wire is made should be low. Electric fuse is connected in series with an electric device like bulb, T.V., refrigerator etc.
        Suppose a fuse is not connected in the path of a live wire of the circuit, in such case, the circuit may be over heated if the current in the circuit exceeds the safe limit. There is a chance of short circuiting of the circuit which causes the fire. So to avoid short circuiting of the circuit, a fuse must be put in the path of the circuit.
        Fuse wares are usually rated as 5 A or 15 A. A circuit in which bulb or a tube is to be connected, the fuse is rated as 5 A. It means, this circuit can 4 draw maximum 5 A current. If current in this circuit becomes greater than 5 A, the fuse wire melts and the circuit is switched off automatically. Hence the circuit can be saved from burning.
        Similarly, a circuit in which a heating appliance like an electric heater or a geyser is to be connected, the fuse rated as 15 A is used. Commonly used, electric fuses are shown in Figure 36.
        Magnetic Effects of Electric Current Class 10 Important Questions Science Chapter 13 image - 37
  1. The insulation on the wire should be of high strength so that it may not melt easily when wires are heated due to large current flowing through them.
  2. Wires carrying electricity should not be touched bare footed. The live wire is at higher potential and the earth is at zero potential. If we touch the live wire bare footed, a large current will pass through our body. So we will receive a severe shock. This shock affects our nervous system and may cause even death. Therefore, while using electricity, we must wear gloves made of insulated material and shoes of rubber sole so that current may not flow through our body.
  3. Electric appliances like heater, toaster, refrigerator etc. are frequently touched by us with bare hands. If per chance, the insulation on live wire melts, then the live wire may touch the metallic case of the appliance. In that case, current passes though the metal casing of the appliance. If we touch this casing with bare hands, we will receive a severe shock. To avoid such an accident, metal casings of all electric appliances must be earthed. One end of copper wire is connected with metal casing of the electric appliance. The other end of the copper wire is connected to the copper plate which is buried deep inside the earth. This system of connecting the metal casing of an electric appliance with a copper plate buried deep inside the earth is known as earthing. Earthing is represented by a symbol shown in figure 37.
    Magnetic Effects of Electric Current Class 10 Important Questions Science Chapter 13 image - 27

Question 32.
An electric fuse of rating 3 A is connected in a circuit in which an electric iron of power 1 kW is connected which operates at 220V. What would happen ? Explain. (CBSE 2012)
Answer:
Magnetic Effects of Electric Current Class 10 Important Questions Science Chapter 13 image - 28
This current is greater than the rating of the fuse (i.e. 3A). Hence, the fuse will melt and the circuit breaks. Therefore, electric iron will not work.

Long Answer Questions

Question 1.
Explain, the construction and working of an electric motor using a well labelled diagram.
Answer:
Electric motor converts electrical energy into mechanical energy.
Principle: Electric Motor is based on the fact that a current carrying conductor placed perpendicular to the magnetic field experiences a force.
Magnetic Effects of Electric Current Class 10 Important Questions Science Chapter 13 image - 29

  1. Armature coil: It consists of a single loop of an insulated copper wife in the form of a rectangle. Rectangle ABCD shown in figure 25 is an armature coil.
    Magnetic Effects of Electric Current Class 10 Important Questions Science Chapter 13 image - 30
  2. Strong field magnet: Armature coil is placed between two pole pieces (N and S poles) of a strong magnet. This magnet provides a strong magnetic field.
  3. Split-ring type Commutator. It consists of two halves (R1 and R2) of a metallic ring. The two ends of the armature coil are connected to these two halves of the ring. Commutator reverses the direction of current in the armature coil.
  4. Two carbon brushes B1 and B2 press against the commutator. These brushes act as the contacts between the commutator and the terminals of the battery.
  5. A battery is connected across the carbon brushes. This battery supplies the current to the armature coil.

Question 2.
Describe the construction and working of A.C. generator with the help of a labelled diagram. How can you convert AC generator to DC generator ?
Answer:

An electric device used to convert mechanical energy (kinetic energy) into electrical energy (electricity) is called an electric generator.
Principle: Electric generator works on the principle of electromagnetic induction. When the coil of electric generator rotates in a magnetic field, induced current flows in the circuit connected with the coil.
types of electric generator

  1. AC generator
  2. DC generator

AC generator: AC generator converts mechanical energy into electrical energy in the form of alternating current or AC.
DC generator: DC generator converts mechanical energy into electrical energy in the form of direct current or DC.                                                AC Generator Construction : The main components of AC generator are (Figure 33) :
Magnetic Effects of Electric Current Class 10 Important Questions Science Chapter 13 image - 31

  1. Armature : Armature coil (ABCD) consists of large number of turns of insulated copper wire wound over a soft iron core.
  2. Strong field magnet : A strong permanent magnet or an electromagnet whose poles (N and S) are cylindrical in shape is a field magnet. The armature coil rotates between the pole pieces of the field magnet. The uniform magnetic field provided by the field magnet is perpendicular to the axis of rotation of the coil.
  3. Slip Rings : The two ends of the armature coil are connected to two brass slip rings R1 and R2. These rings rotate along with the armature coil. Rings R1 and R2 are at different heights.
  4. Brushes : Two carbon brushes (B1 and B2), are pressed against the slip rings. The brushes are fixed while slip rings rotate along with the” armature. These brushes are connected to the external circuit across which the output is obtained.

Working : When the armature coil ABCD rotates in the magnetic field provided by the strong field magnet, it cuts the magnetic field lines. Thus, the changing magnetic field produces induced current in the coil. The direction  of the induced current in the coil is determined by the Fleming’s right hand rule.
The current flows out through the brush B1 in one direction in the first half of the revolution and through the brush B2 in the next half revolution in the reverse direction. This process is repeated. Therefore, induced current produced is of alternating nature. Such a current is called alternating current.
DC generator or Dynamo Construction:

  1. Armature coil. It consists of large number of turns of insulated copper wire wound on iron core in the form of a rectangle coil. Rectangle coil ABCD shown in figure 34 is an armature coil.
    Magnetic Effects of Electric Current Class 10 Important Questions Science Chapter 13 image - 32
  2. Strong field magnet. Armature coil is placed between two pole pieces (N and S poles) of a strong magnet. This magnet provides a strong magnetic field.
  3. Split-ring Type Commutator. It consists of two halves (R1 and R2) of a metallic ring. The two ends of the armature coil are connected to these two halves of the ring.
  4. Two carbon brushes B1 and B2 press against the commutator.
  5. The output is shown by the glowing bulb connected across the carbon brushes.

Working of d.c. generator: When the coil of d.c. generator rotates in the magnetic field, induced potential difference is produced in the coil. This induced potential difference gives rise to the flow of current through the bulb and hence the bulb glows.
In d.c. generator, the flow of current in the circuit is in the same direction as long as the coil rotates in the magnetic field. This is because one brush is always in contact with the arm of the armature moving up and the other brush is in contact with the arm of the armature moving downward in the magnetic field.
Note: AC generator can be converted into DC generator by replacing slip rings used in AC generator by a split ring type commutator.

Question 3.
What is an electromagnet ? What decides its polarity ? How it differs from a permanent magnet ? List the three factors and explain how strength of an electromagnet depends on these. (CBSE 2013)
Answer:
When a soft iron bar is placed inside a solenoid carrying current, it becomes a magnet as long as current flows through the solenoid. Such a magnet is known as electromagnet.
In fact, the magnetic field inside the solenoid magnetises the soft iron bar placed in it, which acts as an electromagnet. (Figure 22).
Magnetic Effects of Electric Current Class 10 Important Questions Science Chapter 13 image - 33
Strength of an electromagnet can be increased by

  1. increasing the current through solenoid and
  2. increasing the number of turns of the solenoid. The polarity of electromagnet is decided by the direction of current flowing in the solenoid.

Uses of electromagnets

  1. They are used to lift heavy iron pieces. They are fitted on cranes heavy objects of scrap iron.
  2. They are used in many devices like electric bell, electric horn, telephone receiver, electric relay, microphones, radio set, television, loudspeakers etc.

Electromagnet

Permanent Magnet

1. It behaves as a magnet as long as electric current passes through the solenoid surrounding it. It is demagnetized when electric current stops passing through the solenoid. Thus, electromagnet is a temporary magnet. 1. It cannot be demagnetised easily. It can be demagnetised either by heating it or throwing it times and again on the floor from certain height.
2. Electromanget gives a strong mangetic field and the strength of the magnetic field produced by the electromagnet can be increased or decreased by increasing or decreasing electric current through the solenoid. 2. Magnetic field of a permanent magnet is weak. The strength of magnetic field of the permanent magnet cannot be changed.
3. The polarity (i.e. North and South poles) of an electromagnet can be reversed by reversing the direction of electric current through the solenoid. 3. The polarity of a permanent magnet cannot be reversed.

Question 4.
Describe an activity to show how a moving magnet may be used to generate an electric current. State the rule to find the direction of electric current generated in a coil in this manner.
(CBSE 2015)
Answer:
When a bar magnet moves towards or away from the closed coil, galvanometer shows a deflection. The deflection in the galvanometer indicates that current is flowing through the coil. This electric current is called induced electric current.
It was Michael Faraday, who performed a simple experiment to show that an electric current can be produced in a closed circuit without the use of an electro-chemical cell or battery but by moving a bar magnet towards or away from the closed circuit.
Explanation :

  1. When a magnet is moved towards the coil, more and more magnetic field lines pass through the coil as shown in figure 28(b).
    Magnetic Effects of Electric Current Class 10 Important Questions Science Chapter 13 image - 34
    Thus, magnetic field around the coil increases. The increase in magnetic field induces potential difference (or voltage) across the ends of the coil. As the coil connected to the galvanometer forms a closed circuit, so induced potential difference makes the current to flow through the circuit. The presence of this current in the circuit is shown by the deflection of the galvanometer.
  2. When a magnet is moved away from the coil, the magnetic field around the coil decreases. The decrease in magnetic field induces potential difference across the ends of the coil. This induced potential difference (or voltage) produces current in the circuit. The presence of the current in the circuit is shown by the deflection of the galvanometer. The current in the circuit is known as induced current.
  3. When the magnet is stationary, the magnetic field around the coil is constant. Therefore, no potential difference is set up across the coil. Hence, no current flows through the circuit.

Direction of Induced Current in a Conductor (Fleming’s Right Hand Rule):
Fleming stated a rule to determine the direction of induced current in a conductor. This rule is known as Fleming’s Right hand rule.
Fleming’s Right hand Rule: “Stretch the right hand such that the first finger, the central finger and the thumb are mutually perpendicular to each other. If the First finger points along the direction of the field (magnetic field) and the Thumb points along the direction of Motion of the conductor, then the direction of induced. Current is given by the direction of the Central finger (Figure 30).
Magnetic Effects of Electric Current Class 10 Important Questions Science Chapter 13 image - 35
Thus, in right hand rule, first finger shows the direction of the magnetic field. The central finger shows the direction of induced current in the conductor. The thumb shows the direction of motion of the conductor in the magnetic field.
Note : Fleming’s Right hand rule is also known as Dynamo Rule.

 Hope given Previous Year Question Papers for CBSE Class 10 Science Chapter 13 Magnetic Effects of Electric Current are helpful to complete your science homework.

If you have any doubts, please comment below. Learn Insta try to provide online science tutoring for you.

Control and Coordination Class 10 Important Questions Science Chapter 7

Chapter 7 Control and Coordination Class 10 Science Important Questions with Answers PDF will help you in scoring more marks. This consists of 1 mark Questions, 3 Mark Numericals Questions, 5 Marks Numerical Questions and previous year questions from Chemical Reactions and Equations Chapter.

Control and Coordination Class 10 Important Questions and Answers Science Chapter 7

Very Short Answer Questions

Question 1.
Write the function of hormone thyroxine in our bodies. (CBSE Delhi 2004)
Answer:
It controls basal metabolic rate and regulates metabolism of carbohydrates, fats and proteins.

More Resources

Question 2.
Name the part of hind brain which takes part in regulation of respiration. (CBSE Delhi 2004)
Answer:
Medulla oblongata.

Question 3.
Which hormonze helps in lowering the level of blood glucose in human beings ? (CBSE Delhi 2004)
Answer:
Insulin.

Question 4.
We suddenly withdraw our hand when a pin pricks. Name the type of response involved in this action.
(CBSE Delhi 2004)
Answer:
Reflex action.

Question 5.
Which hormone is responsible for the development of moustache and beard in man ? (CBSE Foreign 2004)
Answer:
Testosterone.

Question 6.
Which type of glands in human body secrete hormones ? State any one location for them.
(CBSE Foreign 2004)
Answer:
Endocrine or ductless glands, e.g, thyroid in neck region around trachea.

Question 7.
Name the structural and functional units of human nervous system. (CBSE A.I. 2004 C)
Answer:
Neuron.

Question 8.
What is neuron ? (CBSE Delhi 2007)
Answer:
Neuron or nerve cell is a structural and functional unit of nervous system that is specialised to receive, conduct and transmit impulses.

Question 9.
What are phytohormones ? (CBSE A.I. 2007, CCE 2011, 2012)
Answer:
Phytohormones are chemical substances other than nutrients produced naturally in plants which regulate growth, development, differentiation and a number of physiological processes, e.g., auxin, gibberellins, abscisic acid, cytokinins.

Question 10.
Name the largest cell present in human body. (CBSE Delhi 2008)
Answer:
Neuron (length 90-100 cm).

Question 11.
What is the function of the hormone secreted by the endocrine gland pituitary ? (CBSE Foreign 2008)
Answer:
It generally controls the secretory activity of another endocrine gland, e.g., TSH (thyroid stimulating hormone) on thyroid for release of thyroxine.

Question 12.
Why is the use of iodised salt advisable ? (CBSE Delhi 2008, CCE 2014, 2015)
Answer:
Iodine is an essential component of diet as it is required for synthesis of hormone thyroxine needed for proper metabolism of protein, fat and carbohydrates. Deficiency causes goitre, cretinism and myxoedema.

Question 13.
Name two tissues that provide control and coordination in multicellular animals. (CBSE Delhi 2009)
Answer:

  1. Nervous tissue
  2. Endocrine tissue.

Question 14.
Define reflex action. (CBSE Delhi 2009, CCE 2012, 2015)
Answer:
It is an automatic, spontaneous nerve mediated response to a stimulus without consulting the will of the individual.

Question 15.
Define chemotropism. (CBSE A.I. 2009, 2010, CCE 2011, 2012, 2013)
Answer:
Chemotropism. It is directional growth movement of curvature that occurs in response to a chemical stimulus. Ex. movement of pollen tube in style.

Question 16.
A young green plant receives sunlight from one direction only. What will happen to its shoots and roots ?
(CBSE Delhi 2009 C)
Answer:
(a) Shoots bend towards the source of light—positive phototropism.
(b) Roots bend away from the source of light—negative phototropism.

Question 17.
Name the plant hormones which help or promote

  1. Cell division
  2. Growth of stem
  3. Inhibits growth. (CBSE Delhi 2009 C, CCE 2012, 2013)

Answer:

  1. Cell division. Cytokinins.
  2. Growth of stem. Gibberellins.
  3. Inhibits growth. Abscisic acid.

Question 18.
Name the gland which secretes growth hormone.
Answer:
Pituitary gland.

Question 19.
How is the spinal cord protected in human body ?
Answer:
Overlying meninges and vertebral column.

Question 20.
A potted plant is made to lie horizontally on the ground. Which part of the plant will show

  1. Positive geotropism
  2. Negative geotropism ? (CBSE Delhi 2010)

Answer:

  1. Positive Geotropism: Root
  2. Negative Geotropism: Stem.

Question 21.
Name the hormone that helps in regulating level of sugar in our blood. Name the gland that secretes it.
(CBSE AI 2010)
Answer:
Hormone: Insulin.
Gland: Pancreas.

Question 22.
Mention the function of hind brain in humans.
Answer:

  1. Posture and equilibrium
  2. Reflexes, blood pressure, heart beat, breathing.

Question 23.
Name any two types of tropisms.
Answer:
Phototropism, geotropism.

Question 24.
Mention the function of adrenaline hormone.
Answer:
To prepare the body for meeting an emergency.

Question 25.
State the main function of abscisic acid in plants.
Answer:
Inhibition of growth and induction of dormancy for overcoming stress conditions.

Question 26.
Which hormone is injected to a diabetic patient and why ? (CCE 2010)
Answer:
Insulin is injected to a diabetic patient in order to meet deficiency of the hormone that is essential for uptake of glucose by cells.

Question 27.
Name the hormone secreted by an endocrine gland during emergency. Name the gland.
Answer:
Hormone: Adrenaline.
Gland: Medulla of adrenals.

Question 28.
What do we call the movement of shoot towards light ?
Answer:
Positive phototropism.

Question 29.
Name the plant hormone responsible for elongation of cells.
Answer:
Auxin.

Question 30.
Which part of the brain controls posture and balance of the body ?
Answer:
Cerebellum.

Question 31.
Name the part of the neuron through which the information travels as an electric impulse.
Answer:
Axon or nerve fibre.

Question 32.
Name the part of the neuron where information is acquired.
Answer:
Dendrite.

Question 33.
What is synapse ?
Answer:
Synapse is a narrow fluid-filled gap which functions as communicating junction between axon end of one neuron and dendrite tip of next neuron.
All information of our environment is detected by specialised tip of some nerve cells.

Question 34.
Mention the name given to such tips and also mention where they are located. (CCE 2012, 2013)
Answer:
Receptors. Receptors are located in sense organs—skin, inner ears, eyes, nose, tongue.

Question 35.
While watering a rose plant, a thorn pricked Ritas hand. How would she respond to this situation ? Provide the term for such a response. (CCE 2012)
Answer:
Rita will immediately withdraw her hand from the rose plant even before feeling the pain. The phenomenon is called reflex action.

Question 36.
What is meant by tropic movements ? (CCE 2012)
Answer:
Tropic movements are directional paratonie curvature movements of growth which generally occur in cylin¬drical organs with direction of movement being determined by the direction of stimulus.

Question 37.
A boy runs on seeing a stray dog. His breathing becomes very fast and blood pressure also increases. Name the hormone found to be high in his blood and the gland which produces it. (CCE 2012, 2013)
Answer:
Hormone. Adrenaline. Gland. Adrenal medulla.

Question 38.
How shoot and root of a plant respond to light ? (CCE 2012)
Answer:
Shoot: It is positively phototropic to unilateral light.
Root: It is either neutral or negatively phototropic to unilateral light.

Question 39.
State the main function of abscisic acid in plants.
Answer:
Abscisic acid is a growth inhibitor that induces dormancy in buds and seeds.

Question 40.
How do the shoot and root of a plant respond to the pull of earths gravity ? (CCE 2012)
Answer:
Main shoot is negatively geotropic while main root is positively geotropic. Their branches are generally plagiogeotropic.

Question 41.
Name two components of central nervous system in humans. (CCE 2012)
Answer:
Brain and spinal cord.

Question 42.
Mention the part of the body where gustatory and olfactory receptors are located. (CCE 2012)
Answer:
Gustatory Receptors. Mostly tongue.
Olfactory Receptors. Olfactory epithelium in upper part of nasal chambers or nose.

Question 43.
Name the sensory receptors found in the nose and on the tongue. (CCE 2012)
Answer:
Gustatory Receptors. Mostly tongue.
Olfactory Receptors. Olfactory epithelium in upper part of nasal chambers or nose.

Question 44.
Which body organ is surrounded by meninges. (CCE 2013)
Answer:
Brain and spinal cord (central nervous system).

Question 45.
In multicellular organisms how the various activities are controlled and coordinated ? (CCE 2013)
Answer:
By nervous and hormonal systems collectively called neuroendocrine system.

Question 46.
Define phototropism. (CCE 2013)
Answer:
It is directional movement of curvature which occurs in plants in response to unilateral exposure to light.

Question 47.
Which system facilitates communication between central nervous system and other parts of the body ?
(CCE 2013, 2014)
Answer:
Peripheral nervous system (PNS).

Question 48.
In case of a spinal cord injury, identify the signals that will be disrupted. (CCE 2014)
Answer:
Neuromuscular signals from areas served by spinal cord, viz., limb movement, sensations of touch and pain, spinal reflexes.

Question 49.
Name the tissue in animals which provides control and co-ordination to them. (CCE 2015)
Answer:
Nervous tissue.

Question 40.
Differentiate between the movement of leaves of the sensitive plant and the movement of a shoot towards light. (CCE 2015)
Answer:
Movement of leaves of sensitive plant is hapnonastic turgor movement while movement of shoot towards light is phototrophic growth movement.

Question 51.
Name one plant hormone which inhibits growth. Write its one function. (CCE 2015)
Answer:
Abscisic acid. It includes dormancy in buds and seeds.

Question 52.
State the role of the brain in reflex action. (CCE 2015)
Answer:
It functions as a relay centre for transferring impulse from sensory to motor neurons in several reflex actions called cerebral reflexes, e.g, closure of eyes exposed to flash of light, salivation at the sight or smell of food. In spinal reflexes it acts as information collecting and evaluation centre without any direct involvement in reflex action.

Question 53.
Mention the part of brain which controls the involuntary action like blood pressure, salvination, etc.
(CCE 2015)
Answer:
Medulla oblongata.

Question 54.
Name the part of the neuron

  1. Where information is acquired
  2. Through which information travels. (CCE 2016)

Answer:

  1. Dendrites
  2. Axon.

Question 55.
Name the hormone in humans which regulates carbohydrate, protein and fat metabolism in the body. Mention the site where it is synthesised. (CCE 2016)
Answer:
Hormone—Thyroxine. Site—Thyroid.

Question 56.
(a) State the function of the following plant hormones :

  1. Abscisic acid
  2. Cytokinin.

(b) Define chemotropism. (CCE 2016)
Answer:
(a)

  1. Function of Abscisic Acid. Inhibits growth and induces dormancy.
  2. Function of Cytokinin. Cell division, Differentiation and countering apical dominance.

(b) Chemotropism: It is directional growth movement of curvature that occurs in response to a chemical stimulus. Ex. movement of pollen tube in style.

Short Answer Questions (2 Marks Each)

Question 1.
Name two hormones secreted by pancreas. Write one function of each hormone named.
(CBSE Delhi 2007)
Answer:
Insulin (secreted by (3-cells of islet of Langerhans)
Recognition of glucose by cells for absorption and conversion of glucose into glycogen in liver and muscles.
Glucagon (secreted by a-cells of islet of Langerhans)
Formation of glucose from glycogen and other sources and its release into blood.

Question 2.
Name the hormone responsible for regulation of

  1. Metabolism of carbohydrates, fats and proteins
  2. Balance of calcium and phosphate
  3. Blood pressure
  4. Water and electrolyte balance.
    (CBSE Delhi 2008)

Answer:

  1. Thyroxine
  2. Parathormone (also calcitonin)
  3. Adrenaline
  4. ADH or vasopressin and aldosterone (a mineralocorticoid).

Question 3.
What is reflex action ? Explain the mechanism of reflex action with a suitable example.
(CBSE Foreign 2008, CCE 2012, 2015)
Answer:
Reflex Action: It is an automatic nerve mediated response to a stimulus without consulting the will of the individual, e.g., withdrawal of hand on being pricked or coming in contact with hot surface.
Mechanism: The stimulus for reflex action is picked up by a receptor located in the organ on which stimulus is acting. One or more sensory neurons carry the impulse from receptor to the central nervous system (e.g., spinal cord). CNS functions as modulator. It transfers the sensory nerve impulse to one or more motor neurons. The motor neurons carry the impulse to effectors which provide a proper response to the stimulus.

Stimulus ———>Receptor ———>Sensory neurons ——–>CNS ——–>Motor neurons ——-> Effectors
———>Response.

Question 4.
Name the three major regions of human brain. Which part of brain maintains posture and equilibrium of the body ? (CBSE Foreign 2008)
Answer:
Major Regions of Brain

  1. Fore Brain: Olfactory lobes (2), Cerebrum (2 cerebral hemispheres) and diencephalon.
  2. Mid Brain: Cerebral peduncles (crura cerebri) and four quadrigemina.
  3. Hind Brain: Cerebellum, pons and medulla oblongata.

Question 5.
Maintenance of Posture and Equilibrium. Cerebellum.
(a) Distinguish between voluntary and involuntary actions of our body.
(b) Choose involuntary actions, amongst the following :
Reading, Beating of heart, Salivation in the mouth on viewing tasty food, Talking.(CBSE Foreign 2008)
Answer:
(a) Differences between Voluntary and Involuntary Actions

Voluntary Actions Involuntary Actions
1.    Will. They are under control of the will.

2.     Muscles. The actions are performed with the help of striated muscles.

3.    Activities. They are connected with the functioning of external organs.

They are performed without consulting the will.

The actions are performed with the help of smooth muscles.

They are connected with the functioning of internal organs.

(b) Beating of heart, salivation in the mouth on viewing of tasty food.

Question 6.
Explain the cause of shoots of the plant bending towards light ? (CBSE Delhi 2008, CCE 2010, 2011)
Answer:
Stems are positively phototropic and bend towards the direction of light. The movement is due to occurrence of more auxin on the darker side and lesser auxin on the illuminated side. As a result, there is more growth on the darker side which causes the stem to bend towards light.

Question 7.
What are nastic and curvature movements ? Give one example of each. (CBSE Delhi 2009)
Answer:
(a) Nastic Movements: They are non-directional curvatures movements of turgor or growth where the movements are determined by the structure of the responding organ irrespective of the direction of stimulus which is generally diffuse. Ex. Drooping and folding of leaves in Sensitive Plant in response to shock (seismonasty).
(b) Curvature Movements: They are changes in orientation of some plant parts in relation to others caused by intrinsic or external stimuli. Ex. Sleep movement or nyctinasty of legume leaves, bending of stems towards light (or positive phototropism of stems).

Question 8.
Draw a diagram of a nerve cell and label on it following :
(a) Nucleus
(b) Dendrites (CBSE Delhi 2009 C, CCE 2010)
Answer:
Control and Coordination Class 10 Important Questions Science Chapter 7 image - 1

Question 9.
What are plant hormones ? Write two functions of auxin. (CBSE A. I. 2009 C)
Answer:
Definition: Phytohormones are chemical substances other than nutrients produced naturally in plants which regulate growth, development, differentiation and a number of physiological processes, e.g., auxin, gibberellins, abscisic acid, cytokinins.
Function of Auxin:

  1. Cell Enlargement. They bring about growth of cells. In shoots auxin is effective above a concentration of 10 ppm while in roots the required concentration is 0-0001 ppm.
  2. Several plant movements are mediated by differential distribution of auxin, e.g., geotropism, phototropism.

Question 10.
Name the two main regions of our central nervous system. Which one of them plays a major role in sending command to muscles to act without involving thinking process ? Name the phenomenon involved.
(CBSE A.I. 2010)
Answer:

  1. Brain and spinal cord,
  2. Spinal cord plays a major role in mediating muscle action without involving thinking process,
  3. The phenomenon is called reflex action.

Question 11.
Name the hormone secreted by human testes. State its functions. (CBSE A.I. 2010)
Answer:
Hormone: Testosterone.
Functions:

  1. Development of male sex characteristics and secondary sex organs during puberty,
  2. Maintenance of male sex characteristics and male sex organs thereafter.

Question 12.
Name and explain the function of the hormone secreted by the pituitaiy gland in humans. (CBSE A.I. 2010)
Answer:
Pituitary gland secretes several hormones,

  1. Somatotrophic or growth hormone stimulates growth by increased anabolic activity, enlargement of long bones, muscles and visceral organs, synthesis of more proteins and retention of calcium.
  2. FSH (follicle stimulating hormone) stimulates sperm formation in testes and development of ovarian follicles in ovaries.

Question 13.
Explain how the human body responds to secretion of adrenaline into blood. (CCE 2010)
Answer:
Adrenaline reduces blood supply to skin and digestive system but increases the same to skeletal or voluntary muscles. There is increase in breathing rate and heart beat. The body becomes ready to deal with an emergency. Further, endocrine system controls and coordinates many processes of the body where nervous system has no role, e.g., cell permeability, cell division, cell growth, cell differentiation, development of sex organs, secondary sex characters and several other activities. Any discrepancy can lead to a disorder, e.g, dwarfism and gigantism, hypothyroidism (simple goitre, cretinism, myxedema), hyperthyroidism (exophthalmia).

Question 14.
Name the gland and hormone secreted by the gland which are associated with the following problems :
(i) A girl has grown extremely tall
(ii) A woman has swollen neck. (CCE 2014, 2015)
Answer:
(i) Pituitary, excessive secretion of growth hormone causing gigantism.
(ii) Thyroid, reduced secretion of thyroxine causing hypothyroidism or goitre.

Question 15.
A doctor advised a patient to go on a diet without sugar and take insulin injections also. Name the disease he is suffering from. Why has he been given the two advices ? (CCE 2014)
Answer:
Disease. Diabetes mellitus. The disease is due to insufficiency of insulin secretion which results in nonabsorption of glucose by cells and its nonconversion into glycogen in liver and muscles. Excess sugar present in blood is partly passed out alongwith urine. Sugar free diet will reduce quantity of sugar in the blood. Injections of insulin will help the cells to pick up glucose for their metabolism and allow liver and muscles to convert it into glycogen.

Question 16.
Name the following :

  1. A gland present in females but not in males,
  2. A gland that secretes hormones as well as digestive juice or enzyme,
  3. A gland associated with brain,
  4. A gland that is associated with kidneys. (CCE 2015)

Answer:

  1. Ovary/Mammry glands
  2. Pancreas
  3. Pituitary
  4. Adrenal.

Question 17.
Trace the sequence of events through a reflex arc with occur when a bright light is focussed on your eyes.
(CCE 2015)
Answer:
Cerebral reflex: It functions as a relay centre for transferring impulse from sensory to motor neurons in several reflex actions called cerebral reflexes,
Reflex Arc: Reflex action requires a stimulus, a receptor organ, sensory neurons, a part of central nervous system, motor neurons and effector organ. The pathway taken by a stimulus to travel from receptor organ to effector organ is known as reflex arc. Its components are as follows (Fig. 2.4).
Control and Coordination Class 10 Important Questions Science Chapter 7 image - 2

Stimulus——>Receptor organ ——> Sensory neurons ——> CNS——> Motor neurons ——> Effector organ——>Response.

Receptor Organ: It is a tissue or organ which receives the stimulus for initiating nerve impulse, e.g., skin, eye, ear.

Question 18.
State the source of secretion and function of the following hormones :

  1. Thyroxine
  2. Insulin
  3. Growth hormone. (CCE 2015)

Answer:
Source :

  1. Thyroxine — Thyroid,
  2. Insulin — Pancreas,
  3. Growth hormone — Pituitary.

Function :

  1. Thyroxine: Regulates metabolism of carbohydrates, fats and proteins, release of energy and body activity.
  2. Insulin: Regulates blood glucose by its absorption in liver, muscles (for formation of glycogen) and individual cells (for metabolic activity).
  3. Growth Hormone (GH) or Somatotrophic Hormone: Regulates growth and development of the body through anabolic activity for growth of bones, muscles and visceral organs.

Question 19.
Write the function of the following :

  1. Sensory Neuron
  2. Cranium
  3. Vertebral column
  4. Motor Neuron. (CCE 2015)

Answer:

  1. Sensory Neuron. Picking up sensation from the receptor and passing it to CNS.
  2. Cranium. Protection of brain.
  3. Vertebral Column. Protection spinal cord.
  4. Motor Neuron. Taking message from CNS to muscle, gland or organ to perform its function.

Question 20.
Draw a neat and labelled diagram of neuro-muscular juction. (CCE 2015)
Answer:
Control and Coordination Class 10 Important Questions Science Chapter 7 image - 3

Question 21.
Identify the parts of a neuron

  1. Where information is acquired,
  2. Through which information travels
  3. Where the impulse must be converted into a chemical signal. (CCE 2015)

Answer:

  1. Dendrites
  2. Axon
  3. Synapse, neuromuscular junction.

Question 22.
What is reflex arc ? Why have reflex arcs evolved in animals ? (CCE 2016)
Answer:
Reflex arc is the pathway taken by a stimulus to travel from the receptor organ to the effector organ through CNS without consulting the will of the individual. It produces a quick, immediate and involuntary response where delay can be harmful. Reflex arcs evolved in animals as a survival mechanism before the development of intelligence.

Question 23.
Name the hormone which is released when we are in a scary situation. Write two effects of the hormone on our body that enable the body to deal with the situation. (CCE 2016)
Answer:
Adrenaline (from adrenal medulla): Adrenaline/emergency hormone/triple Fhormone

  1. Reduces blood supply to peripheral blood vessels and gastrointestinal tract,
  2. More blood flows to skeletal and heart muscles.
  3. Increases breathing and gives more oxygen to muscles,
  4. Increases heart rate,
  5. Mobilises more glucose to muscles for higher activity.

Question 24.
How does our body maintain sugar level ? (CCE 2016)
Answer:
Sugar level is maintained with the help of two hormones secreted by pancreas.
Insulin (secreted by (3-cells of islet of Langerhans)
Recognition of glucose by cells for absorption and conversion of glucose into glycogen in liver and muscles.
Glucagon (secreted by a-cells of islet of Langerhans)
Formation of glucose from glycogen and other sources and its release into blood.

Question 25.
State the sequence of events through a reflex arc which occur when bright light is focussed on your eyes.
(CCE 2016)
Answer:
The sensation of bright light is picked up by receptors present over the eyes. The sensation travels to superior quadrigemina through sensory neurons. The impulse is here transferred to motor neurons that reach the pupil and eye lids to close the eyes.

Short Answer Questions (3 Marks Each)

Question 1.
Define hormones. Name the hormone secreted by thyroid. Write its functions. Why is the use of iodised salt advised to us ? (CBSE Delhi 2008, CCE 2011)
Answer:
Definition: Nervous stimulation is for only short duration while certain activities require prolonged stimulation. Therefore, multicellular animals have also a second system of communication called endocrine system. Endocrine system operates through chemicals called hormones.
Hormone of Thyroid. Thyroxine.
Functions of Thyroxine: It controls

  1. Basal metabolic rate or BMR.
  2. Metabolism of carbohydrates, fats and proteins.
  3. Physical activity
  4. Body temperature
  5. Heart beat
  6. Development
  7. Nervous activity.

Iodised Salt: Iodine is essential for formation of thyroxine. In its deficiency, thyroid undergoes overgrowth causing goitre. Common salt is iodised to prevent occurrence of goitre.

Question 2.
Which animal or plant hormone is associated with the following :

  1. Increased sugar level in blood.
  2. Changes at puberty in boys
  3. Inhibits growth of plants.
  4. Rapid development of fruits
  5. Dwarfism
  6. Goitre. (CBSE Delhi 2008 C)

Answer:

  1. Increased sugar level in blood. (Deficiency of) Insulin,
  2. Changes at puberty in boys. Testosterone.
  3. Inhibits growth of plants. Abscisic acid,
  4. Rapid development of fruits. Auxin.
  5. Dwarfism. Deficiency of somatotrophic or growth hormone
  6. Goitre. Deficiency of Thyroxine.

Question 3.
What is phototropism ? How does it occur in plants ? Describe an activity to demonstrate phototropism.
(CBSE A.I. 2009, 2010, CCE 2012, 2014, 2015)
Answer:
Definition of Phototropism. It is directional growth movement of curvature which occurs in plants in response to stimulus of unilateral light.
How does it occur ? Phototropism is caused by increased auxin on shaded side and decreased auxin on illuminated side. Increased auxin causes increased’growth in shoot (which bends towards light, positive phototropism) and reduced growth in roots (when bends away from light, negative phototropism). Demonstration of Phototropism.

Question 4.
What is hydrotropism ? Describe an experiment to demonstrate hydrotropism. (CBSE A.I. 2009)
Answer:
Definition of Hydrotropism: Hydrotropism is directional movement of curvature which occurs in response to unilateral stimulus of water.
Experiment:
Apparatus: Trough with perforated base, saw dust, water, seeds of Pea/Gram, wooden support.
Procedure: Take a trough with perforated base. Fill it with saw dust. Moisten the same. Sow several seeds of Pea or Gram. Place the trough in slanting position by means of a wooden block. Keep the saw dust moist by sprinkling water at intervals. Observe after 2-3 days.
Observation: As the radicles come out of the seeds, they are seen to move towards the perforations. They come out of the pores and hang downwardly for some time under the influence of gravity. However, after some growth they bend back and enter the perforations to reach moist saw dust in complete disregard of gravity (Fig. 2.11).
Control and Coordination Class 10 Important Questions Science Chapter 7 image - 4
Inference: Bending of radicles back into moist saw dust is hydrotropic movement. It occurs despite being against the force of gravity.

Question 5.
How does feed back mechanism regulate hormone secretion ?
Answer:
Feed back system is a regulatory mechanism in which presence of certain level of substance promotes or inhibits its further formation. Common control is through negative feed back. Here regulation is through opposite action. Positive feed is rare as during uterine contraction at child birth. Regulation of thyroxine production by its concentration in blood is an example of negative hormonal feed back system. Concentration of thyroxine in blood is detected by hypothalamus. If it is low, hypothalamus produces TSH-RH. The latter stimulates pituitary gland to produce TSH or thyroid stimulating hormone. TSH passes into circulatory z system and reaches thyroid. Thyroid begins to secrete more thyroxine.
Control and Coordination Class 10 Important Questions Science Chapter 7 image - 5

Question 6.
(a) If the cerebellum is not functioning properly, what are the activities of our body affected ?
(b) How do muscle cells move ? (CCE 2010)
Answer:
(a) Posture and equilibrium (balance) of the body.
(b) It is the place of apposition of motor end plate of a neuron with the surface of the muscle. Motor end plate consists of a number of knobbed branches. A knob or bouton is plugged into shallow depression present on surface of muscle fibre called sole plate. A narrow space or synaptic cleft occurs between the two.
On excitation the knob of motor end plate passes out acetylcholine which reaches the Ach receptors on the surface of muscle. The excitation spreads over the whole muscle fibre. The latter contracts.
Control and Coordination Class 10 Important Questions Science Chapter 7 image - 6

Question 7.
If you keep the potted plant horizontally for 2-3 days, what type of movements would be shown by the shoot and root after 2-3 days. Why ? (CCE 2010)
Answer:
The plant shows geotropic response. The terminal part of the shoot bends upwardly. It is negative geotropic response. The terminal part of the root bends downwardly. It is positive geotropic response. The response is due to more auxin on the lower side which causes more growth on the lower side of the stem and no growth on the lower side of the root.

Question 8.
(a) What is endocrine gland ?
(b) Name any two endocrine glands present in a human body and write hormones secreted by them.
(CCE 2011)
Answer:
(a) Endocrine gland is an isolated gland which does not have a duct for draining out its scretion but instead pours the same into circulatory system for reaching the target sites.
(b)

  1. Thyroid-Hormone thyroxine
  2. Islets of Langerhans in Pancreas-Hormones insulin and glucagon.

Question 9.
Which part of nervous system controls reflex arcs ? With the help of a diagram trace the sequence of events which occur when we touch a hot object. Mention the part of the neuron that acquires information and the form in which information travels. (CCE 2010, 2011, 2015)
Answer:
Control of reflex arcs is carried out by CNS, chiefly spinal cord.
Sequence of Events. The hot object functions as a stimulus. The stimulus is received by receptors present in the skin. Sensory neurons carry the information as electrical impulse from the receptors to the CNS. CNS possesses relay neurons that transfer the information as electrical impulse to motor neurons. The motor neurons conduct the impulse to effector organs which in this case are muscles that pull away the arm before the information reaches brain.
Control and Coordination Class 10 Important Questions Science Chapter 7 image - 7

Question 10.
Name the hormone synthesised at the shoot tips. How does it help the plant to respond to light ?
(CCE 2011)
Answer:
Hormone Synthesised at shoot tip. Auxin.
The shoot responds to unilateral light by bending towards it. This is caused by migration and synthesis of more auxin on the shaded side as compared to the illuminated side. Higher concentration of auxin on the shaded side causes more growth as compared to illuminated side. This bends the shoot towards the light.

Question 11.
(a) Which hormone is responsible for the changes noticed in males at puberty ?
(b) Deficiency of which hormone leads to dwarfism
(c) Name the hormone which is injected to a diabetic patient. (CCE 2011)
Answer:
(a) Testosterone
(b) Growth hormone/somatotrophic hormone
(c) Insulin.

Question 12.
(a) What is the structural and functional unit of nervous system ? Name its any two components.
(b) Which structure in a neuron helps to conduct a nerve impulse

  1. towards the cell body
  2. away from cell body. (CCE 2011)

Answer:
(a) Neuron. Components. Dendrites, cell body and axon.
(b)

  1. Dendrites
  2. Axon.

Question 13.
Ram has met with an accident. After that he has lost the capacity to

  1. walk in straight line
  2. smell anything
  3. Does not feel full after eating. Which part of the brain is damaged in each case ? (CCE 2011)

Answer:

  1. Hind brain-Cerebellum
  2. Fore brain-cerebrum (temporal lobes).
  3. Fore brain—hypothalamus.

Question 14.
How does our body respond when adrenaline is secreted into the blood ? (CCE 2011, 2012, 2013, 2014)
Answer:
Adrenaline/emergency hormone/triple F hormone

  1. Reduces blood supply to peripheral blood vessels and gastrointestinal tract,
  2. More blood flows to skeletal and heart muscles.
  3. Increases breathing and gives more oxygen to muscles,
  4. Increases heart rate,
  5. Mobilises more glucose to muscles for higher activity.

Question 15.
(a) What is tropism ?
(b) How is brain protected in our body ?
(c) Name the part of brain responsible for precision of voluntary actions and maintaining body posture and
balance of the body. (CCE 2011, 2012)
Answer:
(a) Tropism. It is the phenomenon of directional paratonie growth movement of curvature in which the direction of movement is determined by the direction of stimulus, e.g., phototropism, geotropism, hydrotropism.
(b) Protection of Brain,

  1. Bony box or skull on the outside,
  2. Meninges over the brain.
  3. Presence of cerebrospinal fluid both outside and inside the brain to absorb shocks.

(c) Cerebellum.

Question 16.
State the sequence of changes that takes place in a human body when it prepares itself to protect from a scary or dangerous situation. (CCE 2011, 2012)
Answer:
Both sympathetic nervous system and hormone adrenaline of adrenal medulla work together in preparing the body for protection from a scary or dangerous situation.

  1. Heart beats faster so as to provide more blood and its contained oxygen and glucose to muscles,
  2. Blood supply to peripheral vessels and digestive tract is reduced. More blood becomes available to skeletal muscles.
  3. Breathing rate increases due to dilation of bronchioles, increased activity of diaphragm and rib-muscles.

Question 17.
(a) Which plant hormone is present in greater concentration in the areas of rapid cell division ?
(b) Give one example of a plant growth promoter and plant growth inhibitor. (CCE 2011)
Answer:
(a) Cytokinin.
(b)

  1. Plant Growth Promoter—Auxin/Gibberellin.
  2. Plant Growth Inhibitor—Abscisic acid (ABA).

Question 18.
(a) Which organ secretes a hormone when blood sugar rises in our body ?
(b) Name the hormone and name one enzyme released by this organ. (CCE 2011)
Answer:
(a) Pancreas
(b)

  1. Insulin
  2. Trypsin/pancreatic amylase/lipase.

Question 19.
(a) Which part of the brain controls involuntary actions ?
(b) Write the function of any two regions of it. (CCE 2011)
Answer:
(a) Involuntary actions are mostly controlled by hind brain.
(b)

  1. Medulla Oblongata: It regulates rate of breathing, rate of heart beat, blood pressure and reflexes like swallowing, vomiting, coughing, sneezing, salivation and peristalsis.
  2. Cerebellum: Maintaining equilibrium or posture in various activities of the body and coordinating muscular activity of the body.

Question 20.
(a) Name the hormones secreted by thyroid, pancreas and adrenal glands. Write one function of each of these hormones. (CCE 2011)
Answer:

Thyroid Thyroxine Regulates carbohydrate fat and protein metabolism, release of energy and body activity.
Pancreas Insulin Regulates blood sugar by promoting absorption and storage
Glucagon Release of glucose from storage regions.
Adrenal Adrenaline Preparing the body for emergency.
Noradrenaline Moderating body activities.

Question 21.
(a) If the cerebellum is not functioning properly, state the activities of our body that are affected,
(b) How do muscle cells move ? (CCE 2011)
Answer:
(a) Maintenance of posture or balance of body and coordination of body activities will be impaired.
(b) Excitation of neuron is transferred to muscle at the neuromuscular junction by the release of acetylcholine from the knobs of its motor end plate. Acetylcholine is picked up by Ach receptors present on the surface of muscle fibre. This induces the mucles fibre to contract.

Question 22.
Why does the shoot of the plant bend towards light when it is kept inside a card-board box with a small hole ?
(CCE 2011)
Answer:
Light coming from the hole in card-board falls on one side of shoot. Auxin diffuses from the illuminated side to shaded side. Higher concentration of auxin brings about more growth on the shaded side. As a result, the shoot bends towards the side of the hole.

Question 23.
(a) What is geotropism ?
(b) Describe an experiment to demonstrate positive and negative geotropism. (CCE 2011)
Answer:
(a) Geotropism : It is directional growth movement of curvature which occurs in response to force of gravity. Main root shows positive geotropism while main stem shows negative geotropism.
(b) Experiment. Place a well watered potted plant on its side (horizontally) in sunlight. Keep watering the plant on alternate days. Observe after 3-4 days. The terminal part of the shoot bends upwardly. It shows negative geotropic response. The terminal part of the root bends downwardly. It shows positive geotropic response.

Question 24.
(a) Define tropic movement.
(b) Why do multicellular organisms need another means of communication between cells besides nervous
coordination ? (CCE 2011, 2012)
Answer:
(a) Tropic Movement: It is directional paratonie growth movement of curvature in which direction of movement is determined by the direction of the stimulus. They mostly occur in cylindrical organs. Growth response occurs due to differences in the distribution of auxin.
(b) Need For Another System of Communication. Nervous system cannot meet all the requirments of a multicellular organism because

  1. Nerve impulse cannot reach every cell of the body,
  2. Nervous stimulation is for only short duration while certain activities require prolonged stimulation.

Therefore, multicellular animals have also a second system of communication called endocrine system. Endocrine system operates through chemicals called hormones. Hormonal secretion passes to all parts of the body but the hormone triggers activity in cells that have recceptors for them. The information can pass persistently. Further, endocrine system controls some processes where nervous system cannot have any role, e.g., cell growth, cell differentiation, development.

Question 25.
Draw a diagram of human brain and label cerebrum, cerebellum, medulla and fore brian on it.
(CCE 2012)
Answer:
Control and Coordination Class 10 Important Questions Science Chapter 7 image - 8

Question 26.
List in tabular form three differences between nervous control and chemical control. (CCE 2012)
Answer:

Endocrine System/ Chemical Control Nervous SystemTControl
1. Passage of Information. It is through chemicals called hormones. It is through electrical conduction.
2. Sensory Receptors. Absent. Present.
3. Rapidity. The system is comparatively slower. The system is rapid.
4. Connection. The system is not connected to target sites directly. The system is directly connected to every part under its control.
5. Response. The response is slow and produced by all the cells of target tissues. The response is quick and limited to those cells that are innervated.
6. Growth and Development. The system controls growth and development. It has little role in growth and development.
7. Components. It consists of glands and their secretions. It consists of neurons, nerves and nervous organs.
8. Effects. The effect of chemical message lasts for longer period. The effect of nervous message is of short duration.
9. Action. It is involuntary. It can be voluntary or involuntary.

Question 27.
Draw a diagram of reflex arc and label on it sensory neuron, motor neuron, relay neuron and receptors.
(CCE 2012)
Answer:
Control and Coordination Class 10 Important Questions Science Chapter 7 image - 9

Question 28.
List in tabular form three differences in the movement of leaves of a touch-me-not plant when touched and movement of a tendril towards a support. (CCE 2012)
Answer:

Leaf Movement in Mimosa Tendril Movement Towards Support
1. Type. It is a turgor movement. It is a growth movement.
2. Stimulus. It is a paratonie movement that occurs in response to stimulus of touch. It is an autonomic movement caused by intrinsic factor.
3. Nature. It is a nastic movement that results in folding and drooping of leaves. It is a nutation movement that results in bringing tendril in contact with support.

Question 29.
A gland secretes a particular hormone. The deficiency’of this hormone in the body causes a particular disease in which the blood sugar level rises,

  1. Name the gland and the hormone secreted by it.
  2. Mention the role played by this hormone.
  3. Name the disease caused due to deficiency of this hormone. (CCE 2012)

Answer:

  1. Pancreas, insulin,
  2. Insulin makes the body cells receptive to glucose which is then absorbed by them from the blood. In liver and muscles, it also helps in conversion of absorbed glucose into glycogen.
  3. Diabetes mellitus.

Question 30.
Mention the role of each of the following :

  1. Cerebellum
  2. Fore brain
  3. Medulla. (CCE 2012)

Answer:

  1. Cerebellum: Maintaining equilibrium or posture in various activities of the body and coordinating muscular activity of the body.
  2. Seat of intelligence and control of movements,
  3. Medulla Oblongata: It regulates rate of breathing, rate of heart beat, blood pressure and reflexes like swallowing, vomiting, coughing, sneezing, salivation and peristalsis.

Question 31.
(a) Draw the structure of a neuron and label the nucleus and cell body,
(b) Name the part of neuron

  1. Where information is acquired
  2. Through which information travels as an electric impulse. (CCE 2012)

Answer:
(a)
Control and Coordination Class 10 Important Questions Science Chapter 7 image - 10
(b)

  1. Information Acquired. Dendrites,
  2. Information Travels as Electric Impulse. Axon.

Question 32.
How the timing and amount of hormone released is regulated ? Explain with the help of an example.
(CCE 2012, 2015)
Answer:
The timing and amount of hormone released depends upon feed back system. The requirement of hormone is monitored by a regulatory organ which may be gland itself (e.g., pancreas) or hypothalamus. For example, after meals the glucose content of blood rises. This stimulates P-cells of islets of Langerhans to secrete insulin. Insulin promotes glucose absorption by individual cells, formation of glycogen in liver and muscles. As the glucose level in the blood decreases, secretion of insulin is also reduced.

Question 33.
(a) Identify the enducrine glands a, b, c and d in the given diagram.
Control and Coordination Class 10 Important Questions Science Chapter 7 image - 11
(b) List the functions of parts d and f (CCE 2012, 2013)
Answer:
(a) a—pituitary,
b—parathyroids,
c—adrenal,
d—kidney.
(b) Kidney:

  1. Produces erythropoietin that stimulates bone marrow to form more RBCs.
  2. Produces renin that raises blood pressure to increase ulfrafiltration.
  3. Formation of urine by extracting metabolic wastes from blood.

Testes:

  1. Formation of sperms,
  2. Secretion of testosterone that stimulates formation and maintenance of male sex traits.

Question 34.
In the given diagram of reflex arc
Control and Coordination Class 10 Important Questions Science Chapter 7 image - 12
(a) Name the parts labelled A, B, C and D.
(b) Write the function of B and E. (CCE 2012)
Answer:
(a) A—receptor
B—sensory neuron
C—relay neuron
D—motor neuron.
(b)

  1. Function of B: To pick up impulse from receptor and.pass it to CNS (here spinal cord).
  2. Function of E: It is effector muscle which is activated by motor impulse to provide response or relfex action.

Question 35.
Name a hormone secreted by
(a) Pancreas
(b) Pituitary
(c) Thyroid. State one function of each of the hormones.
(CCE 2012)
Answer:
(a) Pancreas. Insulin. Control of glucose absorption by individual cells and formation of glycogen in liver as well as muscles.
(b) Pituitary. Follicle stimulating hormone (FSH). Formation of ova and sperms in sex organs.
(c) Thyroid. Thyroxine. Control of basal metabolism, regulation of protein, fat and carbohydrate metabolism, consumption of energy, development and differentiation.

Question 36.
(a) Name the hormone which is secreted by growing plants when they detect light. Mention its site of secretion in plant,
(b) Explain why plants appear ro bend towards light ?
(c) Name the diseases caused by deficiency of

  1. Iodine
  2. Insulin. (CCE 2012)

Answer:
(a) Auxin. Site of Secretion. Stem tip.
(b) Shoot bends towards light as more auxin accumulates on the darker side as compared to illuminated side.
(c)

  1. Deficiency of Iodine. Goitre,
  2. Deficiency of Insulin. Diabetes mellitus.

Question 37.
(a) How is brain protected from injury and shock ? (CCE 2013)
(b) Name two parts of hind brain and state the function of each. (CCE 2012)
Answer:
(a) Protection of Brain. Brain is protected by

  1. Bony cranium
  2. Meninges
  3. Cerebrospinal fluid present in subarachnoid space and ventricles of brain.

(b)

  1. Medulla Oblongata: It regulates rate of breathing, rate of heart beat, blood pressure and reflexes like swallowing, vomiting, coughing, sneezing, salivation and peristalsis.
  2. Cerebellum: Maintaining equilibrium or posture in various activities of the body and coordinating muscular activity of the body.

Question 38.
Name the property that causes tendril to circle around the object ? Explain how it happens and how is plant benefitted by it. (CCE 2012)
Answer:
(a) Property: Thigmotropism.
(b) Mechanism: Less auxin occurs on the side of contact as compared to the free side. More growth occurs on the free side.
As a result of more growth on the free side, the tendril coils around the support.
(c) Benefit: As the tendrils encircle the support, the plant can climb higher and higher to expose its leaves properly to sun.

Question 39.
Smitas father has been advised by a doctor to reduce his sugar intake;

  1. Name the disease he is suffering from and name the hormone whose deficiency causes it.
  2. Identify the gland that secretes it and mention the function of this hormone.
  3. Explain how the time and amount of secretion of this hormone is regulated in human system. (CCE 2012)

Answer:

  1. Diabetes mellitus: Hormone Deficiency. Insulin.
  2. Gland: Pancreas ((3-cells of islets of Langerhans). Insulin activates glucose receptors of body cells for its absorption. In liver and muscles, it stimulates conversion of glucose to glycogen.
  3. As glucose level in blood rises after a meal, the [3-cells of islets of Langerhans are stimulated to secrete insulin. As glucose level falls in blood, insulin secretion is reduced.

Question 40.
(a) Name the part of brain which controls

  1. Voluntary actions
  2. Involuntary actions,

(b) What is the significance of peripheral nervous system ? Name the components of this nervous system and distinguish between the origin of the two. (CCE 2012)
Answer:
(a) Voluntary Actions. Cerebellum. Involuntary Actions. Medulla oblongata. Fore brain has controls over many involuntary and voluntary actions.
(b) Peripheral Nervous System: It is soild lateral part of nervous system that develops from CNS and connects different parts of the body with CNS. Peripheral nervous system has two components, voluntary and involuntary. Voluntary peripheral nerous system is under the control of will. It consists of cranial nerves from brain and spinal nerves from spinal cord. Involuntary peripheral nervous system works independent of will. It develops from some cranial and spinal nerves. Involuntary peripheral nervous system is also called autonomic nervous system. It has two parts, sympathetic (for emergency) and parasympathetic (for moderation). They control the functioning of various internal body parts.

Question 41.
Brain and spinal cord are two vital organs of our body. How is our body designed to protect them ?
(CCE 2013)
Answer:

  1. They lie inside bony cases, brain inside cranium and spinal cord inside vertebral column,
  2. Both are covered by meninges—duramen, arachnoid and piamater.
  3. Cerebrospinal fluid occurs both inside and outside them.

Question 42.
(a) How do muscle cells move ?
(b) Name any two types of tropism.
(c) Define tropism.
(d) Which type of impulses are generally shown by human cells ? (CCE 2013)
Answer:
(a) Excitation of neuron is transferred to muscle at the neuromuscular junction by the release of acetylcholine from the knobs of its motor end plate. Acetylcholine is picked up by Ach receptors present on the surface of muscle fibre. This induces the mucles fibre to contract.
(b) Geotropism, Phototropism
(c) Tropism: It is the phenomenon of directional paratonie growth movement of curvature in which the direction of movement is determined by the direction of stimulus, e.g., phototropism, geotropism, hydrotropism.
(d) Electrical.

Question 43.
(a) Complete the following table

Hormone  Function

Abscisic Acid

(ii)

Thyroxine

(iv)

 (i)

Cell division in plants

(iii)

Stress management

(b) Give an example of chemotropism. (CCE 2013)
Answer:
(a)
(i) Inhibits growth and induces dormancy
(ii) Cytokinin
(iii) Controls basal metabolic rate (BMR)
(iv) Adrenaline.
(b) Movement of pollen tube in style and ovary.

Question 44.
After consuming a lot of alcohol, Manish could not walk properly and was vomiting. His friend Sunil stopped his car and tried to help him by dropping him home
(a) Which part of the brain gets affected by consuming alcohol ?
(b) Which part of the nervous system controls the reflex action ?
(c) Which two values are shown by Sunil by helping him. (CCE 2013)
Answer:
(a) Cerebellum
(b) Central nervous system like spinal cord
(c)

  1. Sunil knows the after-effects of excessive alcohol intake,
  2. He is trying to protect his friend from any mishap on the way. Sunil is showing both comradeship and social sense.

Question 45.
(a) Name the major parts of the brain.
(b) Name the part of brain responsible for maintaining the posture and balance of the body.
(c) Which tropic movement is responsible for the growth of pollen tubes towards ovules ? (CCE 2013)
Answer:
(a) Major Parts of Brain
Fore-Brain: Olfactory lobes (2), Cerebral hemispheres (2) or cerebrum, Diencephalon.
Mid-Brain: Cerebral peduncles, Corpora quadrigemina.
Hind Brain: Pons, Cerebellum, Medulla oblongata.
(b) Cerebellum
(c) Chemotropism.

Question 46.
(a) How does tendril coil around the support ?
(b) Define geotropism. (CCE 2013, 2014)
Answer:
(a) Thigmotropism or curvature movement that occurs in response to contact. Less auxin is present in the region of contact. The free side having more auxin shows more growth. This causes the tendril to coil over the support.
(b) Geotropism : It is directional growth movement of curvature which occurs in response to force of gravity. Main root shows positive geotropism while main stem shows negative geotropism.

Question 47.
(a) Define nerve impulse and reflex arc.
(b) Which structure in a neuron helps to conduct a nerve impulse

  1. towards the cell body
  2. away from cell body. (CCE 2013)

Answer:
(a) Nerve Impulse. It is a self propagated electrical current that travels from one end to another end of a neuron/nerve for the passage of a message.
Reflex Arc: The pathway taken by a stimulus to travel from receptor organ to effector organ in a reflex action is called reflex arc.
(b)

  1. Dendrites
  2. Axon.

Question 48.
(a) What is significance of reflex actions ?
(b) Which signals will get disrupted in case of a spinal cord injury. (CCE 2013)
Answer:
(a) Significance of Reflex actions:

  1. It checks overloading and overtaxing of brain.
  2. Survival Value. Reflex actions have survival value.
  3. Quick Response. There is an immediate response to otherwise harmful stimuli without the brain having analysed the same.
  4. Conditioned Reflexes. With the help of conditioned reflexes we perform a number of our activities, g., reading, writing, typing, pedalling, playing a musical instrument.

(b)

  1. Sensory impulses from the area innervated by injured portion,
  2. Transmission of motor impulses through the injured portion,
  3. Reflex action in the area of injury. Sensations and movements are restricted.

Question 49.
With the help of schematic diagram trace the events which occur when you suddenly touch a hot pan. What is the path followed by reflex action known as ?
Answer:
Control and Coordination Class 10 Important Questions Science Chapter 7 image - 13
For Events: Control of reflex arcs is carried out by CNS, chiefly spinal cord.
Sequence of Events. The hot object functions as a stimulus. The stimulus is received by receptors present in the skin. Sensory neurons carry the information as electrical impulse from the receptors to the CNS. CNS possesses relay neurons that transfer the information as electrical impulse to motor neurons. The motor neurons conduct the impulse to effector organs which in this case are muscles that pull away the arm before the information reaches brain.
Path. Reflex arc.

Question 50.
Two examples of plant movements are shown
Control and Coordination Class 10 Important Questions Science Chapter 7 image - 14
(a) State the stimulus which is common for movement in both the cases
(b) Mention separately for both, whether the movement takes place away or at the point where stimulus is received.
(c) State one reason for movement in each case.
Answer:
(a) Stimulus. Touch.
(b) In Sensitive Plant, the leaf shows movement away from place of contact, at the bases of pinnules, pinnae (pulvinules) and petiole (pulvinus). In tendril the movement takes place in the region of contact.
(c) In Sensitive Plant movement occurs due to loss of water or turgidity by certain cells. In tendril it is due to auxin induced greater growth of cells on the side not in contact with object.

Question 51.
Write three points of difference between reflex action and walking. (CCE 2014, 2015)
Answer:

Reflex Walking/Voluntary
1.      Origin. Reflex action is inborn and present in an individual right from birth.

2.      Control. It is automatic. An individual cannot control it.

3.      Intensity. It cannot be changed.

4.      Value. It has survival and protective value.

It is acquired through learning.

It is under control of the will or brain.

It can be changed.

It has various functions, generally other than survival and protection.

Question 52.
Illustrate with the help of a diagram the effect of auxin in different parts of a plant. (CCE 2014)
Control and Coordination Class 10 Important Questions Science Chapter 7 image - 15
Answer:
In stem auxin stimulates more growth when its concentration reaches above Root 10 ppm. In roots the optimum concentration required for growth is 0-0001 ppm. Higher value is inhibitory.

Question 53.
How does the plant detect the touch and how do the leaves move in response ? (CCE 2015)
Answer:
The stimulus of touch is converted into electro-cheftiical potential or synthesis of chemical called turgarin.
The same travels to the bases of pinnules, pinnae and petiole. The thin walled cells present on upper side of pinnule bases and lower side of pinna bases and petiole are stimulated to eject K+ ions and then water. They shrink in size and cause folding and drooping movements.

Question 54.
(a) Write two points of difference between enzymes and hormones.
(b) Name one endocrine gland in our body which performs dual function. Write its functions.
Answer:
(a)

Hormones Enzymes
1.Glands. They are produced by endocrine or ductless glands.

2.Chemical Nature. Hormones are chemically amino acids, peptides, proteinaceous, fatty icids or steroids.

3. Translocation. They are transported from the site of production to the site of action through circulatory system.

4. Activity. Hormones inhibit or initiate activity.

5.Catalytic action. They do not catalyse reactions.

6. Consumption of Hormones. They are consumed at the end of process.

Enzymes are produced by exocrine glands.

They are usually proteinaceous in nature.There is no role of circulatory system as the site of action is near the site of production.

Enzymes have no such role.

They catalyse reactions.

Enzymes are not consumed.

They can be used time and again.

(b) Testis :

  1. Secretion of hormone testosterone,
  2. Formation of sperms.

Question 55.
Name the system which facilitates communication between central nervous system and other parts of the body. Mention two types of nerves it consists of alongwith their organs of origin. (CCE 2015)
Answer:

  1. Peripheral nervous system.
  2. It has two components, cranical nerves and spinal nerves. There are 12 pairs of cranial nerves which arise from brain. Spinal nerves are 31 pairs. They develop from spinal cord.

Question 56.
Write two different types of movements shown by the plants. Explain them by giving one example for each.
(CCE 2015)
Answer:
Response of Plants to External Stimuli. Plants are fixed. They cannot run away from stressful conditions nor move to area of favourable conditions. They respond to external stimuli by

  1. Turgor movements and
  2. Growth movements.

Turgor Movements: Change in hydration of certain cells gives rise to these movements, e.g, closure and opening of stomata, nyctinasty or sleep movements in legumes, hydronasty in many grasses, seismonasty in Sensitive Plant.
Growth Movements: They are of two types, nondirectional or nastic and directional or tropic.
Nondirectional growth movement is related to struture of the responding organ and not the direction of stimulus, e.g, opening and closing of flowers. Directional growth movement is related to the direction of stimulus, e.g, phototropism, geotropism.

Question 57.
(a) An old man is advised by his doctor to take less sugar in his diet. Name the disease from which the man is suffering. Mention the hormone due to imbalance of which he is suffering from this disease. Which endocrime gland secretes this hormone ?
(b) Name the endocrime gland which secretes growth hormone. What will be the effect of the following on a person :

  1. Deficiency of growth hormone,
  2. Excess secretion of growth hormone. (CCE 2015)

Answer:
Ans.
(a)

  1. Diabetes mellitus. Hormone Deficiency. Insulin.
  2. Gland. Pancreas ((3-cells of islets of Langerhans). Insulin activates glucose receptors of body cells for its absorption. In liver and muscles, it stimulates conversion of glucose to glycogen.
  3. As glucose level in blood rises after a meal, the [3-cells of islets of Langerhans are stimulated to secrete insulin. As glucose level falls in blood, insulin secretion is reduced.

(b) Pituitary gland

  1. Dwarfism
  2. Gigantism.

Question 58.
Draw a diagram showing the correct position of pancreas, thyroid gland, pituitary gland, adrenal gland in human being. (CCE 2015, 2016)
Answer:
Control and Coordination Class 10 Important Questions Science Chapter 7 image - 16

Question 59.
Name and state briefly one function each of any three phytohormones. (CCE 2016)
Answer:
Five types — auxin, gibberelin, cytokinin, ethylene and abscisic acid.
Auxin: Cell enlargement, root formation, apical dominance, inhibition of abscission, fruit growth.
Gibberellin: Growth in stem and leaves, higher fruit yield, overcoming dormancy.
Cytokinin: Essential for cell division, differentiation, prevention of senescence and overcoming apical dominance.
Ethylene: Promotes transverse growth, fruit ripening and overcoming dormancy of some parts.
Abscisic Acid (ABA): Induces dormancy, senescence and abscission, checking excessive activity of growth promoting hormones, closure of stomata under water stress.

Question 60.
Mention the part of the brain which

  1. Enables us to ride a bicycle
  2. Changes the size of the pupil of eye
  3. Maintains blood pressure of the body
  4. Maintains posture and equilibrium of the body
  5. Regulates respiration
  6. Detects the smell of agarbatti. (CCE 2016)

Answer:

  1. Cerebellum
  2. Superior corpora quadrigemina
  3. Medulla oblongata
  4. Cerebellum
  5. Medulla oblongata
  6. Temporal lobe.

Question 61.
How does the plant shoot bends when the plant is placed in a room having only one open window ? Explain briefly. (CCE 2016)
Answer:
The plant will be receiving light from one side. The unidirectional light caues positive phototrophic response from the shoot. More auxin is formed on the shaded side of the shoot apex. As a result more growth occurs on the shaded side than the illuminated side. This results in bending of the shoot towards the direction of light.

Question 62.
“As the blood sugar level in our body falls, insulin secretion is reduced”.
Justify the statement in the reference of feedback mechanism that regulates the timing and amount of hormone released. (CCE 2016)
Answer:
Insulin secretion by pancreas is linked to the concentration of sugar in the blood. After a meals, as the glucose concentration becomes high in the blood, insulin is secreted. It activates glucose receptors of the body cells. They absorb glucose for their use. In liver and muscles, the absorbed glucose is converted into glycogen. This reduces the glucose concentration in blood. Insulin secretion by pancreas is also reduced because the P-cells of its endocrine region are not being stimulated to secrete.

Question 63.
Draw a nerve cell and label on it the following : Nucleus, Dendrite, Axon. (CCE 2016)
Answer:
Control and Coordination Class 10 Important Questions Science Chapter 7 image - 17

Question 64.
Write two different types of movements shown by plants. Explain them by giving one example for each. (CCE 2016)
Answer:
Nastic and trophic
Nastic Movements: They are non-directional curvatures movements of turgor or growth where the movements are determined by the structure of the responding organ irrespective of the direction of stimulus which is generally diffuse. Ex. Drooping and folding of leaves in Sensitive Plant in response to shock (seismonasty).
Tropic Movements: It is the phenomenon of directional paratonie growth movement of curvature in which the direction of movement is determined by the direction of stimulus, e.g., phototropism, geotropism, hydrotropism.

Long Answer Questions (5 Marks Each)

Question 1.
(a) What is reflex action ? Give its two examples. Illustrate the pathway followed by a message from the
receptor in a reflex arc. (CBSE Delhi 2006 C, CCE 2010, 2015)
(b) Name the actions of sympathetic and parasympathetic systems on eye. (CBSE Delhi 2006 C)
Answer:
(a) Reflex Action: It is an automatic, spontaneous nerve mediated response to a stimulus without consulting the will of the individual.
e.g., withdrawal of hand on being pricked or coming in contact with hot surface.
(b) Effect on Pupil,

  1. Sympathetic—dilation
  2. Parasympathetic—constriction.

Question 2.
(a) What are “hormones” ?
(b) List four characteristics of hormones
(c) Name the hormone required for the following :

  1. Functioning of mammary glands
  2. Regulation of calcium and phosphate
  3. Lowering of blood glucose
  4. Development of moustache and beard in human malc.(CBSE A.I. 2006 C, CCE 2015)

Answer:
(a) Definition: Hormones (Gk. hormein— to excite) are chemical messengers or informational molecules produced by ductless glands which are translocated by circulatory system to other body parts for inducing and coordinating their activities including growth. First hormone, secretin, was discovered by Bayliss and Starling (1902). The term hormone was coined by Starling (1905)
(b) Characteristics:

  1. Hormones are produced by endocrine or ductless glands.
  2. They are poured into circulatory system for passage to different body parts.
  3. Target Sites. Hormones act on specific cells, tissues and organs called target sites, generally away from the place of their synthesis.                                                                              ‘
  4. They function as chemical messengers or informational molecules that trigger specific chemical and physiological processes of target cells.
  5. Slow Action. Since hormones reach the target sites through blood, their effect appears after a lag period. They are slow acting with the exception of adrenaline.
  6. Chemical Nature. Hormones are small sized organic molecules which are of diverse origin— proteins, peptides, amino acids, amines and steroids.
  7. Non-nutrient Nature. Hormones are nonnutrient in nature. They have no role in providing energy or body building materials. Hormones take part in stimulation or inhibition of physiological processes.
  8. The hormones are effective in very low concentration, e.g., adrenaline one in 300 million parts.
  9. It is very specific. TSH acts only on thyroid while thyroxine affects all body parts.
  10. Hormones are generally produced in response to specific stimuli.
  11. Hormones are ultimately broken down or consumed during their activity in target cells.
  12. Deficiency or Excess. Both deficiency and excess of hormone are harmful, often leading to serious disorders.

(c)

  1. Functioning of Mammary Glands. Prolactin.
  2. Regulation of Calcium and Phosphate in Blood. Parathormone.
  3. Lowering of Blood Glucose. Insulin.
  4. Development of Moustache and Beard in Human Male. Testosterone.

Question 3.
(a) What is

  1. Phototropism and
  2. Geotropism ?

With labelled diagrams describe an activity to show that light and gravity change the direction that plant parts grow in.
(b) Mention the role of each of the following plant hormones :

  1. Auxin
  2. Abscisic acid. (CBSE A.I. 2008, CCE 2011)

Answer:
(a)

  1. Definition of Phototropism: It is directional growth movement of curvature which occurs in plants in response to stimulus of unilateral light.
  2. Definition of Geotropism: It is directional growth movement of curvature which occurs in response to force of gravity. Main root shows positive geotropism while main stem shows negative geotropism.

Activity: Phototropism and Geotropism- Take two potted plants. Place one plant near a window. Keep the other pot tilted horizontally in the open. Water the plants on alternate days. Observe after a week. Potted plant kept near the window shows bending of young stems towards the window. They are positively phototropic. In the horizontal pot, the stem bends upward as it is negatively geotropic. Its root if taken out, shows downward bending indicating its positive geotropic nature.
(b)

  1. Role of Auxin. It promotes cell enlargement, fruit growth, apical dominance, rooting of cuttings, prevention of abscission and differential growth during tropic movements.
  2. Role of Abscisic Acid. It checks excessive activity of auxin and gibberellins, closes stomata in water deficiency, induces dormancy of buds and seeds.

Question 4.
(a) Name the hormone which is injected to a diabetic patient.
(b) Why should we use iodised salt in our diet ?
(c) If iodine is insufficient in one’s diet, what might be the deficiency disease and its symptoms.
(CCE 2010, 2011)
Answer:
(a) Diabetic Patient. Hormone injected is insulin.
(b) Iodised Salt. Iodine is essential for synthesis of hormone thyroxine in thyroid gland. Thyroxine controls basal metabolic rate, metabolism of protein fat and carbohydrates, activity, body temperature, heart beat and body development.
(c) Deficiency of Iodine. Reduced thyroxine which causes goitre, cretinism and myxoedema. In goitre, there is enlargement of thyroid that results in swelling of neck.

Question 5.
(a) What is reflex arc ?
(b) What are the components of reflex arc ?
(c) How do muscle cells move ?
(CCE 2010, 2011)
Answer:
(a) Reflex Arc: The pathway taken by a stimulus to travel from receptor organ to effector organ in a reflex action is called reflex arc.
(b) Components of Reflex Arc:

Stimulus —> Receptor —> Sensory neuron —> Relay Neuron (CNS) —> Motor neuron —> Effectors —> Response.

(c) Movement of Muscle cells:
It is the place of apposition of motor end plate of a neuron with the surface of the muscle. Motor end plate consists of a number of knobbed branches. A knob or bouton is plugged into shallow depression present on surface of muscle fibre called sole plate. A narrow space or synaptic cleft occurs between the two.
On excitation the knob of motor end plate passes out acetylcholine which reaches the Ach receptors on the surface of muscle. The excitation spreads over the whole muscle fibre. The latter contracts.

Question 6.
Mention the part of brain involved in the following :

  1. Walking in a straight line,
  2. Picking up a pencil.
  3. Blood pressure
  4. A question is being asked by the teacher in a class.
  5. Change in size of the pupil in response to intensity of light. (CCE 2014, 2015)

Answer:

  1. Walking in Straight Line. Cerebellum.
  2. Picking up a Pencil. Cerebellum.
  3. Blood Pressure. Medulla oblongata.
  4. Question being Asked by Teacher. Frontal (Broca’s motor area of speech) lobe of fore brain.
  5. Change in Pupil. Superior corpora quadrigemina.

Question 7.
Define tropism. Explain four kinds of tropism with one example each. (CCE 2014)
Answer:
Tropism: It is the phenomenon of directional paratonie growth movement of curvature in which the direction of movement is determined by the direction of stimulus, e.g., phototropism, geotropism, hydrotropism.
Four Kinds

  1. Geotropism: It is directional growth movement of curvature which occurs in response to force of gravity. Main root shows positive geotropism while main stem shows negative geotropism.
  2. Phototropism: It is directional growth movement of curvature which occurs in plants in response to stimulus of unilateral light.
  3. Thigmotropism: Thigmotropism or curvature movement that occurs in response to contact. Less auxin is present in the region of contact. The free side having more auxin shows more growth. This causes the tendril to coil over the support.
  4. Hydrotropism: It is directional growth movement of curvature which occurs in response to unilateral stimulus of water. Roots are positively hydrotropic.

Question 8.
(a) Define reflex action. State its significance.
(b) How do plants respond to external stimuli ? (CCE 2014)
Answer:
(a) Reflex Action: It is an automatic nerve mediated response to a stimulus without consulting the will of the individual, e.g., withdrawal of hand on being pricked or coming in contact with hot surface.
Significance,

  1. It provides very quick response to stimuli which require immediate remedy,
  2. Reflex action relieves the brain of overloading or overtaxing.
  3. It has survival value.

(b) Response of Plants to External Stimuli. Plants are fixed. They cannot run away from stressful conditions nor move to area of favourable conditions. They respond to external stimuli by

  1. Turgor movements and
  2. Growth movements.

Turgor Movements: Change in hydration of certain cells gives rise to these movements, e.g, closure and opening of stomata, nyctinasty or sleep movements in legumes, hydronasty in many grasses, seismonasty in Sensitive Plant.
Growth Movements: They are of two types, nondirectional or nastic and directional or tropic.
Nondirectional growth movement is related to struture of the responding organ and not the direction of stimulus, e.g, opening and closing of flowers. Directional growth movement is related to the direction of stimulus, e.g, phototropism, geotropism.

Question 9.
(a) Name one organ each where growth hormone is synthesised in man and plant.
(b) List the sequence of events that occur when a plant is exposed to unidirectional light leading to bending of a growing shoot. Also name the hormone and the type of movement. (CCE 2014)
Answer:
(a)

  1. Growth Hormone in Man (GH, Somatotrophic Hormone). Anterior pituitary.
  2. Growth hormone in Plants (Auxin). Shoot tip.

(b) A plant exposed to unidirectional light shows bending of shoot towards the source of light. It is due to higher growth on the shaded side as compared to the illuminated side.
Hormone. Higher growth is caused by hormone auxin which is synthesised at the shoot tip. More of it is synthesised on the shaded side. Some auxin also diffuses from illuminated to shaded side.
Type of Movement. Positive phototropism.

Question 10.
(a) State two points of difference between cerebrum and cerebellum.
(b) Explain the mechanism of reflex action. (CCE 2014)
Answer:
(a) Differences between Cerebrum and Cerebellum.

Cerebrum Cerebellum
1. Part. It is a part of fore brain. It is part of hind brain.
2. Size. Cerebrum constitutes 80% of brain. It constitutes 12-5% of brain.
3. Position. It forms the front, superior and lateral sides of the brain. It lies in the posterior region of brain.
4. Components. Cerebrum is made of two parts called cerebral hemispheres. Cerebellum has three parts, two lateral cerebellar hemispheres and one central vermis.
5. Cavities. It contains two cavities called lateral ventricles. A cavity is nearly absent.
6. Seat. It is seat of intelligence and memory. It coordinates muscular activity.
7. Control. Cerebrum controls intelligence, movements, speech, sight, smell, taste, hearing and other sensations. Cerebellum maintains equilibrium of the body.
8. Nature. Cerebrum is centre of both voluntary and involuntary activities. It provides precision to voluntary activities.

(b) Mechanism of Reflex Action:
Mechanism. The stimulus for reflex action is picked up by a receptor located in the organ on which stimulus is acting. One or more sensory neurons carry the impulse from receptor to the central nervous system (e.g., spinal cord). CNS functions as modulator. It transfers the sensory nerve impulse to one or more motor neurons. The motor neurons carry the impulse to effectors which provide a proper response to the stimulus.

Stimulus Receptor ——–>Sensory neurons ———>CNS ——–>Motor neurons ———-> Effectors ———->Response.

Control and Coordination Class 10 Important Questions Science Chapter 7 image - 18

Question 11.
Name the hormone which is secreted by the adrenal gland. Explain the function of this hormone when we have to deal with scary situation. (CCE 2015)
Answer:
Adrenaline: It works in co-ordination with sympathetic nervous system to deal with scary situation. Function.
Both sympathetic nervous system and hormone adrenaline of adrenal medulla work together in preparing the body for protection from a scary or dangerous situation.

  1. Heart beats faster so as to provide more blood and its contained oxygen and glucose to muscles,
  2. Blood supply to peripheral vessels and digestive tract is reduced. More blood becomes available to skeletal muscles.
  3. Breathing rate increases due to dilation of bronchioles, increased activity of diaphragm and rib-muscles.

Question 12.
(a) Define reflex arc. Draw a flow chart showing the events which occur during sneezing.
(b) List four plant hormones. Write function of each. (CCE 2015)
Answer:
(a) Reflex arc: The pathway taken by a stimulus to travel from receptor organ to effector organ in a reflex action is called reflex arc.
Flow chart of Sneeze Reflex :
Control and Coordination Class 10 Important Questions Science Chapter 7 image - 19
(b) Plant hormones : Five types — auxin, gibberelin, cytokinin, ethylene and abscisic acid.
Auxin: Cell enlargement, root formation, apical dominance, inhibition of abscission, fruit growth.
Gibberellin: Growth in stem and leaves, higher fruit yield, overcoming dormancy.
Cytokinin: Essential for cell division, differentiation, prevention of senescence and overcoming apical dominance.
Ethylene: Promotes transverse growth, fruit ripening and overcoming dormancy of some parts.
Abscisic Acid (ABA): Induces dormancy, senescence and abscission, checking excessive activity of growth promoting hormones, closure of stomata under water stress.

Question 13.
Define phytohormones. How do plants respond to external stimulus ? (CCE 2015)
Answer:
Phytohormones : Phytohormones are chemical substances other than nutrients produced naturally in plants which regulate growth, development, differentiation and a number of physiological processes, e.g., auxin, gibberellins, abscisic acid, cytokinins.
Response of plants to external stimuli: Plants are fixed. They cannot run away from stressful conditions nor move to area of favourable conditions. They respond to external stimuli by

  1. Turgor movements and
  2. Growth movements.

Question 14.
(a) Name the hormone which is released into blood when its sugar level rises. Name the organ which produces the hormone and its effect on blood sugar level. Also mention the digestive enzymes secreted by this organ with one function each.
(b) Explain the need of chemical communication in multicellular organisms. (CCE 2016)
Answer:
(a)

  1. Insulin,
  2. It is secreted by pancreas ((3-cells of islets of Langerhans).
  3. Insulin activates glucose receptors of body cells for its absorption. It also stimulates liver and muscles to convert absorbed glucose into glycogen,
  4. Pancreas secretes three enzymes— trypsin (as trypsinogen), lipase and amylase. Trypsin breaks down proteins, peptones and proteeses into peptides. Pancreatic lipase hydrolysis lipids into fatty acids and glycerol. Pancreatic amylase acts on complex carbohydrates to form maltose.

(b) Multicellular organisms require a system of chemical communication as it can reach every cell of the body and stimulate the cells to perform particular functions. Different cells respond to particular chemicals for which they have receptors. This helps different structures of the body to perform particular functions, e.g., glucose absorption with the help of insulin, glycogen breakdown and glucose formation with the help of glucagon, cell division by cytokinin, cell growth by auxin, etc.

Question 15.
(a) Define nerve impulse. Name the structure that helps to conduct a nerve impulses

  1. Towards cell body
  2. Away from cell body.

(b) Why have organisms adapted to use electrical impulse to transmit messages.
(c) State two limitations about the use of electrical impulses. (CCE 2016)
Answer:
(a) Nerve Impulse. It is a self propagated electrical current that travels from one end to another of a neuron for the passage of message,

  1. Dendrites
  2. Axon.

(b) Electrical impulses are fast, hardly taking 1 msec for passage. There is no spill-over to external medium, nor any after-effect. As a result the same nerve can carry a new impulse soon after.
(c) In electrical impulse there is one type of transmission while certain messages are to be blocked or inhibited. This is carried out at synapse by means of different types of neurotransmitters.

Hope given Previous Year Question Papers for CBSE Class 10 Science Chapter 7 Control and Coordination are helpful to complete your science homework.

If you have any doubts, please comment below. Learn Insta try to provide online science tutoring for you.

Light Reflection and Refraction Class 10 Important Questions Science Chapter 10

Chapter 10 Light Reflection and Refraction Class 10 Science Important Questions with Answers PDF will help you in scoring more marks. This consists of 1 mark Questions, 3 Mark Numericals Questions, 5 Marks Numerical Questions and previous year questions from Chemical Reactions and Equations Chapter.

Light Reflection and Refraction Class 10 Important Questions and Answers Science Chapter 10

Very Short Answer Questions (1 Mark)

Based on Reflection of light

Question 1.
Define reflection of light ?
Answer:
The process of returning or bouncing back the light to the same medium after striking the surface is called reflection of light.

More Resources

Question 2.
What is a reflector ?
Answer:
A surface which reflects the light is called reflector.

Question 3.
State laws of reflection.
Answer:

  1. Angle of incidence is equal to the angle of reflection. That is , ∠i = ∠r .
  2. Incident ray, reflected ray and normal to the reflecting surface at the point of incidence lie in the same plane.

Question 4.
What are the values of angle of incidence ∠i and angle of reflection ∠r for normal incidence of light on a plane mirror ? [CBSE (All India) 2005]
Answer:
For normal incidence, ∠i = 0. Therefore, according to law of reflection ∠r = ∠i = 0.

Question 5.
What is real image ?
Answer:
When rays of light from an object actually meet at a point after refraction, then image formed is real.

Question 6.
What is virtual image ?
Answer:
When rays of light from an object do not meet at a point but appears to meet at a point, then image formed is virtual.

Question 7.
Mention the nature of image produced by a plane mirror. (CBSE 2014)
Answer:
Image is virtual, erect and of the same size as that of the object.

Based on curved or spherical mirrors

Question 8.
Define centre of curvature of a spherical mirror.
Answer:
The centre of a hollow sphere of which the spherical mirror forms a part is called the centre of curvature of the spherical mirror.

Question 9.
Define radius of curvature of a spherical mirror.
Answer:
The radius of a hollow sphere of which the spherical mirror forms a part is called radius of curvature of the spherical mirror.

Question 10.
Define aperture of a spherical mirror.
Answer:
The part of spherical mirror exposed to the incident light is called the aperture of the spherical mirror.

Question 11.
Define pole of a spherical mirror.
Answer:
The mid point of the spherical mirror is called the pole of spherical mirror.

Question 12.
Define principal axis of the spherical mirror.
Answer:
The line joining the centre of curvature and pole of the spherical mirror and extended on either side is called the principal axis of the spherical mirror.

Question 13.
Define the principal focus of a convex mirror.
Answer:
A point on the principal axis, where rays of light parallel to the principal axis appear to meet after reflecting from the convex mirror.

Question 14.
Define the principal focus of a concave mirror.
Answer:
A point on the principal axis, where the rays of light parallel to the principal axis meet after reflection from the concave mirror is called the principal focus of the concave mirror.

Question 15.
Define focal length of a spherical mirror.
Answer:
The distance between the pole and principal focus of a spherical mirror is called focal length of the spherical mirror.

Question 16.
Write down the relation between the focal length (f) and radius of curvature (R) of a spherical mirror.
Answer:
f = R/2.

Question 17.
Name the mirror which acts as
(i) a convergent mirror and
(ii) divergent mirror.
Answer:
(i) concave mirror,
(ii) convex mirror.

Question 18.
Copy the figure in your answer-book and show the direction of light after reflection. [CBSE (Delhi) 2008]
Light Reflection and Refraction Class 10 Important Questions Science Chapter 10 image - 1
Answer:
Light Reflection and Refraction Class 10 Important Questions Science Chapter 10 image - 2

Question 19.
Copy the figure in your answer-book and show the direction of light after reflection. Also write the angle of reflection.
Light Reflection and Refraction Class 10 Important Questions Science Chapter 10 image - 3
Answer:
Light Reflection and Refraction Class 10 Important Questions Science Chapter 10 image - 4

Question 20.
No matter how far you stand from a mirror, your image always appears erect and diminished. Identify the type of mirror. [CBSE (All India) 2005; CBSE (Foreign) 2016]
                                                                                              Or
If the image formed by a mirror for all positions of the object placed in front of it is always diminished, erect and virtual. State the type of mirror. (CBSE 2017)
Answer:
Convex mirror.

Question 21.
Where should an object be placed on the principal axis of a concave mirror so that its real image is of the same size as that of the object ?
Answer:
Object should be placed at the centre of curvature of the concave mirror.

Question 22.
Where should an object be placed on the principal axis of a concave mirror so that a magnified and virtual image of the object is formed ?
Answer:
Object must be placed between the pole and focus of the concave mirror.

Question 23.
Where will the image be formed by a convex mirror if object is placed between infinity and pole of the mirror r.
Answer:
Between pole and focus of the convex mirror and behind the convex mirror.

Question 24.
Name a mirror that gives an erect and magnified (enlarged) image of an object.
Answer:
Concave mirror.

Question 25.
Write mirror formula.
                  Or
Write relation between u,v and ffor mirrors. (CBSE 2014, 2016)
Answer:
Light Reflection and Refraction Class 10 Important Questions Science Chapter 10 image - 5
where u is the object distance from the spherical mirror, v is the image distance from the mirror and f is the focal length of the mirror.

Question 26.
Define linear magnification of a mirror.
Answer:
It h defined as the ratio of the size (or height) of the image to the size (or height) of the object.

Question 27.
What is the magnification of the images formed by plane mirrors and why ? (CBSE 2015)
Answer:
Magnification, m = 1 because size of image is equal to size of object in case of a plane mirror.

Question 28.
An object of size 2 cm is placed at 25 cm in front of a concave mirror. If the magnification produced by the mirror is 4, what is the size of the image ?
Answer:
Light Reflection and Refraction Class 10 Important Questions Science Chapter 10 image - 6

Question 29.
Name the mirror used by a dentist to examine the teeth of a patient.
Answer:
Concave mirror.

Question 30.
Name the rear view mirror used in vehicles.
                                 Or
Which type of mirror is usually used as a rear-view mirror in motor-cars ?
[CBSE (Foreign) 2008, CBSE 2011]
Answer:
Convex mirror.

Question 31.
Name the type of mirrors used in head lights of buses and cars. (CBSE 2012)
                                Or
Which kind of mirrors are used in the head lights of a motor-car and why ?
Answer:
Concave mirrors. This is because these mirrors send the reflected light as a parallel beam of light to illuminate the road.

Question 32.
Name the type of mirror used in solar furnaces. (CBSE 2013)
Answer:
Concave mirror.

Question 33.
Why does a ray of light passing through the centre of curvature of a concave mirror after reflection, is reflected back along the same path ? (CBSE 2011)
Answer:
A ray of light passing through the centre of curvature of a concave mirror falls perpendicular to the surface of the mirror i.e. ∠i = 0. According to the law of reflection ∠r = ∠i = 0. Therefore, the ray is reflected along the same path.

Question 34.
What kind of mirrors are used in big shopping stores to watch the activities of customers ? [CBSE (All India) 2009)]
Answer:
Convex mirrors.

Question 35.
State the relation between the height of an object (h), height of image (h) object, distance (u) and image distance (v) in case of a spherical mirror.
Answer:
Light Reflection and Refraction Class 10 Important Questions Science Chapter 10 image - 7

Question 36.
In the following diagram, MM’ is a concave mirror and AB is an object. Draw on your answer-sheet a ray diagram to show the formation of image of this object.
[CBSE (Foreign) 2017]
Light Reflection and Refraction Class 10 Important Questions Science Chapter 10 image - 8
Answer:
Light Reflection and Refraction Class 10 Important Questions Science Chapter 10 image - 9

Based on refraction of light

Question 37.
What is refraction of light ?
Answer:
The bending of light when it passes obliquely from one medium to light.

Question 38.
What is the cause of refraction of light ?
Answer:
The refraction of light is due to the fact that speed of light is different in different media.

Question 39.
Define refractive index and express it mathematically. (CBSE 2011, 2012)
                                         Or
Define absolute refractive index of a medium. (CBSE 2012, 2013, 2015, 2016)
Answer:
Refractive index is defined as the ratio of the speed of light in vacuum (c) to the speed of light in medium (v).
That is, n = c/v .

Question 40.
Define relative refractive index of a medium.
Answer:
Relative refractive index of a medium (2) w.r.t. medium (1) is defined as the ratio of speed of light in medium (1) to the speed of light in medium (2).

Question 41.
Write Snell’s law. (CBSE 2011)
Answer:
Light Reflection and Refraction Class 10 Important Questions Science Chapter 10 image - 10
where i = incident angle, r = refracted angle and n21 = constant and is the refractive index of medium 2 with respect to medium 1.

Question 42.
If refractive index of water for light going from air to water is 1.33, what will be the refractive index of air for light going from water to air ? (CBSE 2011)
Answer:
Light Reflection and Refraction Class 10 Important Questions Science Chapter 10 image - 11

Question 43.
Why does a ray of light bend when it travels from one medium into another ? [CBSE (Delhi) 2009]
Answer:
This is because speed of light changes when light goes from one medium to another medium.

Question 44.
Why is the absolute refractive index of a medium always greater than one ? (CBSE 2011, 2016)
Answer:
Absolute refractive index, n = c/v . Since c > v, therefore, n > 1.

Question 45.
The refractive index of glass is 1.5. What is the meaning of this statement in relation to speed of light ?
[CBSE (Delhi) 2008]
Answer:
Light Reflection and Refraction Class 10 Important Questions Science Chapter 10 image - 12

Question 46.
A ray of light PQ is incident on a glass slab as shown. Write the values of angle of incidence and angle of refraction for this ray of light.
(CBSE Sample Paper 2010)
Light Reflection and Refraction Class 10 Important Questions Science Chapter 10 image - 13
                                                                             Or
A ray of light is incident normally to the surface of a glass slab placed in air. Find the angle of incident and angle of refraction in this case. (CBSE 2011, 2013)
Answer:
Light Reflection and Refraction Class 10 Important Questions Science Chapter 10 image - 14

Question 47.
Name the physical quantity which remains the same when light goes from one medium to another medium.
Answer:
Frequency of light remains the same when light goes from one medium to another medium.

Question 48.
What happens when a ray of light strikes the surface of separation between the two media at right angle ? (CBSE 2011)
Answer:
There is no refraction of light and the ray of light continues to travel along the same path.

Question 49.
What is the angle between the incident ray of light and the emergent ray of light, when incident ray of light falls obliquely on the glass slab ?
Answer:
When incident ray of light falls obliquely on the glass slab, then the emergent ray of light is parallel to the incident ray of light. Therefore, angle between the incident and emergent rays of light is zero.
A ray of light falls obliquely on the glass slab. The perpendicular distance between the emergent ray of light and the original path of the incident ray is 2 mm.

Question 50.
What is the lateral displacement of the ray of light ?
Answer:
Lateral displacement of the ray of light = 2 mm. on Refraction by spherical lens

Question 51.
What do you understand by optical centre of a lens ?
Answer:
A point in a lens through which rays of light pass without deviation in their original path.

Question 52.
Define principal axis of a lens.
Answer:
A line joining the centres of curvature of two spherical surfaces forming a lens is called principal axis of the lens.

Question 53.
Define principal focus of a convex lens.
Answer:
A point on the principal axis of a convex lens where all rays of light parallel to the principal axis meet after refracting through the lens is called principal focus of the convex lens.

Question 54.
Define principal focus of a concave lens.
Answer:
A point on the principal axis of a concave lens where all rays of light parallel to the principal axis appear to meet after refracting through the lens is called principal axis of the concave lens.

Question 55.
Define focal length of a lens. [CBSE (All India) 2005]
Answer:
The distance between the optical centre and principal focus of a lens is called the focal length of the lens.

Question 56.
Write lens formula.
                     Or
Write relation between u, v and ffor a lens. (CBSE 2014, 2016)
Answer:
Light Reflection and Refraction Class 10 Important Questions Science Chapter 10 image - 15

Question 57.
State the relation between the height of an object (h), height of image (h), object distance (u) and image distance (v) in case of a lens. (CBSE 2011)
Answer:
Light Reflection and Refraction Class 10 Important Questions Science Chapter 10 image - 16

Question 58.
Incident ray AB falls on a lens. The refracted ray is BC as shown in figure. Name the lens.
Light Reflection and Refraction Class 10 Important Questions Science Chapter 10 image - 17
Answer:
Since the ray AB converges along BC after passing

Question 59.
Incident ray AB falls on a lens. The refracted ray BC is shown in figure. Name the lens.
Light Reflection and Refraction Class 10 Important Questions Science Chapter 10 image - 18
Answer:
Since the ray AB diverges along BC after passing through the lens, so the lens is diverging or concave lens.

Question 60.
If on applying cartesian sign conventions for spherical lenses, the image distance obtained is negative, state the significance of the negative sign. (CBSE 2011)
Answer:
Negative sign with image distance signifies that image is formed on the same side in which the object lies or image is formed in front of the lens.

Question 61.
Define power of a lens and write its SI unit. [CBSE Saniple Paper 2010, 2012, 2015, 2016)]
Answer:
Power of a lens is its ability to converge or diverge the rays of light falling on it. Power of a lens is equal to reciprocal of the focal length of the lens.
SI unit of power is dioptre (D).

Question 62.
In what SI unit is the power of lenses stated ? [CBSE (Foreign ) 2005)]
Answer:
Dioptre (D).

Question 63.
A convex lens forms a virtual and magnified image. What should he the position of the object on the principal axis ?
Answer:
Between focus and the optical centre of the lens.

Question 64.
State the relation between the focal length (f) and power of a lens.
                                              Or
How are power and focal length of a lens related ? [NCERT Question Bank; CBSE 2016]
Answer:
Light Reflection and Refraction Class 10 Important Questions Science Chapter 10 image - 19

Question 65.
A lens has -4D power. Is the lens concave or convex ?
Answer:
Lens is concave.

Short Answer Questions( 2 & 3 Marks)

Based on Reflection of Light

Question 1.
List two differences between real and virtual images
Answer:

S.No.

Real Image

Virtual Image

1.

When rays of light after reflection meet at a When rays of light after reflection do not meet at a point
point, real image is formed. but appears to meet at a point, virtual image is formed.

2.

Real image can be obtained on a screen. Virtual image cannot be obtained on a screen.

3.

Real image is formed in front of a mirror. Virtual image is formed behind the mirror.

4.

Real image is always inverted. Virtual image is always erect {i.e., upright).

Question 2.
State the laws of reflection of light.
Answer:

  1. Angle of incidence is equal to the angle of reflection. That is , ∠i = ∠r .
  2. Incident ray, reflected ray and normal to the reflecting surface at the point of incidence lie in the same plane.

Based on curved or spherical mirror

Question 3.
With the ray diagram show that angle of incidence is equal to the angle of reflection when a ray is incident on the concave mirror. (CBSE 2015)
Answer:
Light Reflection and Refraction Class 10 Important Questions Science Chapter 10 image - 20

Question 4.
An object is placed at the following distances from a concave mirror of focal length 15 cm.
(a) 10 cm
(b) 20 cm
(c) 30 cm
(d) 40 cm
Which position of the object will produce

  1. Virtual image
  2. A diminished real image
  3. An enlarged real image
  4. An image of same size. (CBSE 2011, 2012)

Answer:

  1. Concave mirror forms virtual image if object is placed between the focus and pole of the mirror. Therefore, for the position of object at 10 cm mirror forms the required image.
  2. A real and diminished image is formed when object lies beyond C i.e. beyond 2F. So, for the position of object at 40 cm, mirror forms the required image.
  3. An enlarged real image is formed when object lies between F and 2 F. So, for the position of object at 20 cm, mirror forms the required image.
  4. An image of same size of the object is formed when object lies at C or 2F. So, for the position of object at 30 cm, mirror forms the required image.

Question 5.
Draw ray diagram to show the formation of images when the object is placed in front of a concave mirror
(i) between its pole and focus point,
(ii) on the centre of curvature. (CBSE 2014, 2016)
Answer:
(i)
Light Reflection and Refraction Class 10 Important Questions Science Chapter 10 image - 21
(ii)
Light Reflection and Refraction Class 10 Important Questions Science Chapter 10 image - 22

Question 6.
State three uses of a concave mirror. (CBSE 2012)
Answer:

  1. Reflector: Concave mirrors are used in motor head lights, search lights and torches etc. to produce an intense parallel beam of light. A bulb is placed at the focus of concave mirror or concave reflecting surface. The beam of light from the bulb after reflecting from the concave mirror goes as a parallel beam (figure 24).
    Light Reflection and Refraction Class 10 Important Questions Science Chapter 10 image - 23
    This parallel beam of – light illuminates the road ahead of the vehicle.
  2. Shaving and make up mirror: When an object is placed close to a concave mirror (i.e between the pole and focus of the concave mirror), an erect and enlarged (large in
    size) image of the object is formed. Because of this fact, concave mirror is used by men to see their enlarged faces while shaving. Similarly, a lady can see her face better with the help of a concave mirror while doing make up.
  3. In solar cookers: When a parallel beam of sun light falls on a concave mirror, this beam is brought to the focus of the concave mirror. As a result of this, the temperature of an object (say a container containing un-cooked food) placed at this focus increases considerably. Hence the food in the container is cooked (figure 25).
    Light Reflection and Refraction Class 10 Important Questions Science Chapter 10 image - 24

Question 7.
State two uses of a convex mirror. (CBSE 2012)
Answer:

  1. Rear view or driver’s mirror. Convex mirror is used as a rear view mirror in vehicles because this mirror forms an erect and diminished image of an object behind the vehicle. Since the image of the object formed is small in size, so the field of view is increased. It means, the driver of a vehicle can see the traffic over large area behind his vehicle. This mirror is also known as driver’s mirror.
  2. In street lights. Convex mirror is used in street lights to diverge light over a large area (figure 28).
    Light Reflection and Refraction Class 10 Important Questions Science Chapter 10 image - 25

Question 8.
Parallel rays of light incident on a concave mirror and a convex mirror as shown in figure,
(i) Redraw the reflected rays in both the cases,
(ii) Name the points where the reflected rays meet or appear to meet on the principal axis.
Light Reflection and Refraction Class 10 Important Questions Science Chapter 10 image - 26
Answer:
(i) Reflected rays are shown in figures.
Light Reflection and Refraction Class 10 Important Questions Science Chapter 10 image - 27
(ii) The point where the reflected rays of light meet or appear to meet on the principal axis is known as principal focus F of the concave mirror or convex mirror.

Question 9.
A ray of light LM is incident on a mirror as shown in the figure. The angle of incidence for this ray is the angle between it and the line joining two other points in the figure. Name these two points.
Light Reflection and Refraction Class 10 Important Questions Science Chapter 10 image - 28
Answer:
The angle of incidence for a ray falling on a spherical mirror is the angle between the incident ray and the normal to the point of incidence. A line joining the centre of curvature and the point of incidence is a normal to the point of incidence. Thus, the given two points are C and M as shown in figure.
Light Reflection and Refraction Class 10 Important Questions Science Chapter 10 image - 29

Question 10.
A ray of light AM is incident on a spherical mirror as shown in the diagram. Redraw the diagram and show the reflected ray. Also indicate and mark the angle of incidence and angle of reflection in the diagram. (CBSE 2012)
Light Reflection and Refraction Class 10 Important Questions Science Chapter 10 image - 30
                                                                        Or
Draw a ray diagram to show the path of the reflected ray corresponding to an incident ray of light parallel to the principal axis of a concave mirror. Mark the angle of incidence and angle of reflection on it.
(CBSE 2014, 2017)
Answer:
Incident ray AM is parallel to the principal axis of a concave mirror. Hence, it will pass through the principal focus (F) of the mirror after reflection as shown in figure.
Light Reflection and Refraction Class 10 Important Questions Science Chapter 10 image - 31

Question 11.
Incident ray AB passes through the focus (F) of a concave mirror and strikes the mirror at B as shown is figure. Trace the reflected ray and also mark the angle of incidence and angle of reflection in the figure. (CBSE 2012)
                                                                          Or
Copy the figure in your answer-book and show the direction of the light after reflection.
Light Reflection and Refraction Class 10 Important Questions Science Chapter 10 image - 32
Answer:
Incident ray passing through the focus (F) of a concave mirror goes parallel to the principal axis after
Light Reflection and Refraction Class 10 Important Questions Science Chapter 10 image - 33

Question 12.
Draw the ray diagram to show reflected ray by a concave mirror when the incident ray
(a) passes through its centre of curvature
(b) passes through its focus
(c) is incident on pole of the concave mirror. (CBSE 2015)
Answer:
(a)
Light Reflection and Refraction Class 10 Important Questions Science Chapter 10 image - 34
(b)
Light Reflection and Refraction Class 10 Important Questions Science Chapter 10 image - 35
(c)
Light Reflection and Refraction Class 10 Important Questions Science Chapter 10 image - 36

Question 13.
Name the type of mirror used in a solar furnace. How is high temperature achieved by this device ?
(CBSE 2011, 2013)
Answer:
Concave mirror. The sun rays are focused at a point by the concave mirror. The concentrated beam of sun light at a point increases the temperature at that point.

Question 14.
Draw ray diagrams to describe the nature, position and relative size of the image formed by a concave mirror for the object
(i) When the object is placed between the centre of curvature and the focus of the concave mirror,
(ii) When the object is placed between the pole and the focus of the concave mirror.
(CBSE 2004, 2011, 2012, 2013)
Answer:
(i)
Light Reflection and Refraction Class 10 Important Questions Science Chapter 10 image - 37
(ii)
Light Reflection and Refraction Class 10 Important Questions Science Chapter 10 image - 38

Question 15.
A spherical mirror produces an image of magnification -1.0 on a screen placed at a distance of 30 cm from the pole of the mirror.
(i) Write the type of mirror in this case.
(ii) What is the focal length of the mirror ?
(iii) What is the nature of the image formed ?
(iv) Draw the ray diagram to show the image formation in this case. (CBSE 2014)
Answer:
(i) Concave mirror
Light Reflection and Refraction Class 10 Important Questions Science Chapter 10 image - 39
(iii) Image is real, inverted and of the same size as that of the object.
(iv)
Light Reflection and Refraction Class 10 Important Questions Science Chapter 10 image - 40

Question 16.
The magnification produced by a mirror is -1.5. What does it signify about the image formed ?
(CBSE 2011)
Answer:
Light Reflection and Refraction Class 10 Important Questions Science Chapter 10 image - 41
It means, size of image =1.5 times the size of the object. Negative sign signifies that the image is inverted. Inverted image is real image.

Question 17.
Identify the nature of the mirror and mention two characteristics of the image formed when magnification (m) = + 6. (CBSE 2011)
Answer:
m = + 6 means size of image formed = 6 times the size of the object and the image is erect. Such image is formed by a concave mirror when object is placed between the focus and pole of the mirror. The image is virtual and magnified.

Question 18.
Mention two properties of image formed by a convex mirror. (CBSE 2011)
Answer:
Image formed by a convex mirror is

  1. virtual and erect,
  2. smaller in size as compared to the size of the object.

Question 19.
Why does a ray of light passing through the centre of curvature of a concave mirror after reflection, is reflected back along the same path ? (CBSE 2011)
Answer:
A ray of light passing through the centre of curvature of the concave mirror strikes the surface of the mirror . normally i.e. ∠i = 0. According to the law of reflection, ∠r = ∠i = 0.
Thus, the reflected ray retraces its path.

Question 20.
How can you identify the three types of mirrors without touching ? (CBSE 2011)
Answer:
We can identify the three types of mirrors by looking at them. If the size of the image of an object is of the
same size as that of the object, then mirror is plane mirror. If the size of the image of an object increases as the object is brought closer to the mirror and the size of image is highly magnified when the object is very close to the mirror, then the mirror is concave mirror. If the size of the image is smaller and full length of the image of an object is seen, then the mirror is convex mirror.

Question 21.
Name the mirror that
(a) can give real as well as virtual image of an object
(b) will always give virtual image of same size of an object
(c) will alway give virtual and diminished image of an object
(d) is used by a doctor in examining teeth. (CBSE 2011)
Answer:
(a) Concave mirror
(b) Plane mirror
(c) Convex mirror
(d) Concave mirror.

Question 22.
What should be the position of the object, when a concave mirror is to be used :
(i) as a shaving mirror, and
(ii) in torches producing parallel beam of light ? (CBSE 2011, 2012)
Answer:
(i) between the focus and pole of the concave mirror
(ii) at the focus of the concave mirror.

Question 23.
A man standing in front of a mirror finds his image having a very large head and legs of normal size. What type of mirrors are used in designing such a mirror ? (CBSE 2011)
Answer:
The upper part of such a mirror is concave mirror and lower part is a plane mirror.

Question 24.
A concave mirror of focal length ft can form a magnified erect as well as an inverted image of an object
placed in front of it. ” Justify this statement stating the position of the object with respect to the mirror in each case for obtaining these images. (CBSE 2013)
Answer:

  1. When object is placed between the focus (F) and pole (P) of a concave mirror, magnified and erect image of the object is formed on the back of the mirror.
  2. When object is placed between the centre of curvature and the principal focus of a concave mirror, magnified and inverted image is formed in front of the mirror.

Based on Refraction of light

Question 25.
State laws of refraction of light. [CBSE (Foreign) 2004, 2012, 2013, 2014, 2015]
Answer:
Refraction of light follows the following two laws :

    1. The incident ray, the refracted ray and the normal to the surface separating the two media all lie in the same plane.
      Light Reflection and Refraction Class 10 Important Questions Science Chapter 10 image - 42
    2. The ratio of the sine of the incident angle (∠i) to the sine of the refracted angle (∠r) is constant for a pair of two media.
      Light Reflection and Refraction Class 10 Important Questions Science Chapter 10 image - 43
      This constant is known as the refractive index of the medium in which refracted ray travels with respect to the medium in which incident ray travels. Refractive index is denoted by n.
    3. Refractive index of second medium with respect to the first medium is denoted by
      Thus, eqn. (1) can be written as
      Light Reflection and Refraction Class 10 Important Questions Science Chapter 10 image - 44

This law is also known as Snell’s law as it was stated by Prof. Willebrord Snell (Dutch mathematician and astronomer).

Question 26.
Prove that if a ray of light enters a rectangular glass slab obliquely and emerges from the opposite face of the glass slab, the emergent ray will be parallel to the incident ray. [CBSE (Foreign) 2004]
                                                                         Or
(a) With the help of a diagram, show that when light falls obliquely on a side of a rectangular glass slab, the emergent ray is parallel to the incident ray. (CBSE 2013)
(b) Show the lateral displacement of the ray on the diagram. (CBSE 2008)
Answer:
Perform an experiment to demonstrate that light bends from its path, when it falls obliquely on the surface of a glass slab. Also show that angle of incidence is about equal to the emergent angle.

  1. Take a glass slab and place it on a white sheet of paper fixed on a drawing board.
  2. Mark the boundary ABCD of the glass slab.
  3. Fix two pins P1 and P2, vertically on the drawing board such that line joining the pins is inclined to the edge AB of the glass slab (Figure 37).
    Light Reflection and Refraction Class 10 Important Questions Science Chapter 10 image - 45
  4. Now, look through the glass slab from opposite side so that the images of pins P1 and P2 are seen exactly in line. Fix two pins P3 and P4, vertically on the drawing board such that pins P3, P4 and image of P1 and P2 are exactly in one line.
  5. Remove the glass slab and all pins. Join the points P1 and P2 with a line and extend this line to touch the edge AB at P. Similarly join the points P3 and P4 with a line and extend the line to touch the edge DC at Q.
  6. Join points P and Q with a straight line.
  7. Draw normal NN’ at P on the edge AB and a normal N1N1‘ at Q on the edge DC.
  8. Measure ∠P2 PN and ∠P3 QN1‘ using a protractor or dee.

This experiment shows that when light falls obliquely on a glass slab, it bends along PQ from its original path along PL.
Also ∠P2PN ≈ ∠P3QN1‘. That is, angle of incidence is about equal to the emergent angle.
Note : Distance between pins P1 and P2, and between P3 and P4 must be large.

Question 27.
For the same angle of incidence 45°, the angle of refraction in two transparent media : I and II is 20° and 30° respectively. Out of I and II, which medium is optically denser and why ? (CBSE 2011)
Answer:
Light Reflection and Refraction Class 10 Important Questions Science Chapter 10 image - 46

Question 28.
A ray of light falls normally on the surface of a transparent glass slab. Draw a ray diagram to show its path and also mark angle of incidence and angle of emergence. (CBSE 2013)
Answer:
Angle of incidence = 0, angle of emergence = 0.

Based on Refraction by spherical lens

Question 29.
What is the difference between a convex lens (converging lens) and a concave lens (diverging lens) ?
(CBSE 2012)
Answer:

Convex lens

Concave lens

1.  It is thick in the middle and thin at edges. 1.  It is thin in middle and thick at edges.
2.  When placed close to eye, it forms magnified image of an object. For example, if you place it close to your book, the words will appear large in size. 2.    It forms diminished image of an object. If you place it close to your book, the words will appear small in size.

 Question 30.
Study the ray diagram given below and answer the following questions :
Light Reflection and Refraction Class 10 Important Questions Science Chapter 10 image - 47
(i)State the type of lens used in the figure.
(ii) List two properties of the image formed.
(iii) In which position of the object will the magnification be – 1 ? (Sample Paper 2012-13)
Answer:
(i) Lens is convex lens.
(ii) Image formed is real, inverted and enlarged.
Light Reflection and Refraction Class 10 Important Questions Science Chapter 10 image - 48
If object is placed at 2F1 Size of image = Size of object, then in this case, m = – 1.

Question 31.
Draw ray-diagrams to describe the nature, position and relative size of the image formed
(i) by a convex lens for the object when it is placed at 2F1
(ii) by a concave mirror for the object when it is placed between pole P and focus F.
(CBSE 2008, 2009, 2011, 2016)
Answer:
(i)
Light Reflection and Refraction Class 10 Important Questions Science Chapter 10 image - 49
(ii)
Light Reflection and Refraction Class 10 Important Questions Science Chapter 10 image - 50

Question 32.
Draw ray diagrams to describe the nature, position and’relative size of the image formed by a convex lens for the object
(i) When the object is placed at F1 and
(ii) When the object is placed between F1 and optical centre of the lens. (CBSE 2011, 2016)
Answer:
Light Reflection and Refraction Class 10 Important Questions Science Chapter 10 image - 51
Light Reflection and Refraction Class 10 Important Questions Science Chapter 10 image - 52

Question 33.
Draw ray diagrams to describe the nature, position and relative size of the image formed by a concave lens for the object
(i) When the object is placed at infinity and
(ii) When the object is placed to between infinity and optical centre of the lens. (CBSE 2011, 2012)
Answer:
Light Reflection and Refraction Class 10 Important Questions Science Chapter 10 image - 53
Light Reflection and Refraction Class 10 Important Questions Science Chapter 10 image - 54

Question 34.
A ray of light, incident obliquely on a face of a rectangular glass slab placed in air, emerges from the opposite face parallel to the incident ray. Draw labelled diagram to show it. State two factors on which the lateral displacement of the emergent ray depends. [CBSE (Foreign) 2008, 2013]
Answer:
Perform an experiment to demonstrate that light bends from its path, when it falls obliquely on the surface of a glass slab. Also show that angle of incidence is about equal to the emergent angle.

  1. Take a glass slab and place it on a white sheet of paper fixed on a drawing board.
  2. Mark the boundary ABCD of the glass slab.
  3. Fix two pins P1 and P2, vertically on the drawing board such that line joining the pins is inclined to the edge AB of the glass slab (Figure 37).
    Light Reflection and Refraction Class 10 Important Questions Science Chapter 10 image - 55
  4. Now, look through the glass slab from opposite side so that the images of pins P1 and P2 are seen exactly in line. Fix two pins P3 and P4, vertically on the drawing board such that pins P3, P4 and image of P1 and P2 are exactly in one line.
  5. Remove the glass slab and all pins. Join the points P1 and P2 with a line and extend this line to touch the edge AB at P. Similarly join the points P3 and P4 with a line and extend the line to touch the edge DC at Q.
  6. Join points P and Q with a straight line.
  7. Draw normal NN’ at P on the edge AB and a normal N1N1‘ at Q on the edge DC.
  8. Measure ∠P2 PN and ∠P3 QN1‘ using a protractor or dee.

This experiment shows that when light falls obliquely on a glass slab, it bends along PQ from its original path along PL.
Also ∠P2PN ≈ ∠P3QN1‘. That is, angle of incidence is about equal to the emergent angle.
Note : Distance between pins P1 and P2, and between P3 and P4 must be large.

Question 35.
A convex lens is placed in contact with a concave lens so that the power of the combination is positive. Name the type of the lens, this combination of lenses behaves.
Answer:
Power of a convex lens is positive and the power of a concave lens is negative. Since the power of combination of lenses is positive, so the combination of lenses behaves as a convex lens.

Question 36.
An object is placed at the following distances from a convex lens of focal length 15 cm.
(i) 35 cm
(ii) 30 cm
(iii) 20 cm
(iv) 10 cm
Which position of the object will produce an image of same size as that of the object ? (CBSE 2011)
Answer:
When object is placed at 2 F i.e at 2 f= 30 cm from a convex lens, then the image of same size as that of the object is formed.

Question 37.
A lens X has focal length 20 cm and lens Y has focal length 40 cm. Which lens would you select to obtain a more convergent beam of light ? (CBSE 2011)
Answer:
Light Reflection and Refraction Class 10 Important Questions Science Chapter 10 image - 62
Thus, a lens of less focal length has large power of converging a parallel beam (in cm) of light. Therefore, lens X will be used to obtain a more convergent beam of light.

Long Answer Questions ( 5 Marks)

Question 1.
A thin converging lens forms a :
(i) real magnified image
(ii) virtual magnified image of an object placed in front of it.
Answer:
(a) Write the positions of the objects in each case.
(b) Draw labelled diagrams to show the image formation in each case.
(c) How will the following be affected on cutting this lens into two halves along the principal axis ?

  1. focal length,
  2. intensity of the image formed by half lens. (CBSE 2011)

Answer:
(a)

  1. A converging or convex lens forms real and magnified image of an object, when the object is placed between F1 and 2F1
  2. A converging lens forms a virtual magnified image of an object, when the object is placed between the focus and optical centre of the converging lens.

(b)
Light Reflection and Refraction Class 10 Important Questions Science Chapter 10 image - 56
Light Reflection and Refraction Class 10 Important Questions Science Chapter 10 image - 57
(c)

  1. Focal length of each half will be equal to the focal length of the lens. If converging lens of focal length f is cut into two equal halves as shown in figure
    Light Reflection and Refraction Class 10 Important Questions Science Chapter 10 image - 58
    then the focal length of each half = f.
  2. Intensity of the image formed ∝ (aperture of the lens)2. Aperture of each cut half of the lens is ½ times aperture of the lens. Hence, intensity of the image formed by half lens will decrease.

Question 2.
For the given data showing object distance and focal length of three concave mirrors, answer the following questions :
Light Reflection and Refraction Class 10 Important Questions Science Chapter 10 image - 59

  1. Out of the three in which case the mirror will form the image having same size as the object ?
  2. Which mirror is being used as a make-up-mirror ?
  3. Draw the ray diagram for part (1) and part (2) (CBSE 2011, 2015)

Answer:

  1. Concave mirror forms the image having same size as the object if object is placed at the centre of curvature
    of the mirror i.e. object distance = 2 f Therefore, for S.No. 3, concave mirror forms the required image.
  2. Concave mirror is used as a make-up mirror if the image of the face is magnified. This happens if the face or object is placed between F and 2 F. Therefore, for S. No. 2, concave mirror is used as a make-up mirror.
  3. Light Reflection and Refraction Class 10 Important Questions Science Chapter 10 image - 60
    Light Reflection and Refraction Class 10 Important Questions Science Chapter 10 image - 61

 

Hope given Previous Year Question Papers for CBSE Class 10 Science Chapter 10 Light Reflection and Refraction are helpful to complete your science homework. If you have any doubts, please comment below. Learn Insta try to provide online science tutoring for you.